Skip to main content

Full text of "Enemy way music: a study of social and esthetic values as seen in Navaho music"

See other formats


PAPERS 

OF   THE 

PEABODY  MUSEUM  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHEOLOGY 

AND  ETHNOLOGY,  HARVARD  UNIVERSITY 

VOL.  XLI,  NO.  3 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 

A  STUDY  OF  SOCIAL  AND  ESTHETIC  VALUES 
AS  SEEN  IN  NAVAHO  MUSIC 


BY 
DAVID  P.  McALLESTER 


REPORTS  OF  THE  RIMROCK  PROJECT 
VALUES  SERIES  NO.  3 


O  (2.7  *  CAMBRIDGE,  MASSACHUSETTS,  U.S.A. 

UX^Q0  PUBLISHED  BY  THE  MUSEUM 

no.  5 


I 


UNIVERSITY 


OF  FL 
LIBR 


VOLUME  I  complete,  w; 

$8.80. 
No.  1.   Standard  or  Heai 

1888.  52  pages  and  3  co 

torical  essay  on  a  relic 

tures  only. 
No.  2.   The  Karankawa  1 

of  Texas.  By  Albert  S 

and  map.  $1.00.   Note; 

Alice  W.  Oliver,  and  a 

Alice  W.  Oliver.  Sign: 
No.  3.  The  Atlatl  or  Sp 

cient  Mexicans.  By  Z< 

and  3  plates.  55  cents. 
No.  4.    Report  upon  Pile 

Creek,  near  Claymoni 

T.  Cresson.  1892.  24  p: 

text.  25  cents.  Signatui 
No.  5.  A  Study  of  Omahj 

Transcriptions  of  92  ! 

By  Alice  C.  Fletcher,  ai 

1893.  152  pages.  $2.25.  ' 

tural  peculiarities  of  th 

Fillmore. 
No.  6.  Prehistoric  Burial  I 

Willoughby.  1898.  52  [ 

txations  in  the  text.  75  cents. 
No.  7.  A  Penitential  Rite  of  the  Ancient  Mexicans. 

By  Zelia  Nuttall.   1904.   26  pages,  5  plates,  and  8 

illustrations  in  the  text.  50  -cents. 

VOLUME  II,  $5.50;  bound  in  cloth,  $7.50. 

The  Fundamental  Principles  of  Old  and  New  World 
Civilization.  By  Zelia  Nuttall.  1901.  602  pages, 
7  plates,  and  73  illustrations  in  the  text,  and  In- 
dex.   Signatures  only. 

VOLUME  III  complete,  with  Contents  and  Index, 
$4.70;  bound  in  cloth,  $7.20. 

No.  1.  The  Cahokia  and  Surrounding  Mound  Groups. 
By  D.  I.  Bushnell,  Jr.  1904.  20  pages,  5  plates,  map, 
and  7  illustrations  in  the  text.  50  cents. 

No.  2.  Exploration  of  Mounds,  Coahoma  County, 
Mississippi.  By  Charles  Peabody.  1904.  44  pages 
and  17  plates.  $1.00. 

No.  3.  Inheritance  of  Digital  Malformation  in  Man. 
By  W.  C.  Farabee.  1905.  13  pages  and  5  plates. 
35  cents. 

No.  4.  The  Mandans:  A  Study  of  Their  Culture, 
Archaeology,  and  Language.  By  G.  F.  Will  and 
H.  J.  Spinden.  1906.  141  pages,  4  maps,  15  plates, 
and  16  illustrations  in  the  text.  $2.35. 

No.  5.  Discovery  of  a  Fragment  of  the  Printed  Copy 
of  the  Work  on  the  Millcayac  Language  [of 
Chile]  by  Luis  De  Valdivia.  By  Rudolph  R. 
Schuller.  191 3.  37  pages.  50  cents.  Photographic 
reproduction  of  4  pages  of  die  work,  with  Biblio- 
graphic Notice. 

VOLUME  IV  complete,  with  Contents,  $4.50;  bound 
in  cloth,  $7.00. 

No.  1.  Representations  of  Deities  of  the  Maya  Man- 
uscripts. By  Paul  Schellhas.  1904,  47  pages,  1 
plate,  and  65  illustrations  in  the  text.  50  cents.  A 
translation. 


ORIDA 
ARIES 


:  Maya  Manuscript  in  the 
»f  Dresden.  By  Ernst 
pages,  1  plate,  and  10  illus- 
;.  (A  few  copies  have  been 
xanslation. 

1  in  the  Maya  Codices.  By 
A.  Allen.  1910.  100  pages, 
tions  in  the  text.  $1.75. 

in  cloth,  $8.25. 
Delaware  Valley.    By 
pages,  2  maps,  125  plates, 

te  text. 

ith  Contents,  $5.40;  bound 


he  Maya-Tzental  Codex 
Gates.  191 0.  64  pages,  2 
n  the  text.  6$  cents. 
of  the  Number  Series  on 
resden  Codex.  By  Carl  E. 
and  1  plate.  50  cents. 
on  the  Maya  Codices.  By 
24.  46  pages,  9  plates,  and 
t.  75  cents. 

[ayan  Dates.  By  Herbert 
r  jges,  4  plates,  and  62  illus- 


trations in  the  text.  $3.50. 

VOLUME  VII,  $2.40;  bound  in  cloth,  $4.90. 
History  of  the  Spanish  Conquest  of  Yucatan  and  of 

the  Itzas.    By  Philip   Ainsworth  Means.    1917. 

206  pages,  5  plates,  and  map. 

VOLUME  VIII  complete,  with  Contents,  $8.25;  bound 
in  cloth,  $10.75. 

No.  1.  Indian  Village  Site  and  Cemetery  near  Madi- 
sonville,  Ohio.  By  E.  A.  Hooton.  1920.  137  pages, 
30  plates,  and  5  illustrations  in  the  text.  $2.25. 
Notes  on  the  artifacts  by  C.  C.  Willoughby. 

No.  2.  Basket-Maker  Caves  of  Northeastern  Ari- 
zona. By  S.  J.  Guernsey  and  A.  V.  Kidder.  1921. 
121  pages,  44  plates,  and  16  illustrations  in  the  text. 

$3-75- 
No.  3.  The  Turner  Group  of  Earthworks,  Hamilton 
County,  Ohio.  By  C.  C.  Willoughby.  1922.  132 
pages,  27  plates,  and  47  illustrations  in  the  text. 
$2.25.  Notes  on  the  skeletal  remains  by  E.  A. 
Hooton. 

VOLUME  IX,  $3.25;  bound  in  cloth,  $5.75. 

A  Grammar  of  the  Maya  Language  Including  a 
Bibliography,  with  an  Appraisal  of  the  Various 
Works.  By  A.  M.  Tozzer.  1921.  301  pages. 

VOLUME  X,  $3.20;  bound  in  cloth,  $5.45. 

Indian  Tribes  of  Eastern  Peru.  By  William  C. 
Farabee.  1922.  194  pages,  28  plates,  and  20  illus- 
trations in  the  text.  Introduction  by  Louis  J.  de 
Milhau. 

VOLUME  XI  complete,  $4.70;  bound  in  cloth,  J7.20. 

No.  1.  Indian  Burial  Place  at  Winthrop,  Massachu- 
setts. By  C.  C.  Willoughby.  1924.  37  pages,  4 
plates,  and  20  illustrations  in  the  text.  75  cents. 
Notes  on  the  skeletal  remains  by  E.  A.  Hooton. 


{Continued  on  last  jour  pages  and  inside  and  outside  back  cover) 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 

A  STUDY  OF  SOCIAL  AND  ESTHETIC  VALUES 
AS  SEEN  IN  NAVAHO  MUSIC 


PAPERS  OF  THE  PEABODY  MUSEH 


VOLUME  I  complete,  with  Index,  bound  in  cloth, 
$8.80. 

No.  1.  Standard  or  Head-Dress?  By  Zelia  Nuttall. 
1888.  52  pages  and  3  colored  plates.  $1.00.  An  his- 
torical essay  on  a  relic  of  Ancient  Mexico.  Signa- 
tures only. 

No.  1.  The  Karankawa  Indians,  the  Coast  People 
of  Texas.  By  Albert  S.  Gatschet.  1891.  104  pages 
and  map.  $1.00.  Notes  by  C.  A.  Hammond  and 
Alice  W  Oliver,  and  a  vocabulary  obtained  from 
Alice  W.  Oliver.  Signatures  only. 

No.  3.  The  Atlatl  or  Spear-Thrower  of  the  An- 
cient Mexicans.  By  Zelia  Nuttall.  1891.  36  pages 
and  3  plates.  55  cents.  Signatures  only. 

No.  4.  Report  upon  Pile-Structures  in  Naaman's 
Creek,  near  Claymont,  Delaware.  By  Hilborne 
T.  Cresson.  1892.  24  pages  and  illustrations  in  the 
text.   25  cents.  Signatures  only. 

No.  5.  A  Study  of  Omaha  Indian  Music;  including 
Transcriptions  of  92  Songs,  Words  and  Music. 
By  Alice  C.  Fletcher,  aided  by  Francis  La  Flesche. 
1893.  152  pages.  82.25.  With  a  report  on  the  struc- 
tural peculiarities  of  the  music  by  John  Comfort 
Fillmore. 

No.  6.  Prehistoric  Burial  Places  in  Maine.  By  C.  C. 
Willoughby.  1898.  52  pages,  4  plates,  and  50  illus- 
trations in  the  text.  75  cents. 

No.  7.  A  Penitential  Rite  of  the  Ancient  Mexicans. 
By  Zelia  Nuttall.  1904.  26  pages,  5  plates,  and  8 
illustrations  in  die  text.  50  -cents. 

VOLUME  II,  $5.50;  bound  in  cloth,  $7.50. 

The  Fundamental  Principles  of  Old  and  New  World 
Civilization.  By  Zelia  Nuttall.  1901.  602  pages, 
7  plates,  and  73  illustrations  in  the  text,  and  In- 
dex.   Signatures  only. 

VOLUME  III  complete,  with  Contents  and  Index, 
$4.70;  bound  in  cloth,  $7.20. 

No.  1.  The  Cahokia  and  Surrounding  Mound  Groups. 
By  D.  I.  Bushnell,  Jr.  1904.  20  pages,  5  plates,  map, 
and  7  illustrations  in  the  text.  50  cents. 

No.  2.  Exploration  of  Mounds,  Coahoma  County, 
Mississippi.  By  Charles  Peabody.  1904.  44  pages 
and  17  plates.  $1.00. 

No.  3.  Inheritance  of  Digital  Malformation  in  Man. 
By  W.  C.  Farabee.  190$.  13  pages  and  5  plates. 
35  cents. 

No.  4.  The  Mandans:  A  Study  of  Their  Culture, 
Archaeology,  and  Language.  By  G.  F.  Will  and 
H.  J.  Spinden.  1906.  141  pages,  4  maps,  15  plates, 
and  16  illustrations  in  the  text.  $2.35. 

No.  5.  Discovery  of  a  Fragment  of  the  Printed  Copy 
of  the  Work  on  the  Millcayac  Language  [of 
Chile]  by  Luis  De  Valdivia.  By  Rudolph  R. 
Schuller.  1913.  37  pages.  50  cents.  Photographic 
reproduction  of  4  pages  of  die  work,  with  Biblio- 
graphic Nodce. 

VOLUME  IV  complete,  with  Contents,  $4.50;  bound 
in  cloth,  $7.00. 

No.  1.  Representations  of  Deities  of  the  Maya  Man- 
uscripts. By  Paul  Schellhas.  1904.  47  pages,  1 
plate,  and  65  illustrations  in  the  text.  50  cents.  A 
translation. 


No.  2.  Commentary  on  the  Maya  Manuscript  in  the 
Royal  Public  Library  of  Dresden.  By  Ernst 
Forstemann.  1906.  221  pages,  1  plate,  and  10  illus- 
trations in  the  text.  $2.25.  (A  few  copies  have  been 
interleaved,  $3.35.)    A  translation. 

No.  3.  The  Animal  Figures  in  the  Maya  Codices.  By 
A.  M.  Tozzer  and  G.  M.  Allen.  1910.  100  pages, 
39  plates,  and  24  illustrations  in  the  text.  $1.75. 

VOLUME  V,  $5.75;  bound  in  cloth,  $8.25. 

The  Archaeology  of  the  Delaware  Valley.    By 

Ernest  Volk.   191 1.   258  pages,  2  maps,  125  plates, 

and  26  illustrations  in  the  text. 

VOLUME  VI  complete,  with  Contents,  $5.40;  bound 
in  cloth,  $7.90. 

No.  1.  Commentary  on  the  Maya-Tzental  Codex 
Perez.  By  William  E.  Gates.  1910.  64  pages,  2 
plates,  and  illustrations  in  the  text.  65  cents. 

No.  2.  A  Possible  Solution  of  the  Number  Series  on 
Pages  51  to  58  of  the  Dresden  Codex.  By  Carl  E. 
Guthe.   1921.   31  pages  and  1  plate.  50  cents. 

No.  3.  Astronomical  Notes  on  the  Maya  Codices.  By 
Robert  W.  Willson.  1924.  46  pages,  9  plates,  and 
6  illustrations  in  the  text.  75  cents. 

No.  4.  The  Reduction  of  Mayan  Dates.  By  Herbert 
J.  Spinden.  1924.  286  pages,  4  plates,  and  62  illus- 
trations in  the  text.  $3-50. 

VOLUME  VII,  $2.40;  bound  in  cloth,  $4.90. 
History  of  the  Spanish  Conquest  of  Yucatan  and  of 

the  Itzas.    By  Philip  Ainsworth  Means.    1917. 

206  pages,  5  plates,  and  map. 

VOLUME  VIII  complete,  with  Contents,  $8.25;  bound 
in  cloth,  $10.75. 

No.  1.  Indian  Village  Site  and  Cemetery  near  Madi- 
sonville,  Ohio.  By  E.  A.  Hooton.  1920.  137  pages, 
30  plates,  and  5  illustrations  in  the  text.  $2.25. 
Notes  on  the  artifacts  by  C.  C.  Willoughby. 

No.  2.  Basket-Maker  Caves  of  Northeastern  Ari- 
zona. By  S.  J.  Guernsey  and  A.  V.  Kidder.  192 1. 
121  pages,  44  plates,  and  16  illustrations  in  the  text. 

$3-75- 
No.  3.  The  Turner  Group  of  Earthworks,  Hamilton 
County,  Ohio.  By  C.  C.  Willoughby.  1922.  132 
pages,  27  plates,  and  47  illustrations  in  the  text. 
$2.25.  Notes  on  the  skeletal  remains  by  E.  A. 
Hooton. 

VOLUME  IX,  $3.25;  bound  in  cloth,  $5.75. 

A  Grammar  of  the  Maya  Language  Including  a 
Bibliography,  with  an  Appraisal  of  the  Various 
Works.  By  A.  M.  Tozzer.  1921.  301  pages. 

VOLUME  X,  $3.20;  bound  in  cloth,  $5.45. 

Indian  TrD3ES  of  Eastern  Peru.  By  William  C. 
Farabee.  1922.  194  pages,  28  plates,  and  20  illus- 
trations in  the  text.  Introduction  by  Louis  J.  de 
Milhau. 

VOLUME  XI  complete,  $4.70;  bound  in  cloth,  $7.20. 

No.  1.  Indian  Burial  Place  at  Winthrop,  Massachu- 
setts. By  C.  C.  Willoughby.  1924.  37  pages,  4 
plates,  and  20  illustrations  in  the  text.  75  cents. 
Notes  on  the  skeletal  remains  by  E.  A.  Hooton. 


(Continued  on  last  four  pages  and  inside  and  outside  back  cover) 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 

A  STUDY  OF  SOCIAL  AND  ESTHETIC  VALUES 
AS  SEEN  IN  NAVAHO  MUSIC 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2011  with  funding  from 

LYRASIS  Members  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://www.archive.org/details/enemywaymusicstuOOmcal 


PAPERS 

OF    THE 

PEABODY   MUSEUM   OF  AMERICAN   ARCHAEOLOGY 

AND   ETHNOLOGY,   HARVARD   UNIVERSITY 

VOL.   XLI,   NO.   3 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 

A  STUDY  OF  SOCIAL  AND  ESTHETIC  VALUES 
AS  SEEN  IN  NAVAHO  MUSIC 


BY 
DAVID  P.  McALLESTER 


REPORTS  OF  THE  RIMROCK  PROJECT 
VALUES  SERIES  NO.  3 


CAMBRIDGE,  MASSACHUSETTS,  U.S.A. 

PUBLISHED  BY  THE  MUSEUM 

1954 


51?L,31 

K3^o 

v,  41 

no,!) 

PRINTED  BY  THE  HARVARD  UNIVERSITY  PRINTING  OFFICE 
CAMBRIDGE,   MASSACHUSETTS,  U.S.A. 


FOREWORD 


NEVER,  to  my  knowledge,  have  ethnog- 
raphy and  musicology  been  brought  so 
closely  together  as  in  this  monograph.  Indeed 
they  are  separable  here  only  bv  arbitrary  and 
conventional  abstraction.  Dr.  McAllester  has 
treated  music  for  what  it  is:  an  aspect  of  cul- 
ture which  can  be  fully  understood  only  if  its 
manifold  and  often  subtle  overflows  into  other 
aspects  of  culture  are  grasped.  The  music  of  a 
culture,  in  its  turn,  as  David  McAllester  so 
brilliantly  shows,  reveals  many  hitherto  hid- 
den or  half-hidden  facets  of  the  rest  of  the 
culture  and  gives  excellent  clues  to  the  under- 
lying premises  that  give  cultures  their  system- 
atic quality.  This  leads  immediately  into  the 
realm  of  values  which  is  the  focus  of  the  sec- 
ond half  of  the  monograph. 

There  has  long  been  a  rather  general  and 
very  vague  recognition  that  there  were  com- 
mon elements  in  many  conceptions  of  "value" 
used  by  economists,  philosophers,  social  scien- 
tists, and  estheticians.  This  is,  I  think,  the  first 
empirical  and  detailed  exploration  of  the  inter- 
connections between  esthetic  values  and  the 
more   pervasive   standards   and   value-orienta- 

Cambridge,  Massachusetts 
September,  1953 


tions  of  a  particular  culture.  There  are  like- 
wise some  fragmentary  but  penetrating  com- 
parisons with  two  other  cultures  in  the  same 
ecological  area.  In  each  case  it  seems  clear  that 
conceptions  of  "good"  and  "bad"  as  regards 
music  are  related  to  conceptions  of  "good" 
and  "bad"  in  other  areas  of  behavior. 

This,  then,  is  a  pioneering  study  in  esthetic 
values  and  their  relations  to  the  total  value 
system  of  a  culture.  It  is  likewise  a  major  con- 
tribution to  musicology  and  to  Navaho  eth- 
nography. There  is  much  excellent  new 
ethnographic  information,  particularly  in  the 
values  area.  Dr.  McAllester  has  skillfully 
linked  esthetics,  ethnography,  linguistics  and 
literary  style  in  the  matrix  of  values  analysis. 
His  work  greatly  strengthens  the  hypothesis 
that  values  give  the  key  to  cultural  structure 
and  that  values  of  all  types  must  be  investi- 
gated —  not  just  those  ordinarily  designated 
as  "moral"  and  "religious." 

With  this  monograph  musicology  appears 
for  the  first  time  as  a  highly  significant  social 
science. 

Clyde  Kluckhohn 


AUTHOR'S  ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 


IN  EVERY  phase  of  the  work  leading  to 
this  monograph  I  have  received  help  for 
which  I  would  like  to  express  my  deep  appre- 
ciation. I  wish  particularly  to  state  my  in- 
debtedness to  the  Navahos  whose  interest, 
patience,  and  good  will  made  this  study  pos- 
sible. Their  anonymity  is  preserved  in  the 
pseudonyms  used  in  the  following  pages,  but 
in  a  very  real  sense  they  are  the  true  authors 
of  this  study. 

My  thanks  are  due  to  the  Comparative 
Study  of  Values  in  Five  Cultures,  Laboratory 
of  Social  Relations  of  Harvard  University, 
which  provided  funds  from  a  Rockefeller 
Foundation  grant  for  travel,  field  work,  and 
the  principal  burden  of  publication  costs.  Dis- 
cussions with  members  of  the  Values  Study, 
access  to  its  voluminous  files,  and  the  entree 
to  the  Rimrock  area  are  important  benefits, 
all  generously  given.  I  wish  to  mention,  espe- 
cially, the  careful  and  wise  editorial  help  of 
Mr.  Irving  Telling,  Miss  June  Nettleship  and 
Miss  Anne  Parsons  and  the  valuable  theoreti- 
cal and  organizational  suggestions  of  Mr.  Otto 
von  Mering,  Jr.  I  wish  also  to  express  my 
thanks  to  Dr.  J.  O.  Brew,  Director,  and  other 
members  of  the  staff  of  the  Peabody  Museum 
of  Archaeology  and  Ethnology  of  Harvard 
University  for  their  help  in  the  preparation  of 
this  paper.  The  Museum  of  Navajo  Cere- 
monial Art,  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico  provided 
funds  for  a  very  helpful  investigation  of  cere- 
monial music  at  which  time  I  was  also  able  to 
record  my  only  examples  of  "trotting"  skip- 
dance  songs.    The  generous  assistance  of  my 


father,  Dr.  Ralph  W.  McAllester,  did  much  to 
facilitate  this  research. 

I  am  deeply  grateful  to  Wesleyan  Univer- 
sity for  a  leave  of  absence  during  the  Fall 
Term  of  1950-195 1,  and  to  the  Wesleyan 
University  Research  Committee  which  pro- 
vided a  grant-in-aid  to  assist  with  publication 
expenses. 

Many  students  of  Navaho  culture  gave  me 
the  benefit  of  their  knowledge  and  experience. 
I  wish  particularly  to  express  my  obligations 
to  Father  Berard  Haile,  Gladys  A.  Reichard, 
Robert  Rapoport,  David  C.  McClelland,  Evon 
Z.  Vogt,  and  Mary  C.  Wheelwright.  I  owe 
much  to  the  interest  and  help  of  John  M. 
Roberts,  Co-ordinator  of  the  Values  Study, 
freelv  given  from  the  moment  I  first  began  to 
plan  this  research. 

My  debt  to  Dr.  Clyde  Kluckhohn  is  very 
great  indeed.  His  interest  in,  and  criticism  of 
my  research  design  and  his  careful  reading 
and  painstaking  evaluation  of  this  monograph 
have  been  of  invaluable  aid.  His  discussion  of 
the  theory  of  values,  both  in  print  and  in  per- 
sonal interviews,  provided  the  impetus  for  the 
present  study. 

Wherever  I  turned  for  advice  or  hospitality 
in  the  Rimrock  area,  I  was  received  most  gen- 
erously. To  traders,  missionaries,  and  local 
residents  alike,  I  owe  warm  thanks  for  valuable 
contacts,  much  local  Navaho  lore,  and  facili- 
ties for  interviewing  and  making  recordings. 

While  it  gives  me  much  pleasure  to  express 
my  gratitude  to  all  of  the  above,  I  wish  to 
take  full  responsibility  for  any  errors  of  fact 
or  interpretation  in  this  paper. 


vi 


CONTENTS 


PART  I:  ETHNOGRAPHIC  AND   MUSI- 
COLOGICAL   BACKGROUND    


INTRODUCTION    .• 

Music  and  the  study  of  values 

Existential    values    

Normative   values    


DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  ENEMY  WAY 

Purpose  of  the  ceremony   

Procedure     

The  decision   

The  stick  receiver  

Preparation  of  the  drum  

Journev  to  stick  receiver's  camp  

First  night  of  public  singing  

Gift   singing    

Return  of  the  patient's  party  

Stick  receiver's  party  moves  camp  

Second  night  of  public  singing  

The  move  to  the  patient's  camp 

The  return  gift  singing  

The  Enemy  Way  rites   

Third  night  of  public  singing  

The  Circle  Dance  

The  Walking  Songs  

The  regular  singing  and  dancing 

Conclusion   


THE  SONGS  IN  THE  ENEMY  WAY  i 

List  of  songs  in  the  Enemy  Way  i 

Bear  and  Snake  Songs    i 

Songs  used  in  preparation  of  the  drum  ...  i 
Songs    used    in    preparation    of    the    rattle 

stick    17 

The  Coyote  Songs   18 

The  Sway  Songs  18 

The  Dance  Songs   19 

The   Gift   Songs    20 

The  Emetic  Songs   20 

Unraveling  Songs    21 

The  Medicine  Songs   21 

Blackening   Songs    21 

The  Circle  Dance  Songs   22 

Walking  Song   22 

Songs  to  the  patient 22 

Concluding  songs  of  the  Enemy  Way  ....  23 

Songs  for  depositing  the  rattle  stick 23 

An  elaboration  of  the  ordinary  Enemy  Way 

ceremony   23 

The  songs  of  the  Tail  Dancers  23 

The  songs  of  the  Black  Dancers 24 

Song  at  the  Meal  of  No-Cedar  Mush  24 


THE   SECULAR  SONGS  IN  THE  ENEMY 

WAY    25 

General  remarks    25 

Section  one  —  the  Sway  Songs 26 

Comments  with  the  Sway  Songs  27 

Texts    29 

Meaningful  texts    29 

Texts  in  vocables   30 

Fixed  phrases   30 

Introduction  and  coda  30 

The  secondary  coda  30 

The  pre-coda   30 

The   "sway   development"    30 

The  main  text  in  vocables 30 

Melodic   analysis    3 

Meter 3 

Tempo    3 

Pitch    3 

Melodic  line    3 

Over-all  range    32 

Range  in  individual  phrases   32 

Melodic  phrasing  32 

Fixed  phrases 32 

Paired   phrases    33 

Over-all  patterns   33 

Number  of  phrases    34 

Finals  34 

Tonality    35 

Scales  in  melodic  music   35 

Types  of  "scales"  in  the  Sway  Songs 35 

Chromatic    36 

Scale  on  the  interval  of  a  fourth  36 

Pentatonic  scales   36 

Diatonic  scales   36 

Open  triad  36 

The   modes   37 

Dorian   mode    37 

Mixolydian  mode    37 

Notes  on  the  Sway  Songs  37 

The  Sway  Songs following  38 

Section  two  —  the  Dance  Songs 39 

Comments  with  the  Dance  Songs 39 

Texts   41 

Meaningful  texts   41 

Texts  in  vocables 41 

Fixed   phrases    41 

Introduction  and  coda  41 

"Z"  coda 41 

The  main  texts  in  vocables  42 

Four  "Skipping  Songs"   42 

Melodic   analysis    42 

Meter  42 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


Tempo    42 

Pitch    42 

Melodic  line   42 

Over-all  range    42 

Range  in  individual  phrases  42 

Melodic  phrasing  43 

Fixed  phrases    43 

Paired  phrases  43 

Over-all  patterns  43 

Number  of  phrases  43 

Finals  43 

Tonality    43 

Types  of  "scales"  in  the  Dance  Songs  ....  43 

Chromatic  scales   43 

Scales  on  the  interval  of  a  fourth 43 

Pentatonic  scales   44 

Pentatonic  on  the  tonic  44 

Pentatonic  without  the  second 44 

Pentatonic  scales  on  the  fourth 44 

Diatonic  scales   44 

Open  triad  44 

The  modes 44 

Four  scales  of  very  short  span 44 

Notes  on  the  Dance  Songs  45 

The  Dance  Songs   following  46 

Section  three  —  the  Gift  Songs 47 

Comments  with  the  Gift  Songs  47 

Texts   48 

Meaningful  texts   48 

Texts  in  vocables 48 

Fixed  phrases    48 

Sway  Song  introduction  and  coda 48 

Gift  Song  introduction  and  coda 48 

A  Circle  Dance  coda  48 

The  main  texts  in  vocables 48 

Melodic  analysis 48 

Meter    48 

Tempo    48 

Pitch    49 

Melodic  line   49 

Over-all  range    49 

Range  in  individual  phrases  49 

Melodic  phrasing  49 

Fixed  phrases 49 

Paired  phrases  49 

Over-all  patterns   49 

Number  of  phrases  49 

Finals  49 

Tonality    50 

Types  of  "scales"  in  the  Gift  Songs 50 

Chromatic  scales   50 

Scale  on  the  interval  of  a  fourth 50 

Pentatonic  scales   50 

Diatonic  scales   50 

Open  triad  50 

The  modes 50 

Notes  on  the  Gift  Songs 50 

The  Gift  Songs  following  50 


Section  four  —  the  Circle  Dance  Songs   51 

Comments  with  the  Circle  Dance  Songs  51 

Texts   51 

Meaningful  texts   51 

Texts  in  vocables 52 

Fixed  phrases 52 

Circle  Dance  introduction  and  coda  ....  52 

The  main  texts  in  vocables 52 

Melodic  analysis 52 

Meter 52 

Tempo    52 

Pitch    52 

Melodic  line   52 

Over-all  range 52 

Range  in  individual  phrases  53 

Melodic  phrasing  53 

Fixed  phrases 53 

Paired  phrases 53 

Over-all  patterns  53 

Number  of  phrases    53 

Finals  53 

Tonality    53 

Types  of  "scales"  in  the  Circle  Dance  Songs  53 

Chromatic   scales   53 

Scales  on  the  interval  of  a  fourth 53 

Pentatonic  scales   53 

Diatonic  scales   53 

Major    53 

Minor    53 

Open  triad  54 

The  modes 54 

Notes  on  the  Circle  Dance  Songs 54 

The  Circle  Dance  Songs following  54 

Section  five  —  summary    55 

Vocal  style   55 

Function   55 

Attitude    55 

Meaningful  texts   55 

Texts  in  vocables  55 

Sway  Songs  55 

Dance  Songs  55 

Gift  Songs  56 

Circle  Dance  Songs 56 

Meter 56 

Tempo    56 

Pitch    56 

Melodic  line   56 

Over-all  range 56 

Range  in  individual  phrases  57 

Melodic  phrasing  57 

Fixed  phrases 57 

Paired  phrases 57 

Over-all  patterns   57 

Number  of  phrases    58 

Finals  58 

Scales  58 

Note  relationships  in  general  59 


CONTENTS 


PART  II:   VALUES  IN  THE  STUDY  OF 

MUSIC  AS  SOCIAL  BEHAVIOR  63 

THE  NATURE  OF  TABOO  63 

Danger  through  misuse:  various  forms  of  pro- 
tection     64 

RELIGIONS  FROM  OUTSIDE  68 

The  Peyote  Cult  68 

The  Galilean  mission  69 

ESTHETIC  VALUES  71 

A  construct  of  Navaho  musical  esthetics 73 

Tonality    73 

Voice  production    74 

Group   singing    74 

Rhythm     74 

Tempo 74 

Melodic  line   75 

SOME  OTHER  CULTURAL  VALUES  76 

Competition  76 

Self-expression    77 

Navaho  quiet 78 

Musical  knowledge  brings  prestige  79 


Humor    80 

Women  in  religion  81 

Individualism  82 

Provincialism  82 

Formalism     83 

Music  as  an  aid  to  rapport  in  field  work 84 

A    SUMMARY    IN    TERMS    OF    EXISTEN- 
TIAL AND  NORMATIVE  VALUES   86 

What  music  is  86 

The  esthetic  86 

Navaho  quiet    86 

Navaho  humor  87 

Individualism  87 

Provincialism  87 

Formalism    88 

Discussion 88 

APPENDIX  A  91 

Questionnaire    91 

First  level  of  specificity  91 

Second  level  of  specificity  91 

Third  level  of  specificity  92 

REFERENCES 95 


PART  I 
ETHNOGRAPHIC  AND  MUSICOLOGICAL  BACKGROUND 


' 


INTRODUCTION 


MUSIC  AND  THE  STUDY  OF  VALUES 


MUSIC  has  not  been  given  a  fair  hearing 
in  the  social  sciences,  and  this  is  almost 
as  true  of  the  other  arts  as  well.  Perhaps  the 
immediate  intrinsic  interest  of  the  arts  can  be 
blamed  for  the  fact  that  they  have  usually 
been  treated  per  se  rather  than  in  their  rela- 
tionship to  culture  as  a  whole.  A  drawing,  a 
dance  step,  or  a  melody  is  intercultural  in  the 
sense  that  it  is  immediately  recognized  as  a 
mode  of  expression  by  any  observer.  He 
knows  that  this  is  art,  the  dance,  or  music  and 
reflects  that  here  is  a  "universal  language." 
How  far  the  arts  really  constitute  a  universal 
language  is  a  problem  which,  as  yet,  has 
scarcely  received  serious  attention  from  the 
students  of  social  relations. 

Of  all  the  arts,  perhaps  music  has  seemed  the 
hardest  to  study  as  social  behavior.  Aside  from 
the  accompanying  poetry  in  the  song  texts,  the 
actual  substance  of  music  appears  forbiddingly 
abstract.  Melodic  line  and  phrasing,  meter, 
pitch,  and  scale  have  been  reserved  for  highly 
trained  musicologists,  few  of  whom  have  been 
interested  in  cultural  applications.  The  unfor- 
tunate result  of  this  specialization  and  the  feel- 
ing that  one  must  have  "talent"  to  study  music 
has  been  a  general  abdication  from  this  field 
by  social  scientists,  even  to  the  extent  that  the 
most  elementary  questions  about  attitudes 
toward  music  have  often  remained  unasked.1 
In  the  realm  of  cultural  values  this  rich  source 
of  insight  still  awaits  systematic  exploration. 

The  research  described  on  the  following 
pages  is  an  attempt  to  explore  cultural  values 
through  an  analysis  of  attitudes  toward  music 
and  through  an  analysis  of  the  music  itself. 
The  Navahos  in  the  Rimrock  area  seemed 
particularly  suitable  for  a  study  of  this  sort 
because  they  have  been  thoroughly  investi- 
gated from  many  other  points  of  view  and  be- 
cause it  is  a  matter  of  general  knowledge  that 
music  ordinarily  plays  a  vital  role  in  the 
everyday  life  of  Navahos.  The  study  was  con- 
ceived on  a  comparative  basis.   Some  mention 

1  Exceptions  in  the  area  of  Navaho  studies  may  be 
noted  in  Reichard,  1950,  vol.  I,  pp.  279-300;  Kluckhohn 
and  Leighton,  1946,  pp.  141-44,  151-53;  and  Kluck- 
hohn and  Wyman,  1940,  pp.  64-67. 


of  the  Mormon  and  Salcedaa  material  collected 
is  made  in  the  following  pages,  but  a  cross- 
cultural  comparison  as  such  will  be  made  in 
another  paper. 

My  primary  technique  was  the  field  inter- 
view with  any  and  all  possible  informants,  but 
I  also  interviewed  a  selected  sample  of  the 
Rimrock  Navaho  population,  using  a  prepared 
questionnaire  (see  Appendix  A).  The  ques- 
tionnaire provided  a  common  core  of  investi- 
gation in  the  interviews  but  was  not  used  in 
the  same  way  with  all  informants  in  the 
sample.  Whenever  feasible,  recordings  of  songs 
were  made,  and  the  recording  situation  pro- 
vided some  of  the  most  fruitful  stimuli  for  the 
discussion  of  music.  I  attended  whatever  cere- 
monies I  could  during  my  four  and  one- 
half  months'  stay,  including  a  Night  Way 
twenty  miles  north  near  Pine  Valley,  and  a 
meeting  of  the  Native  American  Church  not 
far  from  Window  Rock.  I  was  present  at  the 
public  aspect  of  the  Enemy  Way  on  five 
occasions: 

1.  September   9,    1950,   at  Pine  Valley.  Second  Night. 

Sway  singing,  announcements, 
dancing,  sway  singing  con- 
tinued. About  three  hours. 

2.  September  10,  1950,  at  Willow  Fence.  Third  Night 

of  same  Enemy  Way.  Ob- 
served: circle  dance,  walking 
songs,  serenade  of  patient, 
sway  singing,  dancing,  sway 
singing  continued,  announce- 
ments, concluding  ceremony. 
About  twelve  hours. 

3.  September  20,  1950,  at  Willow  Fence.  Third  Night 

of  Enemy  Way  for  woman 
who  fainted  at  the  September 
9  dance.  Particip.  in  circle 
dance  and  some  of  sway  sing- 
ing. Observed:  walking  songs, 
serenade,  sway  singing,  danc- 
ing,  sway  singing   continued, 


u  "Salceda"  is  a  fictitious  name  for  a  Southwestern 
Indian  community  having  a  pueblo-type  culture. 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


announcements,  concluding 
ceremony.  About  thirteen 
hours. 

September  22,  1950,  at  Pine  Valley.  Visited  an 
Enemy  Way  home-camp  on 
interpreter's  business  four 
days  before  the  ceremony  was 
to  begin.  Was  advised  to 
stay  in  the  car.  Observed:  a 
limited  amount  of  the  activity 
of  preparation. 

4.  September  27,  1950,  at  Pine  Valley,  two  miles  from 

home-camp.  Second  Night. 
Learned  First  Night  had  been 
down  near  Railtown.  Ob- 
served: sway  singing,  an- 
nouncements, dancing.  Slept, 
got  up  for  last  half  hour  of 
singing  at  dawn.  About  four 
hours. 

5.  September  28,  1950,  at    Pine    Valley,    home-camp. 

Third  Night  of  above.  Ob- 
served: circle  dance,  walking 
songs,  serenade,  sway  singing. 
Went  to  bed  about  11:30  be- 
fore dancing  began.  Heard 
next  morning  there  had  been 
very  little  dancing.  Observed: 
last  hour  of  sway  singing  and 
concluding  ceremony.  Heard 
Salcedanos  make  speech  about 
rowdy  character  of  perform- 
ance (see  p.  13).  About  seven 
hours. 


I  tried  to  observe  as  many  different  social  situa- 
tions as  possible  where  music  might  play  a 
part.  I  camped  for  short  periods  with  two 
Navaho  families,  attended  meetings  of  the 
Mormon  Church  and  the  Galilean  Mission, 
worked  for  a  week  with  Navaho  migrant 
laborers  in  the  carrot  fields  near  Carrot  Flats, 
New  Mexico,  spending  the  nights  in  the  slab- 
shanty  village  provided  by  the  employers,  and 
made  several  extended  trips  with  groups  of 
Navahos  in  my  car.  In  all  of  these  situations, 
I  made  observations  and  asked  questions  with 
the  aim  of  discovering  what  the  musical  dimen- 
sion of  social  behavior  could  contribute  to  the 
study  of  values  and  value  theory. 

2Kluckhohn,  in  Parsons  and  Shils,  195 1,  p.  395. 


The  participants  in  the  Comparative  Study 
of  Values  in  Five  Cultures  Project  have  arrived 
at  a  useful  working  definition  of  the  term 
value: 

A  value  is  a  conception,  explicit  or  implicit,  distinctive 
of  an  individual  or  characteristic  of  a  group,  of  the 
desirable  which  influences  the  selection  from  avail- 
able modes,  means,  and  ends  of  action.2 

Vogt  sums  up  values  and  value-orientations 
as  involving  three  fundamental  types  of  ex- 
perience: 

What  is  or  is  believed  to  be  (existential). 

What  one  wants  (desire). 

What  one  ought  to  want  (the  desirable).* 

In  a  comparative  study  of  values  through 
an  analysis  of  music  and  attitudes  towards 
music,  these  areas  suggest  many  interesting 
avenues  of  investigation. 

Existential  Values 

Perhaps  the  most  basic  question,  and  one  of 
the  hardest  to  approach,  is  what  music  is  con- 
ceived to  be.  A  striking  example  of  my  own 
cultural  bias  in  this  respect  became  apparent 
when  I  had  the  first  section  of  my  question- 
naire translated  into  Navaho:  there  was  no 
general  word  for  "musical  instrument"  or  even 
for  "music."  A  fact-finding  question  such  as, 
"What  kinds  of  musical  instruments  do  you 
use?"  (really  intended  to  start  the  informant 
thinking  and  talking  about  music)  had  to  be 
phrased,  "Some  people  beat  a  drum  when 
they  sing;  what  other  things  are  used  like 
that?"  A  "fact"  in  the  Navaho  universe  is  that 
music  is  not  a  general  category  of  activity  but 
has  to  be  divided  into  specific  aspects  or  kinds 
of  music.  I  learned,  moreover,  that  beating  a 
drum  to  accompany  oneself  in  song  was  not  a 
matter  of  esthetic  choice  but  a  rigid  require- 
ment for  a  particular  ceremony,  and  a  discus- 
sion of  musical  instruments  was  not  an  esthetic 
discussion  for  the  Navahos  but  was,  by  defini- 
tion, a  discussion  of  ceremonial  esoterica. 

Similarly,  the  question,  "How  do  you  feel 
when  you  hear  a  drum?"  was  intended  to 
evoke  an  esthetic  response.  But  the  Navaho 
"fact"  is  that  a  drum  accompaniment  is  rarely 
heard   except  with  the  public  songs   of  the 

"Vogt,  1951,  p.  7. 


INTRODUCTION 


Enemy  Way,  and  if  you  feel  queer,  especially 
dizzy,  at  the  ceremonial,  it  is  a  clear  indication 
that  you,  too,  need  to  be  a  patient  at  this 
particular  kind  of  "sing."  What  I  took  to  be 
a  somewhat  general  esthetic  question  was,  for 
the  Navahos,  a  most  specific  ceremonial  ques- 
tion and  was  interpreted  by  the  average  in- 
formant as  an  inquiry  into  his  state  of  health. 

At  the  beginning  of  my  work  I  intended  to 
limit  my  investigation  to  secular  music,  re- 
serving any  considerable  study  in  the  tre- 
mendous field  of  Navaho  religious  music  for 
a  later  time.  I  soon  discovered  the  Navaho 
"fact"  that  all  music  is  religious  and  that  the 
most  nearly  secular  songs  in  melody,  in  textual 
content,  and  in  the  attitudes  of  the  performers 
were  derived  from  the  Enemy  Way  chant 
mentioned  above,  a  religious  ceremony  de- 
signed to  protect  the  Navahos  from  the  in- 
fluence of  the  ghosts  of  slain  outsiders.  The 
dancing  which  accompanies  certain  parts  of 
this  rite  is  widely  known  as  the  Navaho  Squaw 
Dance,  and  it  is  the  singing  which  accompanies 
this  dance,  together  with  certain  other  kinds 
of  public  songs  of  the  Enemy  Way,  to  which 
I  refer. 

It  was  possible,  eventually,  to  construct  a 
hierarchy  of  different  kinds  of  music  accord- 
ing to  the  degree  of  secular  emphasis.  In  the 
value-orientations  of  the  Navahos  I  could 
find  no  music  that  was  believed  to  be  purely 
secular,  but  the  public  Enemy  Way  songs  and 
certain  songs  of  the  Blessing  Way  4  were  secu- 
lar as  ivell  as  religious  and  could  be  used  in 
secular  contexts. 

It  was  necessary,  of  course,  to  try  to  ascer- 
tain, for  music,  the  Navaho  definition  of  "reli- 
gious." Questioning  revealed  little  or  no  native 
preoccupation  with  a  differentiation  between 
that  which  is  religious  and  that  which  is  secu- 
lar. The  Navaho  has  not  compartmentalized 
his  life  in  this  respect.  However,  as  will  be 
seen  below  in  the  discussion  of  taboo,  a  useful 

1 1  am  indebted  to  Dr.  Kluckhohn  for  information 
on  the  secular  use  of  Blessing  Way  songs.  He  has 
found  that  both  children  and  male  adults  may  sing 
songs  from  the  latter  part  of  this  ceremony,  especially 
Dawn  Songs,  on  social  occasions.  Women  do  not 
sing  these,  however,  and  the  fact  that  such  songs 
bring  good  luck  or  "good  hope"  whenever  they  are 
sung  suggests  that  religious  connotations  are  present 
more  generally  than  is  the  case  with  the  public  songs 
of  the  Enemy  Way.    See  also  Wyman  and  Kluck- 


definition  of  the  religious  in  Navaho  music 
could  be  arrived  at  behaviorally,  even  though 
it  is  foreign  to  Navaho  modes  of  thought.5 

Normative  Values 

Any  extended  investigation  of  existential 
values  leads  to  the  normative.  Part  of  the  defi- 
nition of  music,  or  of  religious  or  secular 
music,  must  include  the  substance  of  what  is 
wanted  or  expected  in  a  culture  from  its 
music. 

The  esthetic,  as  one  of  the  important  "con- 
tent categories"  of  values,6  merits  the  serious 
attention  of  the  social  scientist.  As  in  the  case 
of  the  religious  and  the  secular,  the  organic 
quality  of  Navaho  value-orientations  does  not 
permit  any  neat  separation  of  esthetics  and  reli- 
gion. A  discussion  of  the  Navaho  musical 
esthetic  and  the  emergence  of  a  new  value  in 
this  area  will  be  found  in  Part  Two,  below.  As 
is  shown  in  detail,  what  is  desired  in  music  is 
an  effect,  primarily  magical,  whether  the  song 
is  for  dancing,  gambling,  corn  grinding,  or 
healing.  When  a  traditional  Navaho  is  asked 
how  he  likes  a  song,  he  does  not  consider  the 
question,  "How  does  it  sound?"  but  "What  is 
it  for?"  Esthetic  desiderata  in  our  sense  of 
specifications  of  melodic  form,  tone,  vocal 
style,  and  so  on,  can  be  derived  only  from  a 
musicological  examination  of  these  aspects  of 
the  music;  they  are  not  discussed  as  such  by 
Navaho  singers. 

The  social  aspect  of  Navaho  singing  is  an- 
other important  phase  of  the  desired.  Here 
too,  a  change  from  traditional  values  is  taking 
place,  and  a  conflict  between  younger  and 
older  generations  may  be  seen.  The  question, 
"What  do  we  want?"  is  in  a  state  of  flux, 
and  the  question  "What  ought  we  to  want?" 
has  come  very  much  to  the  fore.  Sex  roles  and 
age  roles  emerge  as  important  factors  in  Na- 
vaho normative  values  as  regards  music.  Here 
too,  significant  changes  are  taking  place  due 


hohn,  1938,  pp.  35-36. 

6  A  particularly  promising  approach  in  ascertaining 
religious  and  esthetic  values  in  music  is  suggested  by 
Roberts'  "strength,  direction,  and  prepotency."  In  an 
area  where  articulate  discussion  is  at  a  minimum  these 
behaviorally  observable  indications  of  value  content 
should  be  extremely  useful.  See  Roberts,  1952,  pp. 
12-14. 

8  Kluckhohn,  in  Parsons  and  Shils,  1951,  pp.  412-13. 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


to  the  encroachment  of  white  American  cul- 
ture and  new  religious  ideas. 

The  "secular"  songs  of  the  Enemy  Way 
are  in  a  central  position  in  the  whole  problem 
of  Navaho  values  as  seen  through  music.  They 
are  the  only  songs  that  may  be  sung  in  extem- 
pore variations  or  composed  de  novo  by  a 
talented  individual 7  and  are  thus  a  focal  point 
of  the  new  esthetic.  They  are  used  specifically 
in  a  social  context  even  in  the  religious  cere- 
mony of  which  they  are  a  part,  and  they  may 
also  be  used  apart  from  the  ceremony  as  purely 
recreational  music.  They  are  thus  of  basic  im- 
portance in  the  consideration  of  religious 
and/or  secular  values  in  Navaho  culture.  To 
my  knowledge,  they  are  the  only  Navaho 
songs  that  may  have  texts  bearing  on  contem- 
porary mores  and  other  topical  subjects,  pro- 
viding  direct  material   on  social   values.    In 


musical  structure  they  are  much  freer  than  is 
the  highly  formalized  chant-like  music  of  the 
sacred  healing  ceremonies,8  and  yet  they  show 
distinct  formal  conventions  which  may  be  re- 
lated to  certain  aspects  of  the  Navaho's  con- 
ception of  his  relations  with  his  external  en- 
vironment. It  is  not  surprising,  then,  that  they 
are  the  most  widely  known  and  most  often 
sung  melodies  among  the  Navahos  today. 

I  have  oriented  the  following  discussion 
around  a  consideration  of  these  public  songs 
of  Enemy  Way.  As  background  for  the  dis- 
cussion of  values  in  Part  Two  of  this  paper, 
an  outline  of  the  Enemy  Way  ceremonial,  its 
place  in  Navaho  culture,  and  a  discussion  and 
analysis  of  its  music  with  particular  emphasis 
on  the  public  songs  will  be  given  in  the  fol- 
lowing three  chapters. 


7  Almost  all  Navaho  music  is  traditional  with  a 
strong  emphasis  on  exact  learning  and  repetition.  A 
few  "silly"  or  humorous  songs  are  made  up,  usually 
on  an  Enemy  Way  model,  but  as  far  as  I  know  the 
only  other  songs  which  are  not  carefully  handed 
down  are  "Yeibichai  songs,"  the  dance  songs  used  in 
the  public  part  of  the  Night  Way  ceremonial.  These 
songs  are  made  up  as  part  of  the  efforts  of  the  com- 


peting dance  teams  rather  than  as  individual  composi- 
tions. According  to  Dr.  Kluckhohn  (personal  com- 
munication), some  of  these  have  been  sung  outside 
the  ceremony,  in  social  contexts,  in  the  last  ten  years. 
8  In  the  non-public  parts  of  the  Enemy  Way  cere- 
mony, the  music  has  the  same  chant-like  quality  as 
the  other  healing  ceremonies. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  ENEMY  WAY 


EXCEPT  for  the  music,  the  descriptions 
already  published  of  this  ceremony  leave 
little  to  be  added.  For  the  reader's  convenience 
a  resume  of  the  purpose  and  performance  of 


the  Enemy  Way  will  be  given  in  this  chapter. 
Unless  otherwise  indicated  the  data  should  be 
understood  to  refer  to  practices  in  the  Rim- 
rock-Willow  Fence-Pine  Valley  area. 


PURPOSE  OF  THE  CEREMONY 


The  formal  intention  of  the  Enemy  Way  is 
to  lay  the  ghost  of  an  outsider:  that  of  a  white 
man  or  of  some  other  non-Navaho  such  as  a 
European,  an  Asiatic,  or  a  member  of  some 
other  Indian  tribe.  Most  of  the  Enemy  Ways 
performed  in  the  last  few  years  for  young 
men  have  been  directed  against  the  ghosts 
of  enemies  slain  in  World  War  II.1  But  numer- 
ous situations  in  everyday  life  may  expose  one 
to  the  attentions  of  an  "enemy"  ghost:  being 
too  near  the  scene  of  a  fatal  automobile  acci- 
dent was  cited  by  one  informant.  Intimate 
contact  with  a  non-Navaho  who  may  have 
died  subsequently  is  another  possibility. 
Women  as  well  as  men  may  be  pursued  by 
these  ghosts  and  require  the  performance  of 
the  Enemy  Way. 

At  the  present  time  a  lot  of  this  sickness  among  the 
women  is  due  to  the  fact  that  when  the  girls  go  off  to 
school  they  come  in  contact  with  white  men's  clothes. 
If  they  wash  a  white  man's  clothes  and  inhale  the 
steam  from  the  water  this  brings  on  the  old  war  sick- 
ness. That  explains  why  it  is  mostly  the  women  who 
get  the  war  sickness  today.2 

The  ways  by  which  one  can  tell  when  the 
ceremony  is  needed  range  from  the  general, 
such  as  a  vague  feeling  that  it  would  be  a 
good  thing,  to  the  highly  specific,  such  as  a 
dream  that  recalled  an  encounter  with  the 
body  of  a  dead  outsider.  It  is  frequently  used 
as  a  last  resort  when  other  ceremonies  have 
failed.  To  ascertain  whether  it  is  the  proper 
ceremony  for  a  particular  sickness  a  small 
portion  of  the  ritual,  the  blackening,  is  some- 
times tried  first.  If  the  patient  shows  improve- 
ment, the  whole  ceremony  is  then  performed. 

1  Adair  and  Vogt,   1949. 

2  Hill,  W.  W.,  1936,  pp.  17-18. 


One  sure  symptom  is  a  feeling  of  faintness  or 
dizziness  when  one  attends  an  Enemy  Way 
which  is  being  held  for  someone  else.  That 
this  is  by  no  means  a  rare  occurrence  may  be 
shown  by  the  fact  that  at  least  eight  infor- 
mants mentioned  it.  Three  informants  testified 
that  they  had  felt  a  little  queer  when  listening 
to  Enemy  Way  music  and  thus  knew  the  time 
was  coming  when  this  trouble  might  get  seri- 
ous and  require  the  ceremony.  At  the  Enemy 
Way  which  I  attended  on  September  9,  1950, 
a  woman  fainted,  and  she  was  the  patient  at 
the  next  Enemy  Way  given  in  that  region, 
September  18-20.  Reasons  given  for  putting 
off  the  performance  of  the  ceremony  when 
the  symptoms  were  not  serious  were  that  the 
weather  was  too  cold,  there  was  not  enough 
money  in  the  family  just  then,  and  that  the 
sheep  had  been  doing  poorly. 

Besides  the  formal  purpose  of  the  ceremony, 
one  should  not  overlook  such  socially  derived 
motives  as  the  urge  to  keep  up  with  the  neigh- 
bors in  the  matter  of  giving  ceremonials  and 
the  feeling  of  poorer  families  that  wealthy 
families  should  provide  more  than  the  average 
number  of  these  entertainments.3  An  impor- 
tant function  of  the  social  part  of  the  ceremony 
is  the  "bringing  out"  of  young  girls  who  have 
reached  marriageable  age.  The  interest  of  the 
young  men  is  clearly  centered  in  the  social 
singing  and  drinking  and  in  looking  over  the 
available  girls.  The  Enemy  Way  is  felt  to  be 
a  particularly  enjoyable  ceremony  for  the 
spectators.  Any  man  may  join  in  a  good  deal 
of  the  singing,  and  women  have  been  known 
to  do  so,  too.  This  is  one  of  the  rare  occa- 
sions in  Navaho  life  on  which  young  men 
may  dance  with  girls,  and  it  is  one  of  the  few 

3Kluckhohn  and  Leighton,  1946,  p.  161. 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


ceremonies  to  which  a  composer  may  bring 
his  songs  for  a  public  hearing.  These  circum- 
stances may  well  have  an  effect  on  the  fre- 


quency with  which  the  Enemy  Way  is  given, 
particularly  in  the  summer  months  when  the 
nights  are  short  and  pleasant. 


PROCEDURE 


It  is  well  to  bear  in  mind  that  the  ceremony 
is,  in  many  of  its  steps,  a  re-enactment  of  a 
war  party  and  that  much  of  the  behavior  and 
paraphernalia  relate  to  the  two  great  wars  in 
Navaho  mythology  —  the  slaying  of  the  mon- 
sters by  the  Hero  Twins  and  the  war  on  Taos. 
Two  separate  camps  are  involved,  and  in  many 
ways  they  represent  the  two  warring  factions. 

In  outline  the  steps  of  the  ceremony  are  as 
follows: 

Preparation  i.    The    feeling    grows    among    the 

patient's  relatives  that  the  cere- 
mony is  needed.  Tentative  ex- 
plorations sound  out  the  clansmen 
who  will  be  expected  to  share 
in  the  expense.  If  family  support 
is  forthcoming,  the  decision  is 
finally  reached,  and  overtures  to 
a  practitioner  of  the  ceremony 
and  to  a  "stick  receiver"  are  de- 
cided upon. 

Preparation  2.    The  head  of  the  family  (male)  at 

another  camp  is  asked  to  be  stick 
receiver,  and,  if  he  consents,  he 
sets  the  date  for  the  beginning  of 
the  ceremony. 


Preparation  3. 


The  practitioner  arrives,  and  un- 
der his  guidance  a  drum  is  pre- 
pared at  the  patient's  camp  with 
considerable  ceremony.  Some  or 
all  of  the  night  is  spent  in  sing- 
ing with  a  few  hours  of  dancing 
sometimes  added. 


First   Day  4.    The   "rattle"   stick   is   decorated 

and  carried  by  the  patient  and  a 
large  following  to  the  camp  of 
the  stick  receiver. 

First  Night  5.    First  night  of  public  singing  and 

a  few  hours  of  dancing  take  place 
at  the  camp  of  the  stick  receiver. 

Second  Day  6.  Party  from  patient's  camp  sings 
outside  stick  receiver's  hogan  and 
receives  presents. 


Second  Day 


Second  Day         8. 


Party  from  patient's  camp  returns 
home. 

The  stick  receiver's  camp  is 
moved  to  within  a  few  miles  of 
the  patient's  camp. 


Second  Night  9.  Second  night  of  public  singing 
and  a  few  hours  of  dancing  take 
place  at  the  new  camp  of  the 
stick  receiver's  party. 

Third  Day  10.  Stick  receiver's  party  moves  to 
the  patient's  camp,  and  a  sham 
battle  takes  place,  after  which 
the  stick  receiver's  camp  is  set 
up  next  to  the  patient's  camp. 

Third  Day  n.  Party  from  stick  receiver's  camp 
sings  outside  patient's  hogan  and 
receives  presents. 


Third  Day         12. 


Third  Night 


Third  Night      14. 


Blackening  of  patient,  perform- 
ance of  Enemy  Way  rites,  and 
shooting  of  scalp  take  place. 

Circle  dance,  walking  songs,  sere- 
nade, and  third  night  of  public 
singing  with  a  few  hours  of 
dancing  take  place. 

At  dawn  a  brief  ceremony  con- 
cludes the  Enemy  Way.  This 
may  include  the  singing  of  Bless- 
ing Way  songs. 


These  steps  are  considered  below  in  somewhat 


greater  detail. 


The  Decision 


When  it  is  decided  after  very  complex  nego- 
tiations that  the  Enemy  Way  is  needed,  much 
activity  ensues  at  the  patient's  camp.  A  special 
hogan  must  be  built,  and  a  new  cooking  arbor 
is  erected  to  the  south  of  it.  A  practitioner 
who  knows  the  songs  and  procedure  is  sought. 
Friends  and  relatives  go  in  search  of  such  herbs 


DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  ENEMY  WAY 


as  the  practitioner  requires 4  and  the  yarn  that 
must  decorate  the  "rattle"  and  be  presented 
to  the  family  of  the  stick  receiver.  An  agent 
is  sent  to  procure  an  enemy  trophy  such  as  a 
scalp  or  a  bit  of  bone.  It  must  be  from  a  dead 
outsider  and  one  of  the  same  tribe  or  race 
as  that  of  the  ghost  which  is  causing  the 
patient's  sickness.  There  are  individuals  who 
keep  scalps  or  bones  buried  somewhere  for 
such  emergencies.  When  a  white  man's  ghost 
is  bothering  a  Navaho  in  the  Rimrock  area, 
the  trophy  is  provided  by  the  bones  of  a  cer- 
tain sheepherder  who  was  murdered  by  a 
Mexican  and  received  a  shallow  burial  in  an 
unprotected  place  some  years  ago. 

The  Stick  Receiver 

It  is  preferable  that  the  stick  receiver  be  a 
person  of  some  esoteric  knowledge  concerning 
the  Enemy  Wav.  He  should  know  the  four 
sacred  songs  (Coyote  Songs)  which  precede 
the  public  singing.  A  favorite  stick  receiver  in 
the  Rimrock-Willow  Fence  area  was  Mr. 
Moustache,  himself  a  singer  of  the  Blessing 
Way. 

When  a  stick  receiver  is  found  he  chooses 
a  time  most  convenient  for  all  concerned 
within  three,  five,  seven,  etc.,  days.  The  in- 
terval of  days  is  always  an  odd  number  "be- 
cause in  this  manner  things  were  done  in  the 
beginning  of  time."  5  If  the  patient  is  seri- 
ously ill,  the  time  will  be  as  short  as  possible, 
often  only  one  day. 

Preparation  of  the  Drum 

The  night  before  the  party  is  to  go  to  the 
stick  receiver's  camp,  the  drum  is  prepared. 
The  drum  is  a  small  native  earthen  pot  with 
a  buckskin  cover.  Water  is  poured  into  the 
pot  ceremonially,  and  sacred  songs  are  sung 
by  the  practitioner  as  several  men  pull  a  mois- 
tened buckskin  taut  over  the  mouth  of  the  pot. 
Someone  wraps  a  buckskin  thong  around  the 
neck  of  the  pot,  and  the  drumhead  is  thus  se- 
cured. Three  holes  representing  eyes  and  a 
mouth  are  punched  in  the  drumhead  with  a 
steel  awl,  and  additional  water  may  be  put 
into  the  pot  through  these  holes.  Special  songs 
are  sung  during  the  preparation  of  the  drum 

'Wyman  and  Harris,  1941,  p.  74;  Franciscan 
Fathers,  1910,  pp.  368-69. 


(see  pp.  15-17)  which  is  then  taken  outside. 
Four  special  songs  are  now  sung  by  the  medi- 
cine man  and  anyone  who  knows  them  well 
enough  to  join  in  and  assist.  These  are  the 
"First"  or  "Coyote"  songs.  After  this,  sway 
singing  begins  and  may  continue  until  mid- 
night or  even  all  night.  The  patient  is  sup- 
posed to  participate,  and  there  may  be  a  little 
dancing.6 

Journey  to  Stick  Receiver's  Camp 

The  stick  is  called  "rattle"  in  Navaho  and 
is  probably  derived  from  the  handle  of  a  rattle. 
It  is  a  branch  of  juniper  three  or  four  feet 
long  which  is  cut,  trimmed,  and  decorated 
with  much  punctilio,  prayer,  and  the  singing 
of  special  songs.  Certain  herbs,  feathers,  parts 
of  animals,  colored  yarn,  etc.,  are  fastened  to 
it.  The  bark  is  incised  with  a  design  repre- 
senting the  bow  of  Enemy  Slayer  and  another 
representing  the  hair-knot  of  Changing 
Woman,  his  mother. 

Preparations  are  now  made  for  the  journey 
to  the  stick  receiver's  camp.  The  departure 
must  be  timed  so  that  the  party  will  arrive  at 
about  sundown.  It  is  preferred  that  they 
travel  on  horseback,  and  the  stick  receiver's 
camp  should  be  some  distance  away.  At  the 
Enemy  Way  at  Pine  Valley,  September  26- 
28,  1950,  the  stick  receiver  was  to  have  been  a 
man  living  near  Willow  Fence,  but  the  death 
of  an  old  lady  related  to  the  family  there  occa- 
sioned a  last-minute  change  to  a  man  living 
a  few  miles  south  of  Railtown. 

Eddie  Cochise  was  told  by  his  grandfather 
that  during  the  captivity  at  Fort  Sumner  these 
long  distances  were  not  possible;  the  camps 
had  to  be  within  a  few  yards  of  each  other. 
The  Navahos  had  no  horses  at  that  time  and 
so  they  decorated  long  sticks  to  represent 
horses  of  different  colors,  "rode"  these  to  the 
stick  receiver's  camp,  and  "tethered"  them 
there.  "They  did  this  so  that  when  they  were 
set  free,  their  children  would  have  all  kinds  of 
horses  again." 

If  the  patient  is  well  enough  to  ride,  his 
face  is  painted  with  a  band  of  black  from 
ear  to  ear  along  the  jaw-bone  and  a  band  of 
red  across  the  bridge  of  the  nose  from  cheek- 

0  Haile,  1938,  p.  22 1 ;  Dyk,  1938,  pp.  59,  202-03. 
0  Haile,  1938,  p.  223. 


IO 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


bone  to  cheekbone.  White  spots  are  painted 
over  the  red  on  the  cheekbones,  and  specular 
iron  ore  is  added  to  this.  He  then  carries  the 
stick  on  the  journey  and  presents  it  to  the 
stick  receiver  when  he  arrives  at  the  latter's 
camp.  A  girl,  who  should  be  a  virgin  and  of  a 
different  clan  from  that  of  the  patient,  is 
chosen  by  the  stick  receiver  to  be  the  "stick 
girl."  She  will  be  in  charge  of  the  stick  until 
near  the  end  of  the  ceremony  on  the  last 
night;  she  must  see  that  it  is  kept  in  a  safe 
place,  and  she  carries  it  during  the  dancing. 

In  addition  to  the  yarn  on  the  stick,  several 
pounds  of  the  same  red  yarn  are  carried, 
looped  around  somebody's  neck  or  on  a  saddle 
horn,  and  presented  to  the  wife  of  the  stick 
receiver.  If  the  patient's  party  travels  by  au- 
tomobile, the  yarn  will  be  looped  around  the 
base  of  the  aerial  or  in  some  other  conspicuous 
place.  This  yarn  may  be  incorporated  into 
blankets  that  the  women  in  the  stick  receiver's 
household  weave;  a  favorite  use  is  for  the 
bright  tassels  on  the  corners  of  saddle  blankets. 

First  Night  of  Public  Singing 

This  night  is  called  the  First  Night  by  the 
Navahos,  and  I  have  kept  this  usage.  After 
dark,  various  fires  by  the  wagons  or  trucks 
of  the  spectators  light  the  dance  circle.  People 
may  have  a  few  bites  to  eat,  and  there  is  usu- 
ally a  good  deal  of  waiting  around.  The  sing- 
ing begins  with  the  four  sacred  songs  of  the 
night  before,  led  by  the  stick  receiver  if 
he  knows  them.  Men  group  around  the  drum- 
mer, and  general  singing  follows,  continuing 
for  some  time.  The  singers  very  soon  divide 
into  two  factions  facing  each  other.  These 
two  sides  take  turns  in  the  singing,  and  a 
strong  element  of  competition  begins  to  ap- 
pear. After  an  hour  or  so  of  this,  there  is 
often  a  break  for  announcements,  and  various 
tribal  leaders  may  announce  tribal  elections  to 
be  held,  or  day-labor  jobs  to  be  had,  in  Idaho 
or  on  the  railroad.  The  crowd  is  often  ex- 
horted to  keep  in  mind  the  sacred  nature  of 
the  ceremony  and  the  "old  Navaho  way"  of 
doing  things.  Drinking  and  promiscuity  are 
condemned.  I  have  heard  announcements  that 
were  very  brief  and  one  so  long  that  the 
drummer  beat  impatiently  on  his  drum,  people 

'Haile,  1938,  p.  49. 


shouted  for  the  singing  to  continue,  and  some- 
what drunken  youths  began  mocking  the  ris- 
ing and  falling  cadences  of  the  speaker's  voice. 
This  manifestation  of  impatience  was  ex- 
traordinary in  my  experience  with  the  Na- 
vaho (see  "Navaho  Quiet,"  pp.  78,  86.) 

When  the  announcements  are  over,  the  sing- 
ing continues  for  a  while  as  before,  and  then 
a  bonfire  is  lit  in  the  center  of  the  dance  circle. 
The  singing  now  changes  from  sway  songs  to 
dance  songs,  and  girls  make  their  appearance 
seeking  partners.  The  stick  girl  begins  the 
dancing  by  seizing  a  youth  and  dragging  him 
out  into  the  circle.  She  holds  him  firmly  by 
the  belt  or  jacket  and  wheels  with  him  in  one 
spot.  Other  girls  follow  suit  and  at  intervals 
they  stop,  collect  payments  from  the  boys,  and 
find  new  partners.  The  payments,  usually  from 
a  dime  to  a  quarter,  traditionally  represent 
booty  brought  back  from  Taos  and  given  to 
the  Corn  People  Maidens,7  but  none  of  my  in- 
formants knew  of  this.  Few  older  men  or 
women  dance. 

In  the  Willow  Fence  region,  the  custom  has 
come  down  from  the  Navaho  Reservation  in 
recent  years  of  going  from  the  wheeling  of 
individual  couples  into  a  round  dance  in 
which  couples  dance  along  side  by  side  in  a 
procession  which  circles  around  the  dance 
ground.  They  may  be  holding  hands  or  have 
their  arms  around  each  other,  and  I  have  seen 
occasional  couples  dancing  this  way  draped 
in  the  same  blanket.  For  the  most  part,  the 
couples  simply  walk  or  trot  along,  but  occa- 
sionally someone  may  be  seen  skipping  in  a 
very  subdued  double  bounce,  first  on  one  foot 
and  then  on  the  other.  Jim  Chamiso  said  that 
on  the  reservation  these  two  styles  of  dancing 
go  with  distinct  types  of  songs.  (See  "trotting 
songs,"  nos.  43-46,  and  "skipping  songs,"  nos. 

47-5°-)  _ 

The  singers  signal  the  end  of  the  dancing 
(see  song  no.  1),  and  the  rest  of  the  night  is 
spent  in  singing  sway  songs.  Interest  in  this 
part  of  the  proceedings  is  heightened  by  the 
competition  between  the  two  groups  of  sing- 
ers and  often  by  competition  between  the 
younger  and  older  generations  in  the  demon- 
stration of  endurance  (see  p.  76.)  At  dawn 
the  singing  comes  to  an  end,  and,  again,  an- 
nouncements may  be  made. 


DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  ENEMY  WAY 


1 1 


Sometimes,  during  this  first  night  of  singing 
and  dancing  at  the  stick  receiver's  camp,  a 
separate  dance  goes  on  at  the  patient's  camp. 
This  is  especially  likely  to  occur  if  people  feel 
that  they  will  have  a  better  time  there;  in  this 
case,  they  will  not  go  over  to  the  stick  re- 
ceiver's camp  with  the  patient's  party  but 
will  drift  into  the  patient's  camp  around  dusk. 

Gift   Singing 

Early  in  the  morning  of  the  second  day,  the 
patient's  party  assembles  before  the  stick  re- 
ceiver's hogan,  and  special  songs,  the  gift 
songs,  are  sung.  The  stick  receiver's  party 
throws  small  gifts  to  the  singers  through  the 
smoke  hole  of  the  hogan,  and  then  larger  gifts 
are  brought  out  and  handed  to  persons  who 
can  be  trusted  to  reciprocate  with  gifts  of 
equal  or  greater  value  later  in  the  ceremony. 
These  gifts  also  represent  booty  taken  in  the 
war  on  Taos. 

Return  of  the  Patient's  Party 

The  patient's  party  then  returns  home,  being 
careful  to  retrace  exactly  the  route  by  which 
they  came.  The  young  men  in  the  party  may 
take  this  opportunity  to  try  out  their  horses 
in  a  race.  In  an  Enemy  Way  in  the  summer 
of  1947,  John  Nez  and  Eddie  Mario,  who  were 
the  two  patients,  raced  their  horses  on  the 
way  from  Pine  Valley  to  Rimrock.  Some- 
times, members  of  the  patient's  party  wait  and 
move  with  the  stick  receiver's  camp  and  stay 
with  them  for  the  singing  and  dancing  of  the 
second  night.8 

Stick  Receiver's  Party  Moves  Camp 

Later  in  the  day,  the  stick  receiver's  party 
moves  camp.  Household  utensils  are  gathered 
together  and  packed  in  wagons  and  trucks. 
The  stick  is  carried  by  the  stick  girl,  and  the 
drum  that  was  made  at  the  stick  receiver's 
camp  is  carried  by  a  man  who  is  designated 
drummer.  These  two  individuals  lead  the  pro- 
cession, and  the  party  embarks  in  the  direction 
of  the  patient's  camp.  It  is  usual  for  one  mem- 

6Vogt,  i95i,p.  25. 

'  Navahos  sometimes  called  this  second  night  of  the 
Enemy  Way  "the  camp  night"  because  it  is  held  out 


ber  of  the  patient's  party  to  remain  behind  to 
act  as  guide  and  show  the  way  officially.  He 
is  supposed  to  direct  the  stick  receiver's  party 
to  a  suitable  camp  site  where  there  is  water 
and  plenty  of  firewood. 

The  party  stops  and  builds  a  temporary 
camp  a  few  miles  short  of  the  patient's  camp. 
A  brush  hogan  is  erected,  and  here  the  stick 
receiver's  family  may  stay  and  the  stick  be 
kept  in  safety  when  it  is  not  in  use.  The 
move  is  timed  so  that  camp  will  be  made  near 
sundown.  There  is  an  obligation  on  the  part 
of  the  patient's  family  to  provide  for  this  new 
camp  as  shown  by  the  guide  mentioned  above. 
On  one  occasion,  I  was  asked  to  carry  word  to 
the  patient's  camp  that  the  stick  receiver's 
party  was  in  need  of  water. 

Second  Night  of  Public  Singing 

The  second  night  of  the  Enemy  Way  is 
spent  in  singing,  with  a  few  hours  of  dancing, 
at  the  new  camp  of  the  stick  receiver's  party.9 
The  procedure  is  the  same  as  that  already  de- 
scribed for  the  first  night.  Members  of  the 
patient's  camp  go  over  to  join  in  the  singing 
and  dancing,  and  the  patient  himself  will  do 
so  if  he  is  a  young  man  and  is  not  disabled 
by  his  illness. 

The  Move  to  the  Patient's  Camp 

Soon  after  dawn  the  stick  receiver's  party 
moves  again.  This  time  they  proceed  directly 
to  the  camp  of  the  patient,  and  at  their  arrival 
a  sham  battle  takes  place.  Members  of  the 
patient's  party  ride  out  to  meet  them,  and  there 
is  much  shouting  and  firing  of  guns.  Then  the 
invading  party  gallops  into  camp  and  circles 
around  the  hogan  of  the  patient  with  con- 
tinued yelling  and  gunfire.  They  withdraw 
forty  or  fifty  yards  to  where  the  women  and 
children  are  already  setting  up  camp  and 
then  charge  again.  They  attack  and  circle 
the  hogan  in  this  fashion  four  times  and  then 
withdraw  and  remain  in  their  new  camp. 
Women  from  the  patient's  camp  come  over 
with  food  for  the  newcomers,  and  there  is  an 
interval  for  breakfast. 

in  the  open  between  the  stick  receiver's  hogan  and 
the  patient's  home  hogan.  (E.  Z.  Vogt,  personal  com- 
munication,  1952.) 


12 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


The  Return  Gift  Singing 


After  breakfast  the  stick  receiver's  party 
gathers  in  front  of  the  patient's  hogan  and 
sings  the  gift  songs.  It  is  now  their  turn  to 
receive  presents.  Small  gifts  are  thrown  out 
through  the  smoke  hole,  and  return  gifts  are 
brought  out  by  those  who  received  them  the 
day  before  at  the  stick  receiver's  home  camp. 
The  singing  continues  as  long  as  there  are 
gifts  to  be  distributed. 

The  Enemy  Way  Rites 

Now  begins  the  treatment  of  the  patient  — 
the  performance  of  the  more  specific  healing 
rites.  He  is  blackened  with  the  charcoal  of 
certain  herbs.  His  face  is  painted  as  on  the 
morning  of  the  first  day.  He  is  decorated 
with  necklaces  and  wristlets  of  mountain  lion 
claws,  and  yucca  leaves  are  knotted  and  un- 
knotted in  ceremonially  prescribed  ways.  All 
of  these  performances  accompany  ritual  sing- 
ing which  is  quite  unlike  the  public  singing  in 
form  and  function.  The  complete  series  of 
songs  is  known  only  by  the  medicine  man, 
though  other  men  present  may  assist  in  the 
singing,  as  at  most  ceremonials,  by  following 
along  with  the  melody  and  what  words  they 
know  or  can  pick  up.  The  songs,  which  are 
long  and  chantlike  with  full  and  detailed  texts, 
suggest  by  the  progression  of  words  what 
ceremonial  act  shall  be  done  at  what  time. 

If  the  patient  is  married,  his  wife  is  black- 
ened at  this  time  since  she  too  is  considered  a 
patient.  If  the  ghost  is  driven  away  from  the 
patient  but  remains  with  his  wife,  all  the 
exorcism  of  the  ceremony  may  have  been  in 
vain. 

After  the  rites  over  the  patient,  an  old  man 
goes  out  to  the  place,  one  hundred  yards  or  so 
from  the  hogan,  where  the  enemy  trophy  has 
been  laid  on  the  ground  and  the  location 
marked  by  an  upright  stick.  The  old  man 
shoots  at  the  trophy  and  strews  ashes  on  it, 
and  the  enemy  ghost  is  thus  killed.  If  the  ghost 
in  question  is  that  of  a  white  man,  the  trophy 
will  be  placed  north  of  the  hogan  in  the  direc- 
tion of  Railtown.  Similarly,  the  trophy  is 
placed  in  the  direction  of  Salceda,  the  Apache, 
etc.,  for  ghosts  of  those  tribes. 

10  This  may  include  men  from  the  patient's  camp. 
(Vogt,  personal  communication,  1952.) 


A  second  killing  of  the  ghost  is  enacted  by 
the  patient,  or  by  a  male  proxy  for  the  patient 
if  the  latter  is  a  woman.  The  patient  ap- 
proaches the  trophy  and  thrusts  a  symbolic 
"crow's  bill"  towards  it.  He  also  strews  ashes 
and  repeats  some  phrase  such  as  "it  is  dead, 
it  is  dead!" 

Third  Night  of  Public  Singing 

The  Circle  Dance.  At  dusk,  a  group  of 
men  in  the  stick  receiver's  camp  10  join  hands 
and  form  a  circle.  There  are  two  drummers 
inside  the  circle,  one  from  each  camp,  and  to 
their  accompaniment  the  singing  of  circle 
dance  songs  begins.  The  circle  moves  around 
in  one  direction  for  one  song  and  then  in  the 
opposite  direction  for  the  next.  It  is  divided 
into  two  teams,  roughly  half-and-half,  which 
take  turns  in  the  singing  in  the  same  competi- 
tive manner  as  in  the  regular  sway  singing. 
The  men  who  are  singing  move  around  with 
a  double  bounce  on  each  step  while  the  men 
in  the  other  half  of  the  circle  simply  walk 
around  without  dancing. 

The  circle  dance  may  continue  for  an  hour 
or  more.  At  some  time  during  its  progress, 
women  who  wish  to  do  so  may  enter  the 
circle  and  walk  around  in  the  same  direction  as 
the  dancers  without  singing.  According  to 
two  informants,  the  stick  girl  is  always  sup- 
posed to  be  one  of  this  group  and  carry  the 
stick  at  this  time.  I  noted,  however,  that  in 
the  third  circle  dance  I  saw  (September  28, 
1950,  at  Pine  Valley),  no  stick  was  being  car- 
ried by  any  of  the  girls  inside  the  circle.  When 
the  women  decide  to  leave,  the  dancers  raise 
their  arms  and  let  them  pass  under.  One  in- 
formant stated  that  by  entering  the  dance 
women  help  to  drive  away  the  ghost.  There 
were  three  women  in  the  circle  dance  at  Wil- 
low Fence  on  September  10,  and  six  at  Pine 
Valley  on  September  28.  After  the  circle 
dance  there  is  a  pause  during  which  announce- 
ments are  often  made. 

The  Walking  Songs.  A  group  of  men, 
usually  older  men,  and  the  stick  receiver 
carrying  the  stick  start  a  ceremonial  progress 
from  the  stick  receiver's  camp  to  the  patient's 
hogan.  Four  times  on  the  way  over  they  stop 


DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  ENEMY  WAY 


13 


and  shout  the  name  of  the  enemy's  tribe  or 
race: 

'ana  hastiin,  ye-ye-ye,  'ana  'asdza,  'ana  'alchini  'ana 

nasht'ezhi! 
(Enemy  man,  hey!  enemy  woman,  enemy  children, 

enemy  Zufii! ) 

On  one  occasion  I  witnessed  the  firing  of 
pistols  into  the  air  at  this  pause.  When  I  men- 
tioned this  to  Son  of  Bead  Chant  Singer,  a 
man  of  much  esoteric  knowledge  from  Car- 
risozo  in  the  Navaho  Reservation,  he  was  sur- 
prised and  interested,  saying  that  he  had  never 
heard  of  this  practice  before. 

When  the  walking  group  reaches  the  pa- 
tient's hogan,  they  stand  before  the  door.  A 
ceremonial  basket  is  thrust  out  under  the  door 
curtain,  and  the  leader  of  the  walking  group 
sits  on  the  ground  with  the  basket  upside  down 
before  him.  Using  the  basket  as  a  drum,  he 
sings  the  four  sacred  Coyote  songs  that  begin 
the  night's  public  singing.  He  sings  the  first 
song  next  to  the  door,  moves  back  a  few  steps 
for  the  second,  and  so  on  until  he  is  almost 
under  the  cooking  arbor  for  the  fourth.  After 
this  song  there  is  a  period  of  serenading  during 
which  the  walking  group  sings  sway  songs 
around  the  patient's  hogan.  Then  the  group 
disbands  and  returns  to  the  stick  receiver's 
camp.   There  is  no  procession  back. 

The  Regular  Singing  and  Dancing. 
After  another  pause,  sway  singing  begins 
again  in  the  stick  receiver's  camp.  The  fire  is 
lit  eventually,  and  the  dancing  begins  as  before. 
On  this  night,  however,  the  stick  receiver  may 
take  the  stick  when  the  dancing  is  over  and 
hold  it  while  he  joins  the  singing  group. 

Conclusion 

At  dawn  the  singing  is  concluded  with  the 
four  "First  songs"  or  "Coyote  songs."  If  the 
patient  requests  it,  a  Blessing  Way  song  may 
be  sung  after  these.  The  patient  and  his  family 
come  out  and  face  the  east  on  the  edge  of  the 
stick  receiver's  camp  circle.  Prayers  are  said, 
and  pollen  is  distributed  ceremonially.  The 
ceremony  is  then  over. 

When  the  ceremony  had  been  concluded  on 
the  second  and  third  nights  of  the  Pine  Valley 
Enemy  Way,  September  27  and  28,  there 
were  long  announcements  made  by  very  drunk 


Navahos.  The  burden  was  similar  to  those 
of  the  other  announcements  mentioned  but 
also  included  reproaches  for  the  diminished 
energy  of  the  singing  group  as  the  night  wore 
on  and  for  the  drinking  that  had  taken  place. 
The  announcements  after  the  third  night  in- 
cluded an  interesting  contribution  by  a  group 
of  Salcedanos.  Using  English  as  a  lingua 
franca,  they  asked  the  announcer  to  tell  the 
assembly  that  they  were  upset  by  the  drink- 
ing and  the  Navahos'  failure  to  cope  with  it. 
They  said  that  they  used  to  enjoy  coming  to 
the  Squaw  Dances  for  the  social  occasion,  the 
refreshments,  and  the  girls,  and  they  used  to 
feel  that  it  helped  to  bring  rain.  Now,  they 
said,  they  did  not  enjoy  it  and  they  did  not 
feel  that  the  occasion  had  been  holy.  They 
added  that  their  governors  (one  of  whom 
was  present)  did  not  get  drunk,  and  they  were 
sorry  to  see  the  Navaho  leaders  setting  such  a 
bad  example  for  their  young  men.  The  an- 
nouncer translated  this,  and  the  Navahos 
seemed  to  take  the  reproof  seriously. 

For  information  regarding  the  symbolism 
in  the  Enemy  Way,  the  five-day  version  of  the 
ceremony,  and  the  extra  rites  of  the  Black 
Dancers  and  the  Tail  Songs,  the  reader  is  re- 
ferred to  Father  Berard  Haile's  excellent  ac- 
count. My  informants  did  not  provide  ma- 
terial on  these  matters  and  knew  little  about 
the  more  elaborate  versions  of  the  ceremony 
when  they  were  asked  directly.  Although  I 
did  not  have  the  opportunity  to  discuss  the 
Enemy  Way  Music  with  a  practitioner  who 
knew  the  rite,  it  is  my  guess  that  the  five-day 
version  is  rarely  given  south  of  Railtown. 

The  only  information  I  received  concerning 
the  origin  of  the  ceremony  was  from  Henry 
Stanton,  a  middle-aged  man  who  lived  most 
of  his  life  as  a  Navaho,  though  his  father  was 
a  Mormon.  At  the  second  night  of  the  Pine 
Valley  Enemy  Way,  he  asked  me  if  I  knew 
"where  all  this  started"  and  told  me  the  fol- 
lowing: 

There  were  these  twins,  and  the  folks  kept  them 
hidden  under  a  big  rock.  There  were  lots  of  giants 
around  then,  and  they  wanted  to  keep  the  kids  away 
from  them.  The  giants  came  around  and  saw  all  the 
tracks  in  the  dust,  little  footprints.  They  said,  "Where 
are  those  kids?"  They  wanted  to  eat  them  up,  see? 
But  the  folks  told  them  they  just  made  those  tracks 


14  ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 

in  the  dust  with  their  hands.   They  didn't  have  any  while  and  we'll  tell  you."    Well,  one  day  the  kids 

kids  and  they  got  lonesome,  so,  they  said,  they  made  were  gone.    They'd  gone  to  look  for  their  father, 

their  hand  like  this   (he  doubled  up  his  fingers  and  They  found  him,  and  he  told  them  how  to  kill  all 

showed  me)  and  then  made  little  marks  for  the  toes.  the  giants.  They  did  that,  and  then  they  got  bothered 

Well,  those  kids  grew  up  and  they  wanted  to  know  by  it.   So  the  first  one  of  these  dances  was  held  to 

where  their  father  was.    They  kept  asking  "Where  cure  them  of  it.   That's  how  it  started, 
is  our  father?"  But  the  folks  told  them,  "Wait  a  little 


THE  SONGS  IN  THE  ENEMY  WAY 


LIST  OF  SONGS  IN  THE  ENEMY  WAY 


THE  reader  has  seen  that  singing  occurs 
at  nearly  every  major  point  in  the  per- 
formance of  the  Enemy  Way.  In  the  present 
chapter,  the  various  kinds  of  songs  will  be  dis- 
cussed. They  are  presented  in  chronological 
order  as  far  as  possible.  Except  for  the  secular 
songs  in  the  rite,  I  am  indebted  to  Father 
Berard's  detailed  and  painstaking  work  in 
"Origin  Legend  of  the  Navaho  Enemy  Way" 
for  my  information  on  songs  and  ritual  alike. 
Full  discussion  of  the  secular  songs  is  re- 
served for  the  following  chapter,  in  which 
analyses  and  musical  transcriptions  are  also 
given. 

Starred  titles  refer  to  the  secular  songs. 

Bear  and  Snake  Songs 

Songs  used  in  preparation  of  the  drum 

Songs  used  in  preparation  of  the  rattle  stick 

The  Covote  Songs 

The  Sway  Songs  * 

The  Dance  Songs  * 

Trotting 

Skipping 

Signal  for  end  of  dancing 
The  Gift  Songs  * 
Emetic  Songs 
Unraveling  Songs 
Medicine  Songs 

For  medicine  in  gourd 

For  application  of  pollen 
Blackening  Songs 

Those  which  refer  to  the  enemy's  country 

Those  which  refer  to  the  Navaho  country 
Circle  Dance  Songs  * 
Walking  Songs 
Songs  to  the  Patient 
Concluding  songs  of  the  ceremonial 

Blessing  Way  song  to  patient 

Coyote  Songs 
Songs  for  depositing  the  rattle  stick 

Rattle  Stick  Song 

An  alternative:  The  Twelve-word  Blessing  Way 
Song 

1  Haile,  1938,  p.  219. 


Additional  songs  used  in  the  longer  version  of 
the  ceremony: 

Songs  of  the  Tail  Dancers 
Tail  Songs  facing  the  enemy 
Tail  Songs  facing  the  hogan 
Songs  naming  the  warriors   (Tail  Songs) 
Blessing  Way  song  which  may  be  sung  on  re- 
quest  (Tail  Songs) 
Songs  sung  while  facing  the  scalp    (not  a  Tail 
Song) 
Songs  of  the  Black  Dancers 
Black  Feces  Songs 
Songs  of  the  Hard  Flint  Boys 
An   alternative  set  of  songs  of  the   Hard  Flint 
Boys 
Songs  at  the  meal  of  the  no-cedar  mush 

Bear  and  Snake  Songs 

The  first  songs  to  be  used  in  the  Enemy  Way 
are  the  protective  songs  mentioned  by  Father 
Berard.1  Either  my  informants  did  not  know 
about,  or  did  not  want  to  talk  about  them. 
According  to  Slim  Curly,  Father  Berard's 
informant,  they  could  be  used  by  the  agent 
who  goes  after  the  enemy  trophy.  If  he  knows 
the  songs,  they  are  effective  protection  against 
the  danger  in  the  trophy.  Whether  they  are 
the  same  or  similar  to  Bear  and  Snake  songs 
that  occur  in  other  chants  is  not  clear. 

These  songs,  which  were  formerly  used  in 
war,  refer  to  Bear  Man  and  Big  Snake  Man, 
two  apparently  feeble  old  men  who  accom- 
panied the  war  party  of  Enemy  Slayer  against 
Taos.  These  men  were  powerful  warriors  in 
reality.  In  spite  of  their  appearance  of  frailty, 
they  managed  to  obtain  the  scalps  Enemy 
Slayer  was  seeking  and  marry  the  two  Corn 
People  Maidens.2 

Songs  used  in  Preparation  of  the  Drum 

Slim  Curly  mentions  two  songs  sung  by  the 
practitioner  during  the  preparation  of  the  ma- 

2  Haile,  1938,  pp.  171-75,  219. 


'5 


i6 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


terials  for  the  drum  and  the  looped  drum- 
stick.3 

In  addition,  when  the  drumhead  is  tied 
down,  the  practitioner  sings  five  songs.  With 
the  first  four  he  beats  the  drum  near  the  rim 
on  the  north,  east,  south,  and  west  sides,  re- 
spectively. For  the  fifth  song  he  beats  the 
drum  in  the  center.  These  songs  are  identical 
except  that  there  is  a  different  burden 4  for 
each: 

Song  number  i.  Now  it  sounded. 

Song  number  2.  Now   the  sound   traveled. 

Song  number  3.  Now  the  sound  ceased. 

Song  number  4.  Now  it  is  pleasant  everywhere. 

Song  number  5.  Come,  my  little  one,  come! 

This  similarity,  except  for  the  burden,  of 
the  songs  in  any  song-group  is  almost  univer- 
sal in  Navaho  ceremonial  music.  After  a  brief 
introduction  of  vocables,  usually  something 
like  "  'eneya,"  a  song  begins  with  a  phrase  re- 
peated a  number  of  times  in  what  may  be  called 
a  chorus.  Then  the  body  of  the  song  begins, 
but  at  the  end  of  each  line  in  the  body  the 
last  few  bars  of  the  chorus  are  added  as  a  sort 
of  burden.  The  complete,  or  nearly  complete, 
chorus  is  repeated  between  the  halves  of  a 
two-part  song  and  again  at  the  end  of  the 
song.  Usually  only  the  chorus  and  burden 
change  from  one  song  to  the  next  within  any 
song-group.  The  change  in  text  usually  ex- 
presses a  progression  or  development  of  ideas. 

There  are  nine  other  songs  used  in  the 
preparation  of  the  drum,  and  it  is  my  guess 
that  they  are  sung  soon  after  the  five  just 
mentioned,  though  this  is  not  clear  from  Slim 
Curly's  account.  These  may  be  sung  on  the 
same  melody  as  the  group  of  five,  but  there 
would  be  variations  in  each  of  the  burdens 
which  are  given  below:  5 

1 .  A  nice  one  is  preparing  it  for  me. 

2.  A  nice  one  has  prepared  it  for  me. 

3.  A  nice  one  now  gave  its  sound. 

4.  The  sound  of  a  nice  one  has  now  gone  forth. 

3  Haile,  1938,  p.  223. 

*  Since  there  are  two  kinds  of  chorus  in  most 
Navaho  ceremonial  music,  a  differentiation  in  termi- 
nology must  be  made:  "chorus"  refers  to  the  material 
repeated  at  the  beginning,  middle  and  end  of  the  song; 


5.  The  sound  of  a  nice  one  has  now  ceased. 

6.  From  a  nice  one  beauty  now  extends. 

7.  From  a  nice  one  beauty  is  now  spread  out. 

8.  Come,  my  child,  come! 

9.  Come,  my  child,  come! 

Father  Berard  gives  the  complete  text  of 
song  number  three  in  this  set 8  and  I  repro- 
duce it  here  for  an  example  of  the  way  the 
chorus  and  burden  are  used.  The  parentheses 
and  the  arrangement  of  the  text  are  mine. 
Asterisks  in  the  first  line  of  each  half  of  the 
song  indicate  where  the  burden  begins. 

(Introduction)   'e  ne  ya  a 
(Chorus)         A  nice  one,  a  nice  one,  a  nice  one 
now  gave  a  sound,  a  nice,  a  nice,  a 
nice  one  now  gave   a  sound,  so  it 
did. 


(Body 
first 
part) 


(Chorus) 


(Body 
second 
part) 


Now  I  am  Changing  Woman's  child 

when  *   a  nice  one  gave  its  sound, 

so  it  did, 
In  the  center  of  the  turquoise  home 

a  nice  one  gave  its  sound,  so  it  did, 
On  the  very  top  of  a  soft  goods  floor 

a  nice  one  gave  its  sound,  so  it  did, 
It's   the   nice   child   of   a   dark   water 

pot  that  just  gave  its  sound,  so  it  did. 
Its  lid  is  a  dark  cloud  when  the  nice 

one  gave  its  sound,  so  it  is, 
Sunray  encircles  it  when  the  nice  one 

gave  its  sound,  so  it  does, 
Water's    child    is    sprayed    upon    it 

when  the  nice  one  gave  its  sound, 

so  it  is, 
At  its  front  it  is  pleasant  when  the 

nice  one  gave  its  sound,  so  it  is, 
At  its  rear  it  is  pleasant  when  the  nice 

one  gave  its  sound,  so  it  is, 
It's  the  nice   child   of  long  life  and 

happiness  that  just  gave  its  sound, 

so  it  is, 

A  nice,  a  nice  one,  a  nice  one  now 
now  gave  its  sound,  so  it  did. 

Now  I  am  the  grandchild  of  Chang- 
ing Woman  when  a  nice  one  gave 
its  sound,  so  it  did, 


"burden"  refers  to  an  abbreviated  version  of  this 
chorus  which  is  repeated  at  the  end  of  each  line  in 
the  body  of  the  song.    (See  above.) 

B  Haile,  1938,  p.  263. 

"Haile,  1938,  pp.  264-65. 


THE  SONGS  IN  THE  ENEMY  WAY 


'7 


(Chorus) 


In  the  center  of  the  white  bead  home 

a  nice  one  gave  its  sound,  so  it  did, 
On  the  very  top  of  a  jewelled  floor 

a  nice  one  gave  its  sound,  so  it  did, 
It's  the  nice  child  of  the  blue  water 

pot  that  just  gave  its  sound,  so  it  is, 
Blue  cloud  is  its  lid  when  a  nice  one 

gave  its  sound,  so  it  is, 
Rainbow  encircles  it  when  a  nice  one 

gave  its  sound,  so  it  does, 
Water's  child  is  sprayed  upon  it  when 

a  nice  one  gave  its  sound,  so  it  is, 
In  its  rear  it  is  pleasant  when  a  nice 

one  gave  its  sound,  so  it  is, 
At  its  front  it  is  pleasant  when  a  nice 

one  gave  its  sound,  so  it  is, 
It's  the  nice   child   of  long   life   and 

happiness  that  just  gave  its  sound, 

so  it  is, 

A  nice  one,  a  nice  one,  a  nice  one  just 
gave  it's  sound,  that's  all! 


Following  these  songs  a  prayer  is  said  during 
which  male  patients  hold  their  hands  over  the 
drum,  and  female  patients  hold  their  hands 
beneath  it.  As  in  the  ceremonial  music,  the 
body  of  the  prayer  is  the  same  each  time,  but 
a  different  beginning,  somewhat  analogous  to 
the  chorus  of  a  song,  is  made  for  each  prayer. 

It  is  at  this  point  that  the  holes  are  punched 
in  the  drumhead,  and  the  drum  is  carried  out 
to  the  brush  shelter  near  the  patient's  hogan. 
Singers  gather  around,  and  the  medicine  man 
leads  in  singing  the  four  special  songs,  the 
Coyote  Songs,  which  always  start  a  night's 
singing.  After  this  the  group  begins  sway 
singing  and  may  continue  all  night.  There 
may  also  be  some  dancing  at  this  time,  or  they 
may  stop  singing  and  return  the  drum  to  the 
hogan  at  any  time.  The  Coyote  Songs  are  dis- 
cussed in  more  detail  on  page  18  in  con- 
nection with  the  first  night,  when  they  are 
again  used  to  start  the  singing. 

Songs  used  in  Preparation  of  the 
Rattle  Stick 

The  decoration  of  the  stick  takes  place  on 
the  morning  of  the  first  day.  There  are  ten 
songs  which  accompany  this  ritual;  the  first 
six  describe  the  actual  decoration  of  the  stick: 


He  is  making  it  for  me  .  .  . 
Monster  Slayer  is  making  his  staff  for  me  .  .  . 
Gazer  on  Enemy  is  making  his  staff  for  me  .  .  . 
The  staff  of  the  wide  queue  he  is  making  for 
me  .  .  . 

He  has  made  it  for  me  .  .  . 
Monster   Slayer,  .  .  . 

He  has  brought  it  here  for  me  .  .  . 
Monster  Slayer,  .  .  . 


He   placed   it   in   my 
Monster  Slayer,  etc  . 


hand 


5.  He  tallowed  it  for  me  .  .  . 
Monster   Slayer   is   making,   etc  .  .  . 

6.  He  has  reddened  it  for  me  .  .  . 
Monster  Slayer,  etc  .  .  . 

Songs  7-10  are  concerned  with  the  people: 
elders,  men,  women,  children,  and  chiefs  sur- 
rounding the  stick  in  the  act  of  decorating  it: 

7.  He  is  decorating  it  for  me  .  .  . 

Monster  Slayer's  staff,  he  is  decorating  it  for 

me  .  .  . 
The    staff   of   the    extended   bowstring,    he   is 

decorating  .  .  . 
Surrounded    by    the    emergence    elders,    he    is 

decorating  .  .  . 
Surrounded  by  the   emergence  women,  .  .  . 

8.  He  has  decorated  it  for  me  .  .  . 
Monster  Slayer's,  .  .  . 

9.  Now  he  carries  it  away  .  .  . 
Monster  Slayer's  staff,  .  .  . 

10.   Pleasant  again  it  has  come  to  be  .  .  . 
Monster  Slayer's  staff,  .  .  .' 

At  the  end  of  the  decoration  ritual  five  Blessing 
Way  songs  ('anaa'aji  bohozhppdji,  "Enemy 
Way  Blessing  Part")  are  optional. 

1.   Here  it  stands,  by  its  power  motion  began,  .  .  . 
Now  in  the  center  of  the  home  of  Changing 

Woman   it  stands,  .  .  . 
A  turquoise  stands  upright,  .  .  . 
Now  it  stands  in  the  center  of  the   home  of 

Changing  Woman,  .  .  . 
A  white  bead  stands  upright,  .  .  . 


'Haile,  1938,  pp.  259-60. 


i8 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


2.  Here  it  stands  upright  whereby  he   (patient)  is 
in  motion  .  .  . 

3.  Here  it  stands  whereby  he   (patient)  arose  .  .  . 

4.  Here  is   (the  power)   by  which  he  stands  .  .  . 

5.  Here    is    the    upright    whereby    he    begins    to 
walk  .  .  .* 

The  Coyote  Songs 

The  patient's  party  arrives  at  the  camp  of 
the  stick  receiver  at  about  sunset.  He  inspects 
the  stick,  and,  if  it  is  made  properly,  he  accepts 
it,  and  his  group  prepares  a  drum.  This  is  done 
without  the  Drum  Songs  or  any  other  par- 
ticular ceremony.  He  then  goes  outside  and 
leads  the  "  'e-ya  e-ya  he-he  ya-ha"  songs  or 
first  songs  of  coyote,  the  owl,  and  burrowing 
owl.9  These  are  the  four  songs  which  must 
inaugurate  each  night  of  public  singing  and 
are  referred  to  by  the  Navahos  as  'ana'dji 
'atsale  (Enemy  Way  First  Songs)  or  md'i 
biyiin  (Coyote  Songs). 

The  male  spectators  may  join  in  these  songs, 
following  the  practitioner,  but  these  are  not 
songs  that  a  person  would  sing  by  himself  or 
on  any  other  occasion.  As  Bill  Begay  put  it, 
"We  are  afraid  of  those,  we  leave  them  to  the 
medicine  man."  The  texts,  taken  from  Father 
Berard,  follow  (arrangement  and  simplification 
mine).  The  syllables  are  meaningless  except 
that  they  imitate  the  bark  of  coyotes  and  the 
hooting  of  owls.  My  informants  said  these 
songs  were  about  coyote,  owl,  burrowing  owl, 
and  something  else,  they  did  not  know  what.10 

1.   he-ya  hey  a  heya  he-ya  'eyehe  'ayeyehe  ya'eeyeya, 
heya        he-ya        'eyehe        ya'ehe-ya 
'e-he-yeya, 

he-ya -a   'ehe'o-o-he-ya   'e-he'eya, 
he-ya -a   'eha'o-o -he-ya   'e-he'eya, 

he-ya  'eyahe-ya  he-ya  he-yaheya 
he-ya  'ehe'o-  o-heya  'e'eha-ya-  he-ya 
he-ya: 

"Haile,  1938,  pp.  261-63. 

"Haile,  1938,  p.  223. 

10  Coolidge's  informant  said  there  were  five  songs 
".  .  .  the  same  songs  that  are  sung  today  —  songs  so 
old  that  they  have  no  words.  They  were  the  Coyote 


2.  he-ya  he-ya-he-ya'  ee-ya'e-ye-na  he-ya 

'ee-na  he-ya  'ee-ne, 
ya-ahe-yaa'ee-ya'    eye-na    he-ya    'ee-na 
he-ya  'ee-ne, 

ne-yahe-o  'eyooho, 
ya-a  ne-ya  'e-nehe'o  'e-yooho, 
ya-a  he-yaa  he-eya  'eye-na  he-ya  'e-e-na 
he-ya  'ee-ne 

ya-7ana  he-ya  he-ya: 

3.  he-ya    he-ya    he-ya-a    heeya    'eye-ya'eya    'eneya 

'ehee-  ho-wena 
he-ya-a    heeya    'eye-ya'eya    'eneya 

'ehee-  ho-wena 
he-yaya  'eya      'eye-ya'eya      'eneya 

'ehee-  ho-wena 
he-yaya  'eya      'eye-ya'eya      'eneya 

'ehe'e-  ho-wena 
he-yaya -'eya      'eye-ya'eya      'eneya 

'ehe'e -ho-wena 
he-yaya  heeya  'eye •  ya'eneya'eneya'- 

'ehe'e-  ho-wena 
he-ya  he-ya 

4.  heya  heya  heya -a  yo-ho-  yo-ho-  yaha  hahe-ya-an 

ha-yahe-  ha-wena 
yo-ho-  yo-ho-  yaha  hahe-ya-an 
ha-yahe-  ha-wena 

he-yo-  wena  hahe-yahan 

ha-yahe-    ha-wena 
he-yo-  wena  hahe-yahan 

he  he  he  he-yo 
he-yo-  wena  hahe-yahan 

he  he  he  he-yo 
he-yo-       howo-      heyo 
wana  heya  heyau 

The  Sway  Songs 

After  the  four  "First  Songs,"  the  careful 
order  and  specificity  of  the  music  is  relaxed. 
Within  the  limitations  of  a  certain  type  of 
song,  the  sway  song,  any  song  that  comes 
to  mind  will  be  performed.  The  only  "order" 
in  the  singing  comes  from  similarity:  one  song 
will  suggest  another  which  sounds  a  good  deal 
like  it.  I  did  discover,  however,  that  there 
was  at  least  one  song  which  was  supposed  to  be 
followed  by  another  specific  melody  since 
both  were  about  airplanes  (see  songs  no.  4 
and  5). 

Song,   the   Owl  Song,   the   Talking   God   Song,   the 
Water-Sprinkler  Song,  and  the  song  to  Estsan  Adlehi." 
Coolidge  and  Coolidge,  1930,  p.  170. 
"Haile,  1938,  p.  265. 


THE  SONGS  IN  THE  ENEMY  WAY 


'9 


Though  the  singing  that  now  takes  place  is 
confined  to  the  sway  songs,  the  repertory 
within  this  limitation  is  enormous.  There  is  no 
telling  how  many  hundreds  of  these  songs  are 
known,  sung,  and  passed  around  on  the  reserva- 
tion and  among  off-reservation  Navahos.  New 
ones  are  invented  and  have  a  period  of  popu- 
larity which  may  carry  them  from  end  to  end 
of  the  Navaho  country.  Old  ones  may  be 
revived  and  have  a  vogue  lasting  months  or 
years.  Singers  frequently  know  who  made  a 
particular  song  and  how  long  ago. 

Sway  songs,  together  with  the  dance  songs, 
the  gift  songs,  and  the  circle  dance  songs,  are 
the  songs  which  the  public  ordinarily  hears  at 
a  Squaw  Dance  and  any  of  these  four  types 
of  song  may  appear  labeled  "Squaw  Dance 
Song"  on  the  commercial  records  of  Navaho 
music  now  available.12  The  sway  songs  are 
markedly  different  from  the  ceremonial  songs 
described  so  far.  They  are  not  constructed  on 
the  chorus-verse-burden  pattern  of  the  chanted 
music  but  are  much  simpler,  shorter,  and  more 
lively  melodically.  They  do  not  have  the 
constant  repetition  of  chorus  and  burden  in 
the  text  and  melody  so  characteristic  of  the 
chants.  There  may  be  no  meaningful  text  at 
all  (this  is  said  to  be  characteristic  of  the  older 
songs)  or  there  may  be  short  phrases  such  as 
"This  is  beautiful,"  repeated  a  number  of 
times  and  rounded  out  with  vocables.  Addi- 
tional texts  and  a  technical  discussion  of  the 
music  of  these  songs  will  be  found  below, 
pp.  25-37. 

The  Dance  Songs 

When  it  is  time  for  the  dancing  to  begin,  a 
large  bonfire  is  lit  in  the  middle  of  the  dancing 
ground,  and  the  music  changes  from  sway 
songs  to  songs  with  a  different  musical  and 
textual  content,  the  ahizhdi  dhai  ("two  come 
together")  songs.  These  dance  songs  have 
the  same  regular  rhythm  as  the  sway  songs 
but  are  much  longer,  being  sung  with  many 
repeats  so  that  the   dancing  to   a  particular 

"Boulton,  1941,  record  91a,  songs  number  1,  3,  4, 
6  are  songs  number  64,  65,  74,  and  75  in  this  paper, 
all  gift  songs.  Rhodes,  1949,  record  1422A  (1),  "Rid- 
ing Song"  is  song  number  1  in  this  paper,  known 
widely  among  the  Navahos  as  the  signal  song  to  end 


song  may  go  on  as  long  as  ten  minutes  or  so. 
These  are  repetitions  of  the  whole  song,  how- 
ever, not  of  burdens  or  magical  formulae. 

As  in  the  case  of  the  sway  songs,  there  may 
be  dance  songs  composed  entirely  of  vocables 
with  no  meaningful  text.  Where  there  are 
texts,  they  usually  refer,  humorously,  to  the 
way  the  dancing  is  going,  the  behavior  of  girls, 
or  the  relations  of  the  sexes. 

Dancing  in  the  Rimrock-Willow  Fence  re- 
gion usually  begins  with  the  wheeling  dance 
mentioned  above.  In  Stm  of  Old  Man  Hat  this 
dance  is  called  "those-who-turn,"  but  my  in- 
formants had  no  distinguishing  term  for  it 
beyond  ahizhdi  dhai,  used  for  all  social  dancing 
in  the  Enemy  Way.13  The  round  dance 
which  comes  next  is  said  by  Rimrock  Navahos 
to  be  derived  from  an  Apache  social  dance 
which  was  copied  for  a  number  of  years  by 
the  Navahos.  In  the  Apache  form,  the  couples 
face  the  same  way  and  dance  forwards  and 
backwards  together  in  a  long  double  line.  Ac- 
cording to  both  Navaho  and  Mormon  in- 
formants, this  type  of  dance  was  practiced  in 
Rimrock  simply  as  a  social  dance  without  cere- 
monial implications  and  was  also  used  in  the 
Enemy  Way.  The  Coolidges,  writing  before 
1930,  speak  of  the  wheeling  dance  and  an 
Apache  Dance: 

...  a  backwards  and  forwards  dance,  very  graceful 
to  behold  called  the  Foot-Together  Dance  .  .  . 
sometimes  called  the  Apache  Dance." 

It  seems  possible  to  reconstruct  a  recent 
stage  of  the  history  of  social  dancing  in  the 
Enemy  Way.  The  Apache  Dance  has  evolved 
into  a  round  dance  in  which  the  men  and  girls 
move  around  the  dance  ground  in  a  large 
circle,  double  file,  instead  of  going  backwards 
and  forwards.  This  development  seems  to 
have  taken  place  on  the  reservation  and  has 
diffused  back  to  the  off-reservation  Navahos 
south  of  Railtown  who  claim  to  have  trans- 
mitted the  Apache  Dance  from  the  Mescalero 
to  the  reservation  in  the  first  place. 

the  dancing  and  resume  sway  singing. 

11  See  Dyk,  1938,  p.  209,  and  all  of  Chapter  11  for 
Navaho  viewpoints  on  the  Enemy  Way. 

"Coolidge  and  Coolidge,  1930,  pp.  177-78;  see  also 
p.  167. 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


On  the  reservation  there  are  two  kinds  of 
steps  used  in  the  round  dance,  skipping  and 
"loping"  or  trotting.  Reservation  Navahos 
told  me  that  there  were  specific  kinds  of  songs 
for  these  two  different  dance  steps,  but  in  the 
Rimrock-Willow  Fence  area  one  may  see  both 
skipping  and  loping  going  on  at  the  same  time. 
Various  informants  have  told  me  that  this  is 
because  the  Navahos  of  this  region  do  not 
know  any  better  and  cannot  tell  the  differ- 
ence between  these  two  types  of  songs. 

In  the  painting  of  an  Enemy  Way  round 
dance  by  Harrison  Begay,  the  girls  are  all  to 
the  right  of  their  partners.15  There  was  no 
such  uniformity  in  any  of  the  dances  I  saw. 
I  mention  this  here  as  possible  further  evi- 
dence for  "provincialism"  south  of  Railtown, 
but  I  have  not  seen  round  dancing  on  the 
reservation  myself,  and  I  recognize  the  possi- 
bility of  artistic  license  or  formalization. 

Like  our  "Good  Night  Ladies"  or  "Home 
Sweet  Home,"  the  Navahos  have  a  special 
song  {see  song  no.  i )  which  constitutes  a  sig- 
nal for  the  dancing  to  stop.  This  is  one  of  the 
older  style  sway  songs.  At  the  dances  I  saw, 
most  of  the  dancers  had  stopped  anyway  be- 
fore the  signal  song  was  sung,  but  several 
informants  said  that  often  when  the  word  is 
given  by  some  of  the  older  men  present  for 
this  signal,  there  may  be  objections  from  young 
people  who  want  to  continue  the  dancing.  I 
was  told  that  there  have  been  times  when  they 
have  tried  to  shout  down  the  singers,  and 
where  a  stay  of  sentence  has  been  given.  The 
dancing  may  be  terminated  at  any  time  if  the 
evening  begins  to  get  too  rowdy. 

After  the  dancing,  the  sway  singing  is  re- 
sumed and  continues  for  the  rest  of  the  night. 

The  Gift  Songs 

In  the  morning  after  breakfast,  the  members 
of  the  patient's  party  gather  outside  the  stick 
receiver's  hogan  and  sing  the  four  starting 
(Coyote)  songs.   These  are  followed  by  gift 

15  Tanner,  1950,  pp.  18-19  (reproduction  of  paint- 
ing). 

"Haile,  1938,  p.  227. 

"Haile,  1938,  p.  229. 

"*  Herzog,  1935,  p.  413,  suggests  a  Northern  Ute 
origin  for  ".  .  .  dancing  songs,  mostly  exoteric,  as- 
sociated with  the  Enemy  Chant  or  'War  Dance'  .  .  ." 


songs  which  continue  as  long  as  gifts  are 
thrown  out  of  the  hogan  to  the  singers.  Slim 
Curly  says  of  these  songs:  "These  serenaders 
again  sing  the  first  four  songs  for  him  (the 
stick  receiver),  after  which  they  begin  their 
sway  singing,  with  no  particular  regard  for 
songs  to  be  sung."  16  Of  the  ten  gift  songs 
recorded  by  me,  however,  three  (54-56)  are 
quite  unlike  the  sway  songs  structurally. 
These  were  sung  by  an  old  informant,  Mr. 
Moustache,  who  said  that  they  came  from  the 
Utes.  He  sang  others  which  his  grandson  iden- 
tified as  very  old  sway  songs  used  nowadays 
just  as  gift  songs.  Comments  by  both  Mr. 
Moustache  and  John  Nez  indicated  that  the 
Ute-style  songs  are  preferable,  but  are  now 
being  forgotten.16" 

When  the  gift  singing  is  over,  there  is  no 
further  singing  until  the  evening  when  an- 
other night  of  sway  singing  and  dance  singing 
takes  place  at  the  half-way  camp  of  the  stick 
receiver's  party.  As  noted  above  and  in  Slim 
Curly's  account,17  there  may  be  dancing  at 
both  camps  on  the  first  night. 

The  Emetic  Songs 

The  last  three  sections  have  mentioned 
songs  of  a  public  and  "secular"  nature.  At 
dawn  on  the  third  day  attention  is  focused  on 
the  patient.  The  preparation  and  use  of  an 
emetic  is  the  first  step  in  a  series  of  rituals  cen- 
tering around  him.  Two  songs  are  sung  while 
the  emetic  is  boiling,  and  a  third  song  is  sung 
when  the  patient  drinks.  These  are  sacred 
songs  in  the  chant  form  discussed  already  in 
connection  with  the  songs  used  in  the  prepara- 
tion of  the  drum  and  the  rattle. 

The  burden  in  the  first  song  is  "We  are  pre- 
paring food  for  you."  The  second  song  is  like 
the  first  with  the  burden  changed  to  "For 
yourself,  you  have  now  prepared  food."  An 
abbreviated  text  of  the  second  song  follows: 

'eneya  With  a  thrill,  my  grandchild,  you  have  pre- 
pared a  food  for  yourself,  with  a  thrill,  .  .  . 

on  the  basis  of  a  high  incidence  of  paired  phrases. 
Herzog's  musical  example  is  clearly  a  sway  song.  In 
the  present  study,  pairing  is  found  to  be  high  only  in 
the  sway  songs  and  not  in  the  "Ute-style"  songs.  This 
is  a  highly  significant  clue  to  a  possible  Ute  origin  for 
the  sway  songs  as  well  as  the  gift  songs. 


THE  SONGS  IN  THE  ENEMY  WAY 


21 


And  so,  because  I  am  the  child  of  Changing 
Woman, 

you    have    now    prepared    food    for    yourself, 
halayai, 

Below  the  sunrise  you  have  now  prepared  .  .  . 

In  a  turquoise  basket,  you  have  now  prepared  .  .  . 

Of  the  dew  of  dark  cloud  you  have  now  pre- 
pared .  .  . 

At  its  front  it  is  pleasant  when  you  have  .  .  . 

At  its  rear  it  is  pleasant  when  you  have  .  .  . 

Now  long  life  and  happiness,  my  grandchild,  you 
have  now  prepared  food  with  a  thrill,  my 
grandchild  .  .  . 

And  so,  because  I  am  the  grandchild  of  Changing 
Woman, 
you  have  now  prepared  a  food  for  yourself, 

Below  the  sun  .  .  . 

In  a  white  bead  basket  .  .  . 

Of  the  dew  of  dark  mist  .  .  . 

In  its  rear  it  is  pleasant  .  .  . 

At  its  front  it  is  pleasant  .  .  . 

Now   long  life   and   happiness,   my   child,  .  .  . 

With  a  thrill,  my  grandchild,  you  have  now  pre- 
pared a  food, 

With  a  thrill,  my  grandchild,  you  have  now  pre- 
pared a  food, 

With  a  thrill,  my  grandchild,  you  have  just  pre- 
pared yourself  a  food,  that's  all.18 

The  song  used  during  the  drinking  of  the 
emetic  speaks  of  Monster  Slayer  shaking  a 
dark  cloud  and  then  the  male  rain  from  vari- 
ous parts  of  his  body. 

The  next  event  on  the  third  day  is  the  sham 
battle  between  the  stick  receiver's  camp  and 
the  patient's  camp.  A  breakfast  is  provided 
by  the  latter,  and  then  a  return  gift  singing 
takes  place  outside  the  patient's  hogan.  The 
songs  are  the  same  as  in  the  first  gift  singing. 

Unraveling  Songs 

At  the  conclusion  of  the  gift  singing,  at- 
tention is  again  centered  on  the  patient  while 
the  rite  of  unraveling  is  performed  over  him. 
This  rite  is  found  in  many  ceremonies  and 
consists  of  untying  or  cutting  knots,  usually 
slipknots  made  in  yucca  leaves,  which  are  held 
or  tied  at  appropriate  parts  of  the  patient's 
body. 

The  theory  of  the  practice  is  that  pain  and  evil  in- 
fluences are  tied  within  or  upon  the  patient's  body 

"Haile,  1938,  pp.  266-67. 

19  Kluckhohn  and  Wyman,  1940,  p.  79. 


and  this  ceremony  unties  and  releases  them,  trans- 
ferring them  to  the  herbs  which  are  later  disposed 
(of).  The  little  hoops  also  carry  the  evil  away  with 
them  as  they  are  rolled  away.  In  difficult  labor  the 
baby  may  be  tied  in  by  evil  influences  and  unraveling 
releases  it.19 

Before  the  unraveling  begins  in  the  Enemy 
Way,  a  song  known  as  "the  song  with  which 
thev  usually  returned"  is  sung.  It  is  borrowed 
from  Monster  Way  and  is  said  to  be  "the  song 
heard  by  Changing  Woman  on  the  return  of 
her  boys  from  the  slaughter  of  the  big  ye-i."  20 
The  song,  which  precedes  the  prayers  to  the 
shoulder  band  and  wristlets,  is  built  on  the 
burden  "He  is  putting  it  in  shape."  This  phrase 
apparently  refers  to  the  yucca  knots. 

The  songs  which  accompany  the  unraveling 
itself  are  seven  in  number,  identical  except  for 
the  progression  of  ideas  in  the  burden: 

1.  With   my  grandchild  he   extracts   them  .  .  . 

2.  With  my  grandchild  he  has  extracted  them  .  .  . 

3.  He  unravels  it  with  you,  my  grandchild  .  .  . 

4.  He    has    unraveled    it    with    you,    my    grand- 
child ... 

5.  My  grandchild,  it  has  returned  far  from  you  .  .  . 

6.  My  grandchild,  it  has  returned  upon  him  .  .  . 

7.  My  grandchild,   it  has  returned  far  away  .  .  . 

The  text  in  the  body  of  the  song  refers  to 
Changing  Woman  and  Black  God  and  speaks 
of  a  dark  cord,  an  extended  bowstring,  and  a 
blue  cord  being  unraveled.21 

The  Medicine  Songs 

When  the  unraveled  slipknots  have  been 
disposed  of,  medicine  which  has  been  prepared 
in  a  gourd  container  is  presented  to  the  patient, 
and  then  pollen  is  applied.  There  is  a  song 
which  accompanies  each  of  these  acts. 

The  first,  the  medicine  song,  refers  to  Huer- 
fano Mountain,  Changing  Woman,  A4onster 
Slayer,  Spruce  Mountain,  Enemy  Gazer,  and 
has  for  a  burden  "Come,  my  child,  come." 

The  pollen  song  is  the  same  except  that  the 
call  of  the  corn  beetle  ('elool)  is  heard  in  the 
burden. 

20  Haile,  1938,  p.  220. 

21  Haile,  1938,  pp.  270-71. 


22 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


Blackening  Songs 

The  blackening  of  the  patient  now  takes 
place,  and  it  is  during  this  ritual  that  the  Black 
Dancers  and  the  Tail  Song  singers  perform 
outside.  The  blackening  songs  are  also  in 
chant  form  with  full  texts  and  can  be  divided 
into  those  which  refer  to  the  enemy's  country 
and  those  which  refer  to  the  Navaho  country. 

The  enemy-country  songs  are  distinctly 
warlike  in  character  and  speak  of  the  death  of 
the  enemy,  the  weeping  in  the  enemy  country, 
and  the  rejoicing  in  the  Navaho  country. 
Monster  Slayer  and  Gazer  on  Enemy  are  men- 
tioned, and  their  terrifying  warlike  aspects  are 
stressed.    There  are  sixteen  of  these  songs. 

The  next  series  of  songs  refers  to  the  Navaho 
country  and  to  ritual  acts  in  the  process  of 
blackening  the  patient. 

Six  songs  refer  again  to  Monster  Slayer  and 
Gazer  on  Enemy  as  the  first  slayers  of  ene- 
mies. The  seventh  song  accompanies  the 
singer's  application  of  peppermint  and  penny- 
royal to  his  hands,  which  he  then  presses  over 
the  patient's  heart  four  times.  The  patient  is 
identified  as  the  child  of  the  Milky  Way,  the 
rainbow,  Monster  Slayer,  and  Gazer  on 
Enemy,  and  the  song  refers  repeatedly  to  long 
life. 

Sacred  tallow,  charcoal,  red  ocher,  and 
specular  iron  ore  are  mentioned  in  the  next 
four  songs,  and  these  ingredients  are  rubbed 
on  the  patient  as  the  songs  are  sung.  After  this, 
the  enemy  scalp  is  strewn  with  ashes  by  an  old 
man  specially  designated  for  the  office.  Dur- 
ing this  rite,  a  song  is  sung  in  which  the  enemy 
men,  women,  children,  and  leaders  are  spoken 
of  as  gray  with  ashes,  "a  pitiful  sight."  22 

The  next  song  describes  the  scavengers  who 
feed  on  the  corpse  of  the  slain  enemy  in  the 
origin  legend  of  the  Enemy  Way  23  and  refers 
to  the  dust  shaken  from  the  paws  of  a  gopher 
into  the  moccasins  of  the  patient.  (The  gopher, 
by  digging  an  underground  approach,  gave 
the  Twins  access  to  the  Horned  Monster  in 
the  Enemy  Way  origin  legend).24  It  is  fol- 
lowed by  a  song  to  prepare  the  patient  to  at- 
tack the  scalp. 

Yucca  wristlets,  yucca  shoulder  bands,  and 
a  feather  for  the  forelock  are  applied  to  the 

"Haile,  1938,  p.  281. 
^Haile,  1938,  p.  197. 


patient,  and  a  song  is  sung  for  each  of  these 
acts.  In  the  songs,  the  wristlets  are  referred  to 
as  "Monster  Slayer's  bands  .  .  .  the  bands  of 
long  life,"  the  shoulder  bands  are  "Monster 
Slayer's  bowstring,  .  .  .  the  bowstring  of  long 
life,"  and  the  feather  is  associated  with  the 
Monster  Eagles  in  the  Monster  Way,  the  red- 
shouldered  hawk,  and  the  wolf. 

One  more  song  concludes  the  blackening 
ceremonies.  The  patient  is  accoutered  in  Mon- 
ster Slayer's  apparel  and  is  ready  to  go  out  to 
the  scalp  and  strike  it  with  the  crow's  bill.  He 
is  identified  with  Monster  Slayer  and  Gazer  on 
Enemy  in  the  song. 

According  to  Slim  Curly,25  the  next  songs 
in  the  ceremony  are  those  with  which  the 
stick  receiver's  group  goes  over  to  the  patient's 
hogan,  which  I  have  designated  as  the  "Walk- 
ing Songs."  In  my  observation,  however,  an- 
other ceremony,  the  Circle  Dance,  takes  place 
first,  and  singers  from  both  camps  participate. 

The  Circle  Dance  Songs 

As  the  evening  of  the  third  day  approaches, 
the  Circle  Dance  takes  place.  For  about  an 
hour  the  men,  holding  hands,  circle  first  in 
one  direction  and  then  in  the  other.  The  songs 
are  one  of  the  four  types  of  "secular"  music 
in  the  Enemy  Way.  The  dance  is  described 
in  more  detail  on  page  12  and  the  music  is 
discussed  on  pages  51-54. 

Walking  Song 

When  the  Circle  Dance  is  over,  there  is  a 
lengthy  pause,  and  then  the  stick  receiver's 
party  starts  its  ceremonial  walk  over  to  the 
patient's  hogan.  They  sing  on  the  way  and 
make  four  stops  during  which  the  name  of 
the  patient  and  the  name  of  the  enemy's  tribe 
or  race  are  shouted  out.  This  song  is  secret. 
I  could  not  find  any  informants  who  would 
admit  that  they  knew  it,  though  several  of 
them  said  they  could  sing  it  when  a  singer  was 
leading  them.  The  Walking  Song  is  concluded 
when  the  party  is  standing  in  front  of  the 
hogan.  The  stick  receiver  then  sings  four  songs 
to  the  patient. 

=4Haile,  1938,  pp.  1 13—17. 
^Haile,   1938,  pp.  284-85. 


THE  SONGS  IN  THE  ENEMY  WAY 


23 


Songs  to  the  Patient 

Father  Berard,  who  recorded  the  four  songs 
which  come  next,  was  told  bv  Slim  Curly  that 
this  is  a  Ghost  Way  song  (with  four  different 
burdens)  which  has  been  adapted  to  naming 
the  patient  and  the  enemy  in  the  Enemy  Way. 
The  patient  kills  the  enemy,  in  the  song,  and 
the  tears  of  the  enemy  survivors  are  mentioned. 
The  slaying  of  the  ghost  is  mentioned  also. 

The  stick  receiver  now  sings  the  Coyote 
Songs,  and  a  serenade  of  sway  singing  by  the 
group  follows.  When  they  stop,  the  group 
breaks  up  and  returns  to  the  dance  circle  with- 
out ceremony.  After  a  pause,  during  which 
announcements  may  be  made,  the  sway  singing 
starts  up  again.  Again  the  bonfire  is  lit,  the 
stick  girl  appears  to  start  the  dancing,  the 
singing  shifts  to  dance  songs,  and  the  third 
night  of  singing  and  dancing  takes  place. 

Concluding  Songs  of  the  Enemy  Way 

At  dawn  the  singer  awakens  the  patient  (or 
patients)  and  leads  the  way  outside.  He  sings 
a  Blessing  Way  song  as  the  group  makes  its 
way  to  the  south.  There  is  a  set  of  six  Blessing 
Way  songs,  any  one  of  which  may  be  used. 
The  sway  singing  is  concluded  with  the  four 
Coyote  Songs.  The  medicine  man  may  lead 
the  first  of  these  and  the  stick  receiver  the 
other  three.  Then  the  medicine  man  and  the 
patients  proceed  to  the  south  edge  of  the  cere- 
monial grounds  where  they  make  pollen  offer- 
ings and  inhale  the  dawn  four  times.26 

Songs  for  Depositing  the  Rattle  Stick 

While  it  is  still  early  dawn,  the  stick  re- 
ceiver's party  begins  to  leave  for  home.  When 
the  party  arrives,  the  rattle  stick  is  deposited 
in  some  safe  out-of-the-way  place  with  a 
prayer.  A  song  is  sung  in  which  the  stick  is 
referred  to  as  "Monster  Slayer's  staff,"  and 
its  placement  is  described. 

In  the  little  ceremony  of  depositing  the 
stick,  another  song,  widely  known  as  the 
Twelve-word  Song  of  Blessing  Way,  may  be 
preferred.  This  song  has  the  function  of  cor- 
recting omissions  of  songs  or  prayers  in  cere- 

MHaile,  1938,  pp.  245,  286. 
"Haile,  1938,  pp.  288-91. 


monials.  It  mentions  Talking  God,  Hogan 
God,  "the  boy,"  "the  girl,"  the  first  white 
corn  boy,  the  first  yellow  corn  girl,  pollen 
boy,  corn  beetle  girl,  and  stresses  in  the  bur- 
den "happiness  assuring  good  conditions." 27 

An  Elaboration  of  the  Ordinary  Enemy 
Way  Ceremony 

If  the  patient  requests  Tail  Songs  in  addi- 
tion to  the  regular  Enemy  Way  ceremony, 
two  special  singers  are  hired,  one  to  lead 
the  Tail  Songs  and  one  to  lead  the  Black 
Dancers.  Various  additional  dances  and  rites 
are  prepared,  and  numerous  additional  songs 
are  used.  The  Tail  Songs  are  so  called  be- 
cause of  the  ending  "his  tail,  his  tail,  his 
tail."  This  commemorates  their  being  sung  by 
Coyote  and  his  followers  at  the  original  Enemy 
Way,  at  which  time  they  switched  their  tails 
vigorously.  These  songs  are  rendered  by  the 
Tail  Song  group  outside  the  patient's  hogan 
at  the  same  time  as  the  Blackening  Songs  are 
being  sung  inside.  Half  the  Tail  Songs  are 
sung  facing  the  enemy,  and  the  others  are  sung 
facing  the  hogan. 

The  Songs  of  the  Tail  Dancers 

The  first  of  the  songs  of  the  Tail  Dancers 
are  the  Songs  Facing  the  Enemy.  The  scalp  is 
placed  in  the  midst  of  the  dancers  who  form 
a  semi-circle  around  it,  open  in  the  direction 
of  the  enemy.  Two  very  old  men,  who  have 
seen  the  enemy,  take  the  end  positions.  There 
are  sixteen  songs  in  the  series  which  consti- 
tutes the  Enemy  side.  They  refer,  insultingly 
and  obscenely,  to  the  death  of  the  enemy, 
the  desecration  of  the  bodies,  and  the  sorrow 
of  the  enemy  survivors.  In  the  sixteenth  song, 
the  patient  is  referred  to  by  name,  as  a  war- 
rior. 

Here  the  Enemy  Way  side  ends.  Directly  the 
circle  (of  dancers)  is  turned  sunwise,  as  usual,  and 
now  stands  with  the  opening  facing  the  hogan.  You 
see,  when  the  Pueblos  were  wiped  out  at  Taos,  some 
still  had  remained  in  the  vicinity  and,  banding  to- 
gether with  the  Mexicans,  these  inhabited  the  vicinity 
of  Santa  Fe.  Therefore  now  that  country  is  men- 
tioned.3 

^Haile,  1938,  p.  201. 


24 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


The  next  seven  songs,  Songs  Facing  the 
Hogan,  mention  the  impotent  relatives  of  the 
enemy  at  Santa  Fe,  the  young  men  of  Luka- 
chukai  who  killed  the  enemy,  the  rejoicing 
of  the  girls  at  Chinlee,  the  grief  of  the  enemy 
below  Dolores,  below  White  Mountain. 

Eight  songs  are  now  sung  in  which  any  war- 
rior may  pay  for  the  privilege  of  having  his 
name  mentioned.  The  songs  mention  Dolores 
and  Lukachukai  and  refer  to  the  spattered 
blood  and  hair  of  the  enemy,  the  distribution 
of  booty,  and  the  feminine  admiration  of 
valor. 

By  special  request,  the  Blessing  Part  of 
Enemy  Way  Song  may  be  added  to  the  eight 
songs  mentioned  above.  No  warrior's  name 
is  mentioned;  the  song  ridicules  the  sexual 
organs  of  the  enemy  woman  and  the  enemy 
man. 

The  Song  Facing  the  Scalp  is  not  a  Tail 
Song  but  is  sung  by  the  Tail  Dancers  while 
they  are  facing  in  the  direction  of  the  scalp. 
It  refers  to  the  weeping  of  the  enemy  at 
Dolores  and  White  Mountain. 

The  Songs  of  the  Black  Dancers 

The  two  Black  Feces  songs  are  sung  after 
the  conclusion  of  the  blackening  songs  in  the 
hogan.  They  have  no  meaning,  but  there  is 
some  indication  that  they  may  be  in  ceremo- 


nially altered  speech.  They  are  sung  by  the 
Black  Dancers. 

The  leader  then  daubs  them  with  mud  and 
sings  one  or  all  of  the  Flint  Boy  Songs.  There 
are  two  sets  of  these  songs  from  which  he  may 
choose.  The  longer  set  mentions  the  Hard 
Flint  Boys  and  their  weapons  and  protective 
garments  of  flint;  also  Flint  Man  and  the  Blue 
Flint  Man,  Flint  Woman  and  the  Yellow  Flint 
Woman,  the  Flint  Girls  and  the  Barbed  Flint 
Girls,  and  the  Flint  Children  and  the  Varie- 
gated Flint  Children.  The  shorter  set  mentions 
only  the  Flint  Boys. 

The  Black  Dancers  then  leap  out  of  the 
hogan  by  means  of  the  smoke  hole  and  daub 
the  patient  and  any  co-patients  who  have 
been  blackened  with  him.  At  this  time  any 
person  in  the  audience  who  has  been  bothered 
with  Enemy  Way  troubles  (i.e.,  feels  faint 
when  he  hears  Enemy  Way  music)  may  ask 
to  be  treated  also.29 

Song  at  the  Meal  of  No-Cedar  Mush 

After  the  Black  Dancers  have  daubed  all  who 
wish  it,  they  return  to  the  patient's  hogan 
where  a  basket  of  no-cedar  mush  awaits 
them.30  While  they  are  eating,  the  leader  sings 
two  songs.  The  words  are  almost  identical  in 
both  songs.  They  refer  to  eating,  and  the 
patient  is  identified  with  the  dawn.31 


'Haile,  1938,  p.  241. 
'Haile,  1938,  p.  241. 


1  Haile,  1938,  p.  313. 


THE  SECULAR  SONGS  IN  THE  ENEMY  WAY 


GENERAL  REMARKS 


THIS  chapter  is  a  discussion  and  analysis 
of  the  sway  songs,  the  dance  songs,  the 
gift  songs,  and  the  circle  dance  songs  of  the 
Enemy  Way.  Of  the  many  kinds  of  music 
included  in  this  ceremonial,  these  are  the  only 
ones  that  are  also  sung  casually  for  entertain- 
ment in  a  secular  context.  They  are  the  songs 
least  freighted  with  overtones  of  magic,  and  it 
is  therefore  not  surprising  to  find  them  differ- 
ent in  form  from  the  sacred  songs.  They  are 
not  chants  but  complex  melodies.  Perhaps  the 
only  other  large  body  of  music  among  the 
Navahos  where  free  composition  and  competi- 
tion of  singers  may  be  observed  is  the  Yeibichai 
songs. 

In  the  course  of  recording  eighty-six  of 
these  public  songs  of  the  Enemy  Way 
(seventy-five  different  songs  and  eleven  dupli- 
cations), I  was  struck  by  differences  in  melodic 
structure  in  the  songs  of  different  categories. 
A  discussion  of  these  differences  follows.  (The 
reader  who  is  not  interested  in  technical  de- 
tail will  find  these  differences  summarized  on 

PP-  55-59- 

The  recording  was  done  on  a  "Soundmir- 
ror"  magnetic  tape  machine  which  required  a 
no-volt  electric  current.1  In  consequence,  I 
had  to  drive  informants  to  a  trading  post  or 
mission  where  electricity  was  available.  Most 
of  the  songs  below  were  recorded  at  the  Long 
Timbers  trading  post.  A  large  unused  room 
was  available  here,  and  the  recording  sessions 
were  undisturbed.  The  records  made  by  John 
Hawk  were  done  in  my  station  wagon  parked 
outside  the  Blue  Springs  trading  post.  About 
a  dozen  young  men  gathered  around  the  car 

TNote  to  students  who  make  recordings  in  the 
field:  this  machine,  while  perfectly  adequate  for 
recording  melodies  for  musicological  study,  does 
not  make  recordings  that  will  satisfy  professional 
standards.  The  comments  in  a  personal  communica- 
tion from  Edward  Tatnall  Canby,  critic  of  the 
Saturday  Review  of  Literature,  are  well  worth  quot- 
ing: "...  I  would  guess  that  the  songs  were  re- 
corded at  y'A,  perhaps  on  one  of  the  smaller  types 


during  the  recording  and  John  played  up  to 
this  audience  throughout  the  session.  Mr. 
Moustache,  Johnny  Blanco,  Joseph  Pablo,  and 
John  Nez  made  their  records  in  my  bedroom 
at  a  boarding  house  in  Rimrock,  New  Mexico. 
Here  again  the  sessions  were  undisturbed  ex- 
cept, perhaps,  by  the  informants'  unfamiliarity 
with  the  room. 
A4y  principal  informants  were: 

Bill  Begay,  a  man  in  his  fifties  from  Willow 
Fence.  He  is  a  composer  of  note  and  very  well 
versed  in  ceremonial  matters.  Other  informants 
invariably  asked  to  hear  the  records  Bill  had 
made  for  me.  It  is  interesting  to  note  that  al- 
though this  informant  has  been  an  instructor 
and  assistant  to  anthropologists  for  many  years 
he  still  advised  Eddie  Cochise  not  to  record 
certain  old  songs  for  me,  the  sanction  being 
the  danger  of  illness  or  death,  and  he  himself 
recorded  only  sway  songs.  He  was  said  by 
certain  other  informants  to  be  a  witch,  and 
his  knowledge  of  deer  songs  (to  be  used  in 
hunting)  was  cited  as  evidence  of  this. 

Grant  Johns,  a  man  in  his  late  fifties  from 
Willow  Fence.  This  informant  felt  free  to 
record  Yeibichai  and  Blessing  Way  songs  as 
well  as  the  sway  songs  included  in  this  paper. 

Mrs.  Grant  Johns,  a  woman  in  her  early 
fifties  from  Willow  Fence.  This  informant 
sang  dance  songs  and  circle  dance  songs.  She 
was  so  timid  at  the  beginning  of  the  recording 
that  she  had  scarcely  enough  breath  to  sing. 
She  showed  unfamiliarity  with  many  of  the 
songs  she  sang  and  was  too  shy  to  sing  some 
of  the  risque  texts. 

Paula  Henry,  a  girl  of  about  eight,  Mrs. 

of  machines.  If  not  that,  then  something  went  wrong 
in  the  processing,  since  the  higher  tones,  the  sibilants, 
and  vowel  colors  are  not  clear.  ...  I  might  as  well 
point  out  that  entirely  too  much  work  is  now  being 
done  in  the  field  with  the  cheaper  home-tvpe  tape  ma- 
chines. .  .  .  Professional  work,  after  all,  should  be 
done  with  better  equipment,  and  those  sponsoring 
such  work  should  be  made  to  understand  that  one 
does  not  use  toys  for  scientific  work.  .  .  ." 


25 


26 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


Johns'  niece,  from  Willow  Fence.  She  sang 
three  dance  songs. 

John  Hawk,  a  man  in  his  sixties  from  Wil- 
low Fence,  known  as  a  great  fun-lover  and 
something  of  a  clown.  He  sang  sway  songs, 
gift  songs,  and  circle  dance  songs  and,  in  addi- 
tion, sang  my  only  example  of  a  song  created 
extempore.  This  song  was  in  great  demand 
thereafter,  being  considered  extremely  funny 
by  all  who  heard  it. 

Johnny  Blanco,  a  man  in  his  early  thirties 
from  Rimrock .  This  informant  sang  sway 
songs,  dance  songs,  gift  songs,  and  circle  dance 
songs.  Twice  when  he  rode  from  Rimrock  to 
Enemy  Ways  at  Willow  Fence  and  Pinyon 
with  me,  he  sang  these  songs  continuously  for 
over  an  hour  with  very  few  repeats  that  I 
could  detect. 

John  Nez,  a  man  in  his  early  thirties  from 
Rimrock.  This  informant  knew  very  few 
songs.  He  sang  one  with  Johnny  Blanco  and 
proved  to  be  uncertain  of  the  melody,  and  on 
another  occasion  he  mixed  up  three  separate 
songs  in  trying  to  make  a  record.  I  have  a  gift 
song,  sung  with  Johnny  Blanco,  and  a  variant 
of  a  circle  dance  song,  rendered  by  him 
shortly  after  he  heard  Mr.  Moustache  sing  it. 

Mr.  Moustache,  a  man  of  eighty-four  from 
Rimrock.  This  informant  sang  sway  songs, 
gift  songs,  and  circle  dance  songs.  He  refused 
to  sing  dance  songs.  He  is  a  ceremonial  practi- 
tioner and  was  by  all  odds  my  most  well-in- 
formed recorder.  He  was  formerly  much  in 
demand  as  a  stick  receiver,  and  so  very  likely 
knew  the  four  starting  songs  and  the  Walking 
Song.  John  Nez,  his  grandson,  said  that  he 
did  but  that  it  would  be  better  not  to  inquire 
about  these. 

Joseph  Pablo,  a  man  in  his  late  forties  from 
Rimrock.  This  informant  has  friends  at  Mes- 
calero  and  has  attended  many  dances  there. 
A  number  of  the  dance  songs  he  recorded 
were  strongly  Apache  in  form,  according  to 


Jim  Chamiso.  He  also  recorded  some  sway 
songs. 

Son  of  Bead  Chant  Singer,  a  man  in  his 
fifties  from  Carrisozo,  Arizona.  This  in- 
formant, a  former  ceremonial  practitioner, 
was  converted  to  Christianity  soon  after  I  met 
him.  He  recorded  moccasin  game  songs, 
Blessing  Way  songs,  personal  Blessing  songs 
such  as  sweathouse  songs,  and  creation  songs 
from  several  of  the  major  chants.  He  sang 
four  "loping"  songs  and  four  skipping  songs 
to  show  me  the  difference  between  them  as 
they  are  sung  on  the  reservation. 

Jim  Chamiso,  a  man  in  his  late  thirties,  from 
Rimrock.  This  informant  has  lived  on  the 
reservation  as  well  as  at  Rimrock.  He  studied 
to  be  a  ceremonial  practitioner  and  then  went 
into  missionary  training  at  the  Rimrock  Gali- 
lean Mission.  He  is  very  well  informed,  natu- 
rally, in  Navaho  ceremonialism  and  its  music 
but  would  not  make  records  of  Navaho  songs, 
partly  because  of  his  religious  convictions,  and 
partly  because  he  knew  people  would  talk  if 
he  did.  He  was  an  invaluable  interpreter  and 
critic  of  nearly  all  the  music  I  collected. 

The  informants  listed  above  did  not,  of 
course,  confine  their  services  to  the  making  of 
records.  The  recording  situation  was  almost 
always  a  stimulus  to  discussions  of  various  as- 
pects of  music  in  Navaho  life,  and  these  in 
turn  led  to  talk  in  many  other  fields,  particu- 
larly that  of  religion.  In  addition  to  my  in- 
debtedness to  these  people  for  their  interest 
and  very  great  help,  I  should  by  rights  mention 
nearly  every  Navaho  I  met  and  many  of  those 
whom  I  observed  since  all  of  them  contributed 
to  my  understanding  of  Navaho  music  as 
social  behavior. 

The  reader  will  find  references  in  this  paper 
to  a  number  of  individuals  besides  the  eleven 
described  above.  As  stated  in  the  Acknowl- 
edgments, all  of  these  names  are  pseudonyms. 


SECTION  ONE  —  THE  SWAY  SONGS 


Even  Southwesterners  who  have  spent  their 
lives  as  neighbors  of  the  Navahos  have  rarely 
heard  any  kind  of  Navaho  music  other  than 


"Squaw  Dance"  and  Yeibichai  songs.  Indeed, 
I  have  often  heard  the  two  terms  used  inter- 
changeably.    Even     in     the    anthropological 


THE  SECULAR  SONGS  IN  THE  ENEMY  WAY 


27 


literature,  the  term  "sway  singing"  or  "nda 
singing"  may  be  used  to  cover  all  of  the  music 
used  during  the  three  nights  of  public  sing- 
ing in  the  Enemy  Way.  In  an  attempt  to 
eliminate  this  confusion,  I  have  reserved  the 
term  "sway  song"  for  songs  of  a  particular 
type  which  are  used  during  the  long  hours 
of  singing  after  the  dancing  has  stopped.  Often 
the  dancing  continues  for  only  a  few  hours, 
and  so  these  "non-dance"  songs  make  up  the 
largest  proportion  of  the  songs  actually  ren- 
dered. Some  of  these  same  songs  are  also  heard 
before  the  dancing  begins. 

Often,  though  not  always,  the  men  singing 
the  sway  songs  stand  in  a  densely  packed 
group  and  sway  together  from  side  to  side  in 
time  with  the  music.  When  the  group  is  made 
up  of  two  competing  halves,  the  side  that  is 
singing  sways  while  the  other  side  stands 
still.  According  to  the  Franciscans,  the  word 
nda,  used  by  the  Navahos  nowadays  to  refer 
to  the  whole  public  part  of  the  ceremony, 
comes  from  ajinda  —  "they  all  sing  moving." 
It  is  also  true,  however,  that  the  men  sway 
when  they  are  singing  the  dance  songs.  But 
the  Navaho  term  for  the  dance  music,  ahizhdi 
ahai  sin  "two  come  together  song,"  refers  to 
the  dancing  and  not  to  the  movement  of  the 
singers. 

There  seems  to  be  good  evidence  that  the 


dancing  was  originally  done  to  the  music  of 
the  sway  songs.  In  the  origin  legend  the  sing- 
ing began  under  the  leadership  of  Coyote, 
and  the  Corn  People  Maidens  circled  about  the 
returning  warriors  in  a  kind  of  Virginia  Reel 
figure.2  When  the  girls  had  finished  this  first 
"Squaw  Dance,"  the  same  kind  of  singing  con- 
tinued into  the  night.  Old  people  vigorously 
express  a  preference  for  the  sway  songs,  and 
some  of  my  older,  more  conservative  inform- 
ants sang  no  other  kind.  In  recent  years,  how- 
ever, a  type  of  music  designed  specifically  for 
the  dancing  has  come  into  vogue  (see  Part 
Two  below),  and  there  seems  to  be  a  tendency 
for  this  music  to  supercede  the  sway  songs 
altogether  during  this  part  of  the  night.  Dur- 
ing the  hours  of  steady  singing  between  the 
end  of  the  dancing  and  the  dawn,  only  the 
sway  songs  are  used. 

It  is  my  impression  that  this  separation  of 
function  is  becoming  increasingly  marked. 
As  the  secularization  of  the  public  part  of  the 
Enemy  Way  takes  its  course,  I  predict  that 
the  new  songs  will  take  over  entirely  during 
the  dancing,  and  that  they  will  eventually 
move  into  the  non-dancing  part  of  the  evening 
as  well. 

The  sway  songs,  then,  the  oldest  public 
songs  of  the  Enemy  Way,  are  presented  in 
this  section. 


COMMENTS  WITH  THE  SWAY  SONGS 


SONG  NUMBER 


i.  This  song  is  pretty  old,  it  came  from  the 
reservation.  A  man  living  down  there  had 
this  song.  About  fifteen,  eighteen  years  ago 
I  changed  it  up  higher  like  this.    (Bill  Begay) 

ia.  This  is  the  same  song  the  old  way.  The  People 
had  this  back  in  Fort  Sumner.  People  liked 
it  the  new  way,  but  they  still  sing  it  both  ways. 
The  old  people  sing  down  low.  It's  the  young 
boys  that  sing  up  high.  We  older  people 
change  it  back  and  start  low  again.  (Bill 
Begay) 

lb.  This  one  is  a  signal  to  change  back  to  the 
regular  songs.  Everyone  knows  it  means  the 
end  of  the  dancing,  and  if  the  people  want  to 
go  on,  they  holler  to  them  to  stop  singing 
that  song.  I  think  this  is  the  only  song  that 
never  changes.  They  use  it  everywhere;  it's 
important.    If  the  older  men  think  the  dance 

*  Haile,  1938,  p.  169. 


is  going  on  all  right  they  let  it  go  on.  If 
there  are  too  many  people  drunk  they  bring 
that  song  out  now.    (Johnny  Blanco) 

2.  No,  this  one  has  no  words  to  it.  It's  very  old, 
about  thirty-five  years  old  from  up  on  the 
reservation.  I  learned  it  from  a  man  who  is 
dead  now.  He  used  to  be  a  policeman  up  at 
Fort  Defiance.  He  died  six  or  seven  years  ago. 
I  heard  it  all  three  nights  and  by  the  third 
night  I  knew  it.    (Bill  Begay) 

3.  I  learned  this  from  my  father.  He  was  pretty 
old.  My  father  used  to  say  about  this  song 
he  had  a  brother  who  was  taken  over  to  Fort 
Sumner.  He  learned  it  over  there.  He  learned 
it  while  they  kept  him  there.  He  brought  it 
back  to  Fort  Defiance  and  when  they  started 
back  on  their  way  this  song  spread  out  all 
over.    (Bill  Begay) 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


3a.   He  (John  Hawk)  sang  the  chorus  in  the  wrong 
place  in  this  one.   (Jim  Chamiso) 

4.  It's  about  twelve  years  old  from  Houck,  a 
place  over  to  the  west  of  here.  I  learned  it 
about  eight  years  ago  hearing  the  boys  sing 
it  every  summer.  A  man  at  Houck  made  it  up. 
He  died  at  the  Fort  Defiance  hospital.  Mun- 
roe,  his  name  was.  He  was  a  good  singer.  He 
had  a  good  voice;  he  was  a  good  singer  of 
Squaw  Dance  songs.  I  went  to  school  with 
him  in  Albuquerque.  We  used  to  sing  to- 
gether at  Squaw  Dances.  (Question)  Yes, 
I've  made  up  a  few.  There  was  a  man  named 
yilaadi  who  could  sing  right  through  the 
three  nights.  The  others  couldn't  stand  it. 
Friends  get  together  on  the  two  sides;  the 
people  from  different  parts  of  the  country 
are  lined  up  against  each  other.  You  sing  on 
the  side  of  your  relatives,  and  if  there  aren't 
any  of  your  folks  there  you  go  with  your 
friends.     (Bill  Begay) 

5.  This  goes  with  that  airplane  song.  I  learned 
this  at  the  same  dance  where  Bill  Begay 
learned  that  airplane  song  around  twelve  years 
ago.  You  come  right  back  with  this  one  if 
the  other  side  sings  the  airplane  song.  (Ques- 
tion) They  use  it  pretty  often;  lots  of  people 
know  it.  (Grant  Johns)  He  rushes  this  along 
too  much.    (Jim  Chamiso) 

6.  This  is  one  of  my  own.  I  made  it  up  when 
I  went  over  to  Chaco  Canyon  the  first  time. 
One  day  I  was  not  doing  anything  so  I  went 
to  a  friend's.  There's  a  Navaho  I  visit  when 
I  go  over  there;  he's  the  same  clan  as  I  am. 
There  was  a  man  about  sixty  years  old  there, 
and  some  young  boys  and  I  talked  with  the 
old  man  quite  a  while  and  with  the  boys  too. 
They  said  they  heard  there  was  a  Squaw 
Dance  the  next  day,  and  the  two  boys  asked 
me  if  I  had  some  songs  they  could  learn. 
They  wanted  some  songs  from  the  Rimrock 
Country.  I  told  them,  "The  Rimrock  people 
don't  have  any  good  songs,  they  don't  have 
the  Squaw  Dance  very  much  there."  I  told 
them  I  would  come  back  Sunday  afternoon 
and  would  make  up  one  for  them.  They  said, 
"All  right."  I  went  back  where  those  two 
boys  were  and  said,  "Let's  go  away  behind  the 
corral  and  sing  over  there."  We  sang  other 
songs  first  and  then  came  to  this  (Lonesome 
as  I  am).  It's  when  you're  far  away  from 
home  and  you  get  up  and  are  lonesome  in  the 
daytime.  That  song's  for  when  you're  lone- 
some; it  makes  you  feel  better  then.  I  told 
them  that,  and  they  said,  "That  sure  is  a 
pretty  one,"  and  that  they'd  keep  that  as  long 
as  their  lifetime.   I  still  hear  that  song  around 


Crown  Point.  That  was  eight  years  ago  and 
now  it's  spread  all  over.  Here  too.  (Bill 
Begay) 

7.  Pretty  near  everybody  knows  this  one. 
(Why?)  Because  it's  pretty,  that's  why 
everybody  knows  it.  I  made  this  one  right 
after  that  other  (6).  It  was  seven  years  ago. 
I  went  down  here  this  side  of  Tohatchi.  I 
was  singing  all  night.  The  next  morning  I 
went  to  the  sweat  bath  to  get  in  good  voice. 
When  I  was  finished,  I  figured  that  song  out. 
Those  boys  down  there  were  singing  Good 
Hope  Way  songs.  I  said,  "Let's  make  up  a 
song."  I  had  one  in  mind  already.  I  said, 
"Let's  make  them  hear  a  new  song  tonight." 
They  said,  "All  right,  let's  have  a  good  one 
so  we  can  be  on  top  of  those  fellas."  We  sang 
that,  and  by  daylight  the  other  side  was  sing- 
ing it. 

The  young  boys  get  tired  by  morning. 
They're  supposed  to  be  such  good  singers, 
but  it's  just  at  the  beginning  when  they  do  a 
lot  of  yelling.  That's  a  happy  song  to  wake 
up  the  people  because  the  song  is  pretty.  It 
makes  you  think,  "I'm  going  far  away  and 
someone  might  meet  me  over  there  where 
there  is  that  dance  bringing  that  pleasure." 
(Bill  Begay) 

8.  I  learned  this  way  down  north  of  Railtown 
about  five  years  ago.  I  just  picked  it  up  when 
I  heard  it.  I  heard  it  for  two  nights  and  then 
I  picked  it  up.  (Question)  No,  it  has  no 
words,  it's  just  a  pretty  song.    (Bill  Begay) 

9.  I  added  this  to  the  other  one  (8)  three  years 
ago  over  at  Rimrock.  I  just  got  it  figured  out. 
They  had  a  Squaw  Dance  there,  and  I  just 
studied  this  out,  figured  it  out.  There  are  a 
lot  that  start  this  way.  I  just  compared  it  with 
those  others.  I  made  it  one  beside  the  other 
like  that.  They  said  it  was  a  pretty  one. 
They  wanted  to  know  where  it  came  from. 
It  goes  with  the  one  I  just  sang.  (Question) 
Either  can  be  first.  It's  not  usual  to  have  a 
pair  like  that,  usually  they  just  pick  the  next 
song  up  from  anywhere.  One  song  makes 
you  think  of  another  one  just  like  it.  (Bill 
Begay) 

10.  No,  there  are  no  words  to  this.  I  learned  it 
from  Joe  Lee  about  six  years  ago  at  a  dance. 
(John  Hawk) 

He's  all  mixed  up  on  this  one.  It  should  be 
,eyaweya,eya.  That  "heya"  mixed  it  up.  At 
the  singing,  we  are  always  criticizing  each 
other.  We  tell  the  other  side  it  wasn't  right 
and  do  it  over  to  show  them.  That  might  lead 
to  a  fight.  It  did  once  on  the  reservation.  He 
(John  Hawk)  didn't  finish  the  chorus  in  this. 


THE  SECULAR  SONGS  IN  THE  ENEMY  WAY 


29 


And  he  started  at  the  beginning  too  soon. 
(Jim  Chamiso)  (Possibly  a  version  of  num- 
ber 1) 

11.  This  means,  "That's  the  song."  It  means  you 
did  all  right  to  come  back  with  that  song. 
It's  well  liked,  they  sing  this  at  every  Squaw 
Dance.  You  have  to  know  the  right  song  to 
come  back  with.  Those  drunken  boys  just 
jump  at  any  song.  They  do  it  wrong.  (How 
do  you  know  the  right  one?)  Just  thinking 
about  it  right  in  your  head.    (Grant  Johns) 

This  is  supposed  to  be  ,elajnil6.  "Oh,  is  that 
you?"  (Jim  Chamiso) 

12.  This  is  a  funy  song  from  the  Squaw  Dance. 
It's  about  a  mirror.  You  sing  it  to  a  girl  to 
ask  her  to  come  over  because  you  have  a  mir- 
ror.   (Johnny  Blanco) 

It's  kind  of  old.  When  I  was  a  kid  I  used 
to  do  that.  The  younger  kids  and  the  girls 
used  to  herd  the  sheep.  They'd  flash  a  mirror 
to  each  other  for  a  signal.  I  used  to  do  that 
too  when  I  was  a  kid.  You  have  to  be  secret 
talking  to  a  girl,  but  it's  getting  easier  all  the 
time.  (Question)  It's  a  regular  Squaw  Dance 
song  that  could  be  used  any  time,  anywhere. 
But  you  don't  hear  it  any  more.  It's  kind  of 
old.  It's  funny  how  shy  our  girls  are;  it's  a 
kind  of  funny  culture.    (John  Nez)   (!) 

13.  This  is  a  regular  common  song.  The  kids  can 
sing  this  or  anyone  can,  it's  just  a  common 
Squaw  Dance  song.    (Jim  Chamiso) 

14.  (No  comment) 

15.  These  are  the  old  main  special  songs.  Nowa- 
days they  make  up  songs  that  have  lots  of 
words.    (Evelyn  Pablo) 

16.  (What  are  your  favorite  kinds  of  songs?)  I 
like  all  of  them.  There  is  nothing  bad  about 
any  of  them.    (Can  you  sing  any  others  for 


me  besides  Moccasin  Game  songs?)  I'm  not 
a  real  singer,  I  only  know  Blessing  Way.  It 
is  not  right  to  sing  other  people's  songs.  (How 
about  Enemy  Way  songs?)  It's  all  right  to 
sing  those.    (Mr.  Moustache) 

17.  (No  comment) 

18.  (No  comment) 
1 8a.  (No  comment) 
18b.    (No  comment) 

19.  There  used  to  be  more  than  twenty  or  thirty 
of  these  that  I  knew  but  now  I  have  forgot- 
ten. (Signal  songs?)  There  are  two.  (Mr. 
Moustache) 

19a.    (No  comment) 

20.  He  sings  it  "/je'o,"  the  old  way.  Straight. 
Nowadays  they've  changed  that  to  dez'a 
"Rock  Point"  and  the  old  man  don't  like  that. 
(John  Nez) 

zi.   This  is  just  a  regular  Squaw  Dance.    (How 
can  you  tell?)    Just  by  the  way  they  swing  it. 
By  the  rhythm.    (John  Nez) 
21a.    (No   comment) 

22.  (No  comment) 

23.  These  are  the  old  songs.  The  people  over  at 
Red  Cliffs  sing  just  a  little  different  songs  over 
there.  They've  got  more  pep  to  it.  They  can 
sing  real  loud  too,  if  they  want  to.  May- 
be sometimes  it's  not  so  much  pep,  either, 
they  sing  sad  almost.  (Slower?)  I  think 
they  do.    Yes,  a  little  slower.    (John  Nez) 

24.  (Meaning  of  text?)  This  is  all  different  from 
the  Moccasin  Game  songs.  They  make  sense. 
This  don't  tell.  You  can  tell  something  about 
it  if  it  has  a  dozen  words  or  more.  (John 
Nez) 

It  means   "Turn   your   head,   leave   it  that 
straight  way."    (Mr.  Moustache) 


TEXTS 


Meaningful  Texts 


Of  the  twenty-four  sway  songs  collected, 
eight  have  meaningful  texts.  These  typically 
contain  only  a  few  words  or  a  short  phrase 
which  may  be  repeated  several  times.  The 
light,  sometimes  topical,  subject  matter  is  in 
sharp  contrast  to  Navaho  sacred  music  which 
contains  magical  phrases  and  long,  full,  repeti- 
tive lists  of  Holy  People,  sacred  places,  and 
parts  of  the  body  or  of  plants.  In  the  sway 
songs,  no  mention  is  made  of  sacred  things  or 
of  the  enemy. 

3  See  pp.  36-37.    (Notes  on  the  Sway  Songs  for 
the  Navaho  words. 


SONG    NUMBER 

3.  This  is  beautiful,  beautiful,  beautiful,   etc.* 
3a.   This  is  beautiful,  saying  it  over,  in  the  night. 

4.  Look  up,  car  (motor)  sound  saying! 

(Look  up,  there  is  the  sound  of  (an  airplane) 
motor! ) 

5.  Where  are  you  going? 

Where  are  you  going? 
Good-bye!       (Companion  song  to  number  4.) 

6.  Lonesome  as  I  am. 
n.   That's  the  one! 

(That's  the  song! ) 


3° 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


12.   Would  you  come  over? 
I  have  a  mirror  with  me. 


(refers  to  the  mir- 
ror used  by  young 
sheepherders  to  sig- 
nal each  other) 

23.  That's  it!    The  (small)  money  is  sticking  out. 

24.  Turn  your  head,  turn  your  head, 
Leave  it  straight. 

(Don't  look  around.) 

Texts  in  Vocables 

The  meaningless  texts  are  by  no  means  a 
haphazard  arrangement  of  nonsense-syllables. 
Certain  of  the  vocables  are  used  in  patterns  as 
rigid  as  those  of  the  melody  itself  and,  indeed, 
cannot  be  separated  from  it. 
Fixed  Phrases :  Introduction  and  coda.  In 
the  sway  songs  the  introductory  vocables  are 
always  heyeyeyeya  or  heyeyeyeyaija.  The 
same  vocables  are  also  used  in  the  coda  which 
concludes  every  sway  song,  and  this  coda  may 
also  be  found  at  important  stopping  points  in 
the  course  of  the  melodic  development.  This 
pattern  is  sung  on  repeated  quarter  notes  on 
the  tonic.  I  have  labeled  this  melodic  and 
textual  phrase  "X,"  a  customary  symbol  for 
introductory  material.  An  example  of  its  use 
in  introductory  and  codential  functions  may 
be  shown  in  the  phrase  pattern  of  song  number 
2,  a  classic  example  of  sway  song  form: 

X  ABY  ABy  CBX  SBY  SBy  CBX 

The  Secondary  Coda.  There  is  frequently  a 
phrase  shorter  than  "X"  which  also  consists 
of  repeated  notes  on  the  tonic  and  which  con- 
cludes shorter  melodic  material.  It  is  sung 
with  the  vocables  he,  or  heya,  or  heyena, 
haye?iaija,  depending  on  the  number  of  notes 
to  be  rendered.  I  have  labeled  this  phrase  "Y" 
in  its  full  form  of  four  beats  and  "y"  in  its 
shorter  form  of  two  beats.  Its  use  may  be  seen 
in  the  example  given  above.  Note  the  order 
of  the  full  and  partial  form  in  a  repeated  phrase 
complex  such  as  ABY  ABy. 

The  Pre-coda.  The  dissyllabic  wena,  or 
hyane,  or  yane,  is  frequently  used  just  before 
the  "X"  or  the  "Y"   ("y")   codas.    It  is  too 


brief  to  count  as  a  phrase  in  its  own  right  and 
so  is  not  indicated  by  any  special  symbol,  but 
it  frequently  comprises  the  last  two  beats  of  a 
"B"  phrase  or  any  other  phrase  which  comes 
before  a  coda.  Alelodically  the  pre-coda  is 
sung  on  the  interval  of  a  major  or  minor  third, 
descending  to  the  tonic. 

The  "Sway  Development."  Another  vocable 
phrase  which  is  characteristic  of  many  of  the 
sway  songs,  and  appears  in  no  other  songs  of 
the  Enemy  Way,  is  found  in  association  with 
a  melodic  development  which  occurs  toward 
the  end  of  the  song.  I  have  labeled  this  "S," 
and  an  excellent  example  of  its  use  may  be  seen 
in  the  phrase  patterning  of  song  number  2 
given  above.  The  vocables  used  with  "S"  are 
always  he'ya  hane  hyo,  or  some  close  varia- 
tion, and  the  melodic  material  which  accom- 
panies these  syllables  is  the  furthest  develop- 
ment of  new  material  before  the  song  ends. 
The  conclusion  is  then  almost  always  a  repeti- 
tion of  earlier  melodic  material  (a  repetition 
of  CBX  in  the  example  above).  The  "S"  unit 
itself  usually  includes  some  earlier  melodic  ma- 
terial and  a  coda,  and  this  whole  complex  is 
sung  twice  before  the  concluding  material 
begins. 

The  Main  Text  in  Vocables 

The  vocable  phrases  described  so  far  have 
been  inseparable  from  certain  melodic  phrases, 
and  both  are  fixed  or  rigid  to  a  considerable 
extent.  The  vocables  that  constitute  the  main 
body  of  the  song  show  great  variety.  Usually 
a  phrase  such  as  ''eyo  yowe  will  be  repeated  on 
each  musical  phrase  in  much  the  same  way  as 
are  the  meaningful  texts.  In  spite  of  the  vari- 
ety, only  certain  vocables  are  "right"  for  a 
particular  song;  such  specificity  is  at  least  as 
rigid  as  in  the  case  of  meaningful  texts.  Some 
of  the  vocables  most  frequently  used  are  'eya, 
yarja,  'ene,  yana,  and  yowe.  I  have  observed 
a  number  of  times  that  when  a  singer  gets  lost 
in  a  song  and  is  fumbling  with  the  text,  trying 
to  get  sorted  out  again,  he  is  likely  to  use  the 
vocables  he  ne  ne  ne,  etc.,  the  introductory 
"X"  formula.  This  occurs  in  other  kinds  of 
songs  as  well  as  sway  songs. 


THE  SECULAR  SONGS  IN  THE  ENEMY  WAY 
MELODIC  ANALYSIS 


3' 


Meter 

The  rhythm  of  the  sway  songs  is  prevail- 
ingly even  and  in  a  double  meter.  Though 
one  phrase  may  have  six  beats  and  another 
four,  the  subdivisions  or  measures  are  nearly 
always  two  beats  in  length.  The  most  common 
phrase  is  a  2,  2,  2  figure  rhythmically.  Excep- 
tions may  be  found,  however.  It  is  not  uncom- 
mon to  find  a  measure  of  three  beats 4  as  in 
the  "A"  and  "B"  phrases  of  song  number  3, 
and  it  is  not  unusual  to  find  the  last  measure 
of  a  codential  phrase  with  three  beats  instead 
of  two  or  four  (song  no.  16). 

Tempo 

The  tempi  are  all  within  the  range  of 
andante  and  allegro  with  the  weight  more  in 
the  slower  category.  A  simple  table  shows  the 
distribution: 

SPEED  NUMBER   OF   SONGS 

andante  J  =  MM  1 30-9 6 

140-9    8 

allegro  J  =  MM  1 50-9    6 

160-9    3 

176        1 


One  would  not  expect  the  pitches  of  the  songs 
I  recorded  to  be  representative  due  to  the 
"unnatural"  conditions,  i.e.,  indoors  and  solo, 
but  they  are  similar  to  the  pitches  in  the  Boul- 
ton  and  Rhodes  recordings,  which  were  made 
by  groups.  Once  when  I  asked  an  informant 
why  he  was  not  singing  "naturally"  (loud  and 
high),  he  replied  that  he  was  afraid  my  record- 
ing machine  could  not  stand  it. 

The  songs  are  sung  on  the  same  pitch  for 
some  time,  until  the  singers  get  warmed  up 
and  the  feeling  of  competition  begins  to  find 
expression.  A  slight  rise  in  pitch  can  be  heard 
in  the  succession  of  songs  recorded  by  Joseph 
Pablo,  but  I  have  nothing  on  records  analo- 
gous to  a  nightlong  series  during  an  Enemy 
Way.  My  informants  always  demanded  to 
hear  the  records  that  had  already  been  made 
before  they  themselves  started  to  record,  and 
so  the  previous  singer  usually  determined  the 
pitch  on  which  they  began.  It  is  not  surpris- 
ing, then,  that  very  few  keys  5  are  represented 
in  the  present  collection.  Ten  songs  were 
sung  in  C,  three  in  C-sharp,  one  in  D-sharp, 
and  nine  in  F.  These  tablatures  are  all  to  be 
understood  as  in  the  "small  octave"  —  the  oc- 
tave below  middle  C. 


Pitch 

Pitch  or  key  in  the  sway  songs  may  be  said 
to  be  as  high  as  possible.  The  competitive 
raising  of  the  pitch  has  been  described  earlier. 

Group  I 


Melodic  Line 

Below  are  simplified  graphic  representations 
of  some  of  the  most  characteristic  sway  song 
melodic  line  patterns: 


No.   7. 


No.   9. 


*  McAUester,  1951,  p.  35.  The  "interrupted 
double"  beat. 

'By  "key"  I  do  not  mean  to  imply  all  the  note 
relationships  understood  in  our  musical  tradition.    I 


A  B  X     B  X 


simply  wish  to  indicate  the  "tonic"  or  base  note  of 
the  melody  as  a  means  of  identifying  the  relative 
pitch  of  the  songs  discussed  (see  p.  34  ff.) 


32 
Group  II 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


No.  10.  X  AABY  ByX  SBYX  SBYX  AAB.YX 

^/l  ,  ^  -A  V\ 


_  A7\_/-. 


y\ 


No.    13.      X     ABBX      ABBX  y   CGY     ABBX     CG      ABBX     GO      ABBX 

No.    17.     X     ABY     ABY     ByBX     SBY     SBX     ABjf      ABX 


The  songs  in  Group  I  reach  the  tonic  in 
the  first  phrase  after  the  introduction  whereas 
in  Group  II  this  affirmation  of  tonality  is  de- 
layed until  the  "B"  phrase.  The  examples  will 
suffice  to  show  that  sway  songs  generally  are 
strongly  downward  in  movement  with  phrases 
progressively  more  restricted  in  compass  in 
a  "collapsing"  figure.  There  is  a  strong  at- 
traction to  the  tonic,  and  this  attraction  is  off- 
set by  a  fresh  upward  movement  in  the  "sway 
development."  The  reader  will  find  many 
variations  on  this  theme  in  the  melodies  and  a 
few,  such  as  song  number  19,  expand  instead 
of  "collapsing." 

Over-all  Range.  Five  of  the  sway  songs  are  a 
fifth  in  range,  four  are  a  sixth  in  range,  and 
fifteen  are  an  octave  in  range.  In  a  sense,  how- 
ever, these  figures  are  misleading  for  many  of 
the  octaves  are  functionally  very  weak,  being 
barely  touched  once  or  twice  in  the  course  of 
the  song.  When  active  range  is  considered, 
there  are  two  songs  a  fourth  in  range,  nine 
songs  a  fifth  in  range,  six  songs  a  sixth  in 


range,  and  only  seven  songs  an  octave  in  range. 
Range  in  Individual  Phrases.  Within  the 
individual  phrases,  a  compass  of  an  octave  is 
rare.  A  certain  number  of  "A"  phrases  do 
cover  the  full  octave.  Compasses  of  a  fifth,  a 
third,  and  a  fourth  predominate.  The  coden- 
tial  phrases  are,  of  course,  quite  flat,  being 
sung  entirely  on  the  tonic. 

Melodic  Phrasing 

Fixed  Phrases.  As  the  reader  has  seen,  cer- 
tain phrases  appear  in  identical  or  closely  re- 
lated forms  throughout  the  sway  songs.  I 
have  used  letters  from  near  the  end  of  the 
alphabet  to  indicate  these  "fixed"  phrases 
whenever  they  appear  and  have  reserved  con- 
secutive lettering  for  the  material  original  or 
unique  to  a  particular  song.  I  have  explained 
the  positions  and  function  of  the  fixed  phrases 
in  the  section  on  texts  in  vocables  and  so  have 
merely  to  indicate  the  melodic  content  here. 


J  J  jiJ         J  J  J  J  J  J 

Introduction  and  coda  ( "X")      lie  ye  ye  ye  ya,  or  he  ye   ye  ye  yana 

The    "YH  coda  ("Y"  or  "y")  ha,      or     hani,  or     hayena,      etc. 

> 


The  away  development  ("S"  etc.)  *Y.*J  j  J  J  S 


he  ya  hane  hyo 


THE  SECULAR  SONGS 

Some  examples  of  the  complete  phrase  pat- 
terns of  representative  sway  songs  will  illus- 
trate the  melodic  function  of  the  fixed  phrases: 

SONG    NUMBER 

2.  X  ABY  ABy  CBX  SBY  SBy  CBX 

3.  X  AY  Ay  By  BX  SAY  SAy  By  BX 

6.  X  ABY  ABy  Cy  CX  SBY  SBy  Cy  CX 

Note  a°;ain  how  the  full  form  of  the  Y  coda 
is  used  with  the  first  repetition  of  double 
phrases,  and  the  reduced  form  is  used  when 
the  melody  "jumps  off"  to  new  material.  The 
sway  development  is  found  in  some  variation 
in  thirteen  of  the  twenty-four  sway  songs, 
always  with  the  fixed  melodic  and  textual  pat- 
tern "S".  In  nine  more  of  the  songs,  there  is 
a  similar  development  without  the  fixed  "S" 
but  employing  the  same  sort  of  expansion, 
combining  new  with  old  material  before  the 
song  ends  with  a  recapitulation  of  an  early 
phrase  complex,  or  of  more  than  one  of  these, 
for  a  song  ending: 

SONG  NUMBER 

4.  X  AyBX  AyBX  BY  By  AyBX 

12.  X  ABY  ABy  CBy  CBX  DBX  ABY  ABy  CBX 

Paired  Phrases.  The  doubling  of  the  first 
phrase  in  the  sway  songs  is  frequent  enough 
to  impress  even  the  casual  listener.  This  device 
is  very  useful  in  the  group  singing,  since  it 
allows  the  man  who  introduces  the  song  to 
establish  its  identity,  and  then  gives  the  group 
a  chance  to  come  in  on  the  repeat  before  the 
song  goes  on  to  new  development.  The  group 
often  recognizes  the  proposed  song  after  the 
first  few  notes,  but  all  who  know  the  song 
have  joined  in  by  the  beginning  of  the  second 
"A".  In  ten  cases  this  doubling  is  of  a  group 
of  phrases  or  a  "phrase  complex"  as  ABCX 
ABCX,  etc.,  rather  than  a  pairing  of  smaller 
units  as  X  AYAy  BYBy,  etc.,  or  X  AA  BB, 
etc. 

There  is  enough  pairing  of  shorter  melodic 
units  to  be  called  more  than  a  casual  showing. 
Pairing  can  be  counted  in  two  ways;  the  total 
number  of  paired  phrases  in  the  song,  or  the 
number  of  different  phrases  that  are  paired. 
Thus  a  phrase  pattern  X  AA  BB  CDE  BB 

"McAllester,  1949,  pp.  73-74;  Herzog,  1935,  pp. 
407-15. 


IN  THE  ENEMY  WAY  33 

could  be  counted  as  three  pairs  by  the  first 
method  or  only  two  by  the  second,  since  the 
last  BB  is  a  repetition  of  a  pair  that  has  already 
been  counted.  A  table  will  show  the  pairing 
in  the  sway  songs  counted  both  ways: 

NO.    OF 

PHRASES  NO.    OF 

PAIRED  SONGS 

a  b 

i 6                        4 

2 10                        4 

3 8                        3 

4 9 

5 1 

6 1 

7 

8 2 

a)  is  the  count  of  different  pairs,  and  b)  is  the  count 
of  total  pairs. 

In  seven  of  the  cases  the  pairing  was  full; 
that  is,  the  entire  song  was  made  up  of  paired 
phrases.6 

Over-all  Patterns.  The  notation  of  every 
small  phrase  and  coda,  while  valuable  in  out- 
lining the  structure  of  the  song,  is  unneces- 
sarily complex  when  the  over-all  phrase  pat- 
terns of  a  number  of  songs  are  to  be  compared. 
By  calling  every  series  that  ends  in  a  coda 
one  phrase,  the  picture  is  simplified.  Number 
6,  for  example,  in  detail  is: 

X  ABY  ABy  CyCX  SBY  SBv  OCX 
In  simplified  form  it  is  X  A  A  BB  CC  BB.  Re- 
duced to  this  larger  phrasing,  the  sway  songs 
fall  into  three  categories  of  form: 

Songs  in  which  later  material  is  repeated, 
no.  7  no.  8 

AAB  AABB 

AB  AABB 

Songs  in  which  initial  material  is  repeated. 

no.  3  no.  4  no.  5  no.  10 

AABBCC  ABABBB  AAB  ABCC 

BB  AB  A  A 

AABB 

nos.  11,18,20  no.  12  no.  13 

AABB  AABBC  AAB 

A  AAB  AB 

AB 
A 


34 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


no. 

17 

no.  21 

no.  23 

AABBCC 

AABCC 

AAABB 

AA 

B 

AAB 

A 

Songs  in  which 

middle  material 

is  repeated. 

no.  i 

no.  2 

nos.  6  &  9 

AABB 

AABCC 

AABBCC 

ABB 

B 

BB 

A 

AABBCC 
BB 

no.  14 

no.  15 

no.  16 

AABB 

AABB 

AABBCC 

a 

ABB 

BB 

ABB 

ABB 

a 

ABB 

A 

no.  19 

no.  22 

no.  24 

AABCC 

ABCC 

AABBCC 

BCC 

B 

ABB 

B 

It  is  clear  from  the  above  that  sway  song 
style  calls  for  incomplete  repeats  and  that  the 
repeated  material  may  come  from  the  begin- 
ning or  the  middle  of  the  song  and  hardly 
ever  from  the  end. 

Number  of  Phrases.  In  counting  the  number 
of  phrases,  which  is  one  measure  of  the  length 
of  a  song,  one  may  also  reckon  by  a  simple 
total,  or  by  a  total  of  different  phrases.  The 
difference  in  totals  that  results  from  these  two 
methods  of  counting  is  very  great  since  there 
are  many  repeats  in  the  sway  songs. 


NO.  OF  DIF- 
FERENT PHRASES: 

3 
4 

5 
6 

TOTAL  NO. 

OF  PHRASES: 

10-20 

2I-3O 

3I-4O 

41 


NO.  OF 
SONGS 


NO.  OF 
SONGS 

7 

'3 

3 

1 


From  the  first  set  of  figures  one  learns  that 
the  majority  of  the  songs  contains  between  five 
and  six  different  phrases.  Thus  the  songs  are 
not  outstandingly  complex,  particularly  since 


the  introductory  and  codential  phrases  have 
been  included  in  the  count.  If  these  are  omit- 
ted in  a  larger  phrasing,  such  as  that  used 
above,  none  of  the  songs  contains  more  than 
three  phrases.  This  picture  is  representative 
of  the  "active"  melodic  material  in  the  songs. 
"Lively  but  brief,"  would  be  a  reasonable 
characterization  of  the  melodic  flight  of  a 
typical  sway  song. 

The  simple  total,  including  all  repetitions, 
shows  that  a  sway  song  is  usually  some  twenty- 
odd  phrases  in  length. 

Finals.  A  helpful  device  in  analyzing  the  in- 
ternal structure  of  a  song  is  the  plotting  of 
"finals."  This  is  the  examination  of  the  last 
note  in  each  phrase  according  to  its  relation- 
ship to  the  tonic.  A  figure:  3,3,1,1,1  would 
mean  that  the  song  contained  five  phrases,  the 
first  two  ending  on  the  third  note  above  the 
tonic,  and  the  other  three  on  the  tonic  itself. 
Such  a  scheme  has  the  value  of  indicating  the 
valence  of  the  tonic  in  relation  to  the  song  as 
a  whole.  A  figure  such  as  1,1,1,1,1,  would  sug- 
gest a  musical  tradition  in  which  the  tonic  has 
very  much  greater  melodic  weight  than  in  most 
Western  European  music. 

The  sway  songs  are  like  most  American 
Indian  music  in  their  strong  movement  toward 
the  tonic.  If  the  larger  phrasing  is  used, 
every  phrase  in  every  sway  song  comes  to 
rest  on  the  tonic.  This  is  due  to  the  fact 
that  the  level  codential  phrases  discussed  on 
page  30  are  used  to  conclude  each  of  these 
larger  melodic  flights.  Thus  song  no.  1  has 
a  "large  pattern"  XAABBABBA  based 
on  the  more  detailed  description: 

X  AABX  AABX  SCY  SCy  AABX  SCY  SCy 
AABX 

Note  that  every  phrase  complex  in  the  latter 
scheme  ends  in  either  a  y-coda  or  an  x-coda. 
The  pattern  of  finals  in  the  detailed  scheme  is: 

X  AABX  AABX  SCY  SCy  AABX  SCY 

1   5,1,1,1    5,1,1,1   3,3,1  3,3,1   5,1,1,1   3,3,1 

SCy  AABX 

3,3'!  5'M'1 

The  pattern  of  finals  here  reveals  a  descend- 
ing type  of  melody  in  which  nearly  all  phrase 
endings  are  low  and  a  majority  are  on  the 
tonic. 


THE  SECULAR  SONGS  IN  THE  ENEMY  WAY 


35 


In  seven  of  the  sway  songs,  every  phrase, 
even  in  the  detailed  scheme  of  phrasing,  ends 
on  the  tonic  (nos.  4,7,8,9,12,18,23).  Seven 
others  reach  the  tonic  in  every  phrase  but  one, 
usually  the  initial  phrase  (nos.  5,13,16,17,19, 
20,22).  Song  number  5,  for  example  has  the 
pattern: 

X  AABX  AABX  BB  AABX 


1   5,1,1,1    5,1,1, 


5,1,1, 


Six  songs  reach  the  tonic  in  all  but  two  phrases 
(nos.  2,6,14,15,21,24)  and  only  four  songs 
fail  to  reach  the  tonic  on  the  final  note  of  three 
or  more  phrases  (nos.  1,3,10,11).  There  is 
little  doubt  that  the  tonic  has  great  weight  in 
these  melodies;  the  pattern  of  finals  provides 
a  manner  of  stating  this  fact,  and  a  basis  for 
stylistic  and  other  comparisons. 

Tonality 

Scales  in  Melodic  Music.  Von  Hornbostel 
has  argued  cogently  that  the  term  "scale"  in 
our  sense  of  a  fixed  "store  of  notes  or  intervals 
from  which  he  (the  singer)  selects  and  com- 
bines those  which  may  please  his  ear,"  is  in- 
applicable to  music  outside  the  harmonic  tra- 
dition.7 It  is  certainly  true  that  no  Navaho 
could,  on  demand,  sing  or  otherwise  define 
the  scale  or  scales  to  which  Navaho  music 
conforms. 

Scholes'  definition  affords  a  wider  concept 
of  the  term: 

By  "Scales"  we  mean  stepwise,  ordered  arrange- 
ments, ...  of  all  the  chief  notes  found  in  particu- 
lar compositions  or  passages  or  in  the  music  of  a 
period  or  people. 

The  number  of  different  scales  that  mankind  has 
used  and  is  using  is  enormous,  and  can,  indeed,  never 
be  completely  known,  whilst  the  processes  by  which 

'Von  Hornbostel,  1928,  pp.  34-35. 

8  Scholes,   1947,  pp.  833-34. 

""Melody  is  the  aspect  to  which  injustice  is  most 
easily  done  in  studying  Primitive  Music.  Because 
harmonies  are  used  constantly  in  our  music,  they 
have  permeated  our  musical  consciousness  to  such 
an  extent  that  the  Western  listener  by  necessity  ex- 
periences music  as  harmonic  —  whether  harmonies 
are  actually  present,  are  merely  implied  (as  in  the 
folksongs  of  Western  Europe  from  the  last  few  cen- 
turies), or  are  missing  entirely,  as  in  most  Primitive 
Music.  Only  by  prolonged  training  and  familiarity 
is    the    investigator    able    to    acquire    the    ability    to 


they  have  come  to  be  adopted  are  various  also,  in- 
cluding intuition,  scientific  reasoning,  and  chance. 

Apparently  any  combination  of  notes  whatever 
may  be  adopted  as  the  material  from  which  a 
peasantry,  or  a  composer,  or  a  group  of  composers 
may  make  their  tunes,  and  there  exists  not  even  one 
interval  common  to  all  the  scales  of  the  world." 

Herzop-,  von  Hornbostel,  and  others  have 
pointed  out  that  the  relative  melodic  impor- 
tance of  the  notes  making  up  a  scale  is  more 
significant  for  its  understanding  than  the 
mere  definition  of  which  notes  occur  within 
its  compass.9  Von  Hornstobel's  example  will 
illustrate  this  point:  10 


$ 


3 


gas 


a) 


J*3  "i 


b) 


Both  scales  show  the  same  inventory  of  notes, 
but  the  relative  importance  of  these  notes  (in- 
dicated here  by  the  relative  time-values)  varies 
to  such  an  extent  that  the  two  scales  are  differ- 
ent modes  altogether.  In  song  (a),  the  notes 
G  and  D  were  the  important  notes  in  the 
melody  (tonic  and  dominant,  respectively). 
The  notes  A  and  E  were  leading  notes  to  the 
tonic  and  dominant,  and  B  and  C  were  passing 
notes  of  little  importance.  In  song  (b),  the 
notes  A  and  E  were  the  tonic  and  dominant 
of  the  melody,  B  merely  led  to  A,  C  and  D 
were  passing  notes.  This  is  a  melodic  defini- 
tion: the  relationships  of  the  notes  were 
judged  by  their  function  in  a  melody  rather 
than  by  their  positions  on  a  "scale."  n 
Types  of  "Scales"  in  the  Sway  Songs. 
In  discussing  the  relationships  of  notes  in  these 
songs,  I  have  categorized  the  material  under 
headings  denoting  various  types  of  scales.  In 
order  to  avoid  the  impression  that  I  am  re- 
ferring to  a  "fixed  store  of  notes"  as  in  the 

experience  'monolinear'  music  as  such.  Harmonic 
habits  condition  not  only  our  mode  of  experiencing 
music,  but  also  the  nature  of  our  musical  concepts. 
Thus,  in  analyzing  primitive  songs  an  effort  must  be 
made  to  lean  only  lightly  on  our  concepts  of  scale, 
interval,  and  harmonic  relations,  and  to  describe 
tonality  as  it  is  manifested,  empirically,  in  the  songs 
themselves.  In  doing  so,  terms  known  in  our  musical 
terminology  —  tone,  interval,  scale,  tonic,  dominant, 
leading  tone,  and  others  —  may  be  used  but  in  a 
modified  sense."   Herzog,  1936,  p.  286. 

10  Von  Hornbostel,  1928,  p.  36. 

uVon  Hornbostel,  1928,  p.  36. 


36 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


harmonic  tradition  of  music,  the  "scales"  or 
modes  are  shown  in  notation  at  the  end  of 
each  group  of  songs.  Their  relative  impor- 
tance is  indicated  by  the  time  values,  as  in  the 
examples  above,  and  their  functional  relation- 
ships are  indicated  by  brackets. 

Chromatic.  The  dominant  notes  in  song 
number  22  are  the  three  notes  of  our  major 
triad,  but  the  passing  notes  used  in  descending 
"runs"  in  the  melody  move  by  half  steps  so 
that  within  the  compass  of  a  fifth  there  is  a 
series  of  chromatic  steps  complete  except  for 
one  half  step.  The  chromatic  scale  that  can 
be  derived  from  this  song  is  rare  both  in 
Navaho  music  and  in  American  Indian  music 
as  a  whole. 

Scale  on  the  Interval  of  a  Fourth.  The  in- 
terval of  the  fourth  is  one  of  the  basic  inter- 
vals in  music  all  over  the  world.12  It  has  been 
thought  since  the  time  of  Pythagoras  that  the 
accoustical  affinity  between  the  fourth  and  the 
tonic  (the  fourth  is  the  third  overtone  or 
"upper  partial"  of  the  tonic)  must  explain  the 
prevalence  of  this  interval.13 

In  the  sway  songs  two  of  the  melodies  are 
constructed  on  the  interval  1-4.  The  domi- 
nant notes  in  song  number  2  are  1  3  b  4  and  in 
song  number  17  they  are  1  2  4.  Both  songs 
have,  in  addition,  a  fifth  which  seems  to  be 
merely  the  fourth  raised  by  a  strong  accent  at 
the  start  of  a  phrase. 

Pentatonic  Scales.  The  influence  of  the  in- 
terval of  a  fourth  in  producing  pentatonic 
scales  is  discussed  in  von  Hornstobel. 

The  prevalence  of  the  fourth  as  a  frame  for  melodic 
phrases  together  with  the  necessity  of  dividing  it  in 
order  to  obtain  melodic  steps  produces,  all  over  the 
world,  melodic  forms  which  are  generally  classed 
under  the  common  heading  of  'pentatonic  music'. 
The  use  of  this  term  shows  the  readiness  of  musical 
theorists  to  take  scale  instead  of  melodic  structure 
for  the  primary  element  in  music.  When  two  fourths, 
each  of  them  divided  by  an  intermediate  note,  are 
linked  with  one  another,  and  supplemented  by  the 
octave  of  the  starting  note  —  which  often  enough 
does  not  actually  occur  in  the  melody  —  the  result 
is  indeed  a  pentatonic  scale:  GXDYA(G)." 

The  pentatonic  scale  as  ordinarily  conceived, 

12  Scholes,  1947,  p.  834. 

13  McKinney  and  Anderson,   1940,   pp.   88-89. 
"Von  Hornbostel,  1928,  pp.  36-37. 


however,  is  the  progression  1  2  3  5  6  8,  in 
which  the  notes  1  3  5  predominate,  suggesting 
that  2  and  6  are  merely  leading  tones.  These 
predominating  notes  are  called  by  Scholes 
"the  natural  series,"  for  accoustical  reasons. 
Since  the  absence  of  4  and  7  avoids  the  neces- 
sity for  semitones,  some  theorists  have  sug- 
gested that  the  scale  represents  human  tonal 
discrimination  at  an  early  evolutionary  stage 
when  the  ear  was  "incapable  of  grasping  semi- 
tones." 15 

Full  pentatonic  scales  occur  in  songs  num- 
ber 9,  14,  and  15.  Song  number  5  has  the  full 
scale  without  the  octave,  songs  number  1  and 
6  show  the  pentatonic  scale  without  the 
second,  and  number  4  shows  the  pentatonic 
scale  minus  the  sixth. 

Diatonic  Scales.  Our  major  and  minor  dia- 
tonic scales  (the  Aeolian  and  Ionian  modes) 
may  be  found  in  the  melodies  of  several  of  the 
sway  songs,  though  never  in  complete  form. 

Major:  Song  number  13  is  the  closest,  lacking  only 
the  seventh. 

Song  number  18  lacks  the  sixth  and  seventh. 
Songs  number  7  and   10  lack  the  second  and 
seventh. 

Song  number  19  lacks  the  second,  seventh,  and 
eighth. 

Minor:  Songs  number  23  and  24  might  be  con- 
sidered as  containing  our  minor  scale,  but 
lacking  many  of  the  notes,  might  equally  well 
be  considered  to  be  in  the  Dorian  mode. 

Open  Triad.  Songs  containing  a  scale  of  the 
open  or  "broken"  triad  (135)  are  very  rare 
in  American  Indian  music.  There  are  several 
cases  in  Salish  music  and,  closer  to  the  Navahos, 
in  Northern  Ute  material.  None  of  the  many 
groups  studied  by  Densmore,  other  than  the 
Utes,  have  more  than  a  very  slight  showing  of 
this  feature.16 

Of  the  sway  songs,  numbers  8,  12,  and  21 
are  constructed  essentially  on  these  three  notes. 
Number  8  repeats  the  third  an  octave  higher; 
it  is  the  only  song  in  the  collection  to  go  above 
the  octave.  Number  12  repeats  the  fifth  in  a 
dip  below  the  tonic,  also  very  rare  in  the  sway 


15  Scholes,  1947,  pp.  836-37. 
18  McAUester,  1949,  p.  71. 


THE  SECULAR  SONGS  IN  THE  ENEMY  WAY 


37 


songs.  Numbers  16  and  2 1  are  also  constructed 
essentially  on  these  three  notes  but  contain 
the  seventh  in  addition;  they  are  the  only  songs 
in  this  group  to  contain  the  seventh  at  all. 

The  Modes.  Dorian  Mode:  three  of  the 
sway  songs  could  be  construed  to  be  in  the 
Dorian  mode  (1  2  3b  4  5  6  7b  8).  Number  11 
lacks  the  second,  sixth,  and  eighth.  The  low- 
ered seventh  appears  below  the  tonic.  As  men- 
tioned above,  numbers  23  and  24  could  also 


be  considered  to  be  in  this  mode,  but  the  sec- 
ond, sixth,  seventh,  and  eighth  are  lacking  in 
number  23;  and  the  second,  seventh,  and 
eighth  are  lacking  in  number  24. 

A4ixolydian  Mode:  The  major  third  and  the 
lowered  seventh  could  be  said  to  put  number 
3  in  the  Mixolydian  mode  (1  2  3  4  5  6  7b  8), 
but  many  notes  are  missing.  It  lacks  the  sec- 
ond, sixth,  and  eighth,  and  the  seventh  flat  ap- 
pears only  below  the  tonic. 


NOTES  ON  THE  SWAY  SONGS 


The  number  after  the  singer's  name  refers  to 
the  field  recording  number.  For  comparative 
purposes  all  songs  have  been  notated  in  the  key 
of  C.  Where  key  signatures  are  given  in  the 
notes,  they  indicate  the  key  in  which  the  song 
was  sung. 

1.  Bill  Begay;  no.  FN-I  8.  This  song  is  widely 
known  as  a  signal  song,  used  to  indicate  that 
the  dancing  should  stop  and  the  regular  all- 
night  sway  singing  begin. 

Text:  no  meaningful  text. 

2.  Bill  Begay;  no.  FN-I  1. 
Text:  no  meaningful  text. 

3.  Bill  Begay;  no.  FN-I  2. 
dii    nizhpto    ha 

this     beautiful     is 

4.  Bill  Begay;  FN-I  3.  Song  no.  5  is  considered  a 
companion  piece  to  this  one. 

Text:       dego  dini'jj  chidi  nat'ai  la'aniina 
look  up       motor  sound  saying 

5.  Grant  Johns;  FN-I  16;  key  of  D.  The  in- 
formant said  this  song  should  go  with  no.  4. 

Text:      haagoshi  gubai     (English) 

where  are  you  going?       goodbye 

6.  Bill  Begay;  no.  FN-I  4;  key  of  C-sharp. 
Text:       in  the  song:  chi  nawi  yei 

in  prose:         chi  nako  yei  na'ah 
lonesome  as  I  am 

7.  Bill  Begay;  no.  FN-I  5;  key  of  D-sharp. 
Text:  no   meaningful   text. 

8.  Bill  Begay;  no.  FN-I  6. 
Text:   no  meaningful  text. 

9.  Bill  Begay;  no.  FN-I  7. 
Text:   no  meaningful  text. 

10.  John  Hawk;  no.  FN-I  10.  Seems  to  be  a  version 
of  no.  1.  Jim  Chamiso's  comment  was  that  this 
song  was  "all  mixed  up." 

Text:  no   meaningful   text. 

11.  Grant  Johns;  no.  FN-I  17;  key  of  D-sharp. 
Text:       according  to   the   singer  the   meaning   is 


"That's  the   one!"    (Navaho  not  given.) 

Jim    Chamiso    said    the    text    should    be: 

'elaanilo 

Oh,  is  that  you? 

12.  Johnny  Blanco;  no.  FN-IV  5;  key  of  D-sharp. 
Text:       shadi  natdats'ee 

Would  you  come  over? 

bidest'j    nash'a 

Mirror,    I  have  it  with  me. 

13.  Joseph  Pablo;  no.  FN-IV  10. 
Text:  no  meaningful  text. 

14.  Joseph  Pablo;  no.  FN-IV  n. 
Text:  no  meaningful  text. 

15.  Joseph  Pablo;  no.  FN-IV  12. 
Text:  no  meaningful  text. 

16.  Mr.  Moustache;  no.  FN-V  8;  key  of  F. 
Text:  no  meaningful  text. 

17.  Mr.  Moustache;  no.  FN-V  9;  key  of  F. 
Text:  no  meaningful  text. 

18.  Mr.  Moustache;  no.  FN-V  10;  key  of  F. 
Text:  no  meaningful  text. 

19.  Mr.  Moustache;  no.  FN-V  12;  key  of  F. 
Text:  no  meaningful  text. 

20.  Mr.  Moustache;  no.  FN-V  13;  key  of  F. 
Text:       no  meaningful  text.  The  meaningless  he'o 

has    been    changed    by    other   singers    in 
recent  years  to  dez'a  "Rock  Point." 
zi.    Mr.  Moustache;  no.  FN-V  17;  key  of  F. 
Text:  no  meaningful  text. 

22.  Mr.  Moustache;  no.  FN-V  18;  key  of  F. 
Text:  no  meaningful  text. 

23.  Mr.  Moustache;  no.  FN-V  21;  key  of  F. 
Text:       in  song:       'andoo  yalha 

in  prose:      'iindaa  yat 

that's  it,  small  money 

ha'ah 
sticking  out 

24.  Mr.  Moustache;  no.  FN-V  22;  key  of  F. 
Text:       khodjila        khodjj'  koensht'e 

that  way       here  leave   it   straight 

(Freely:    Turn    your    head    back     (that 
way)    look   straight   ahead.) 


SIGNS   USED  IN   THE   TRANSCRIPTIONS 

Above  a  note:    approximately  a  quarter -tone  higher 
than  noted 

Above  a  note:    approximately  a  quarter-tone  lower 
than  noted 

)        Pitch  uncertain 

P;  J|  Pitch  quite  indefinite;    in  the  neighborhood  of  where 

the  stem  ends 


cJ> 


i 


NV 


Tone  of  unmusical  quality;  call,  yell 
Grace  note 
Dynamically  weak  tones 


q       J        Pulsations  on  a  longer  tone,  without  actually  breaking 
the  tone 


especially  strong  tie,  glide  (glissando) 
Portamento 

Above  a  note:     slightly  shorter  than  noted 
^         Above  a  note:     slightly  longer  than  noted 


T~ ";  Subdivision 


A,  B,  etc.  Large  sections  of  a  song,  phrases 

a,  b,  etc.  Small  phrases  or  subsections  of  phrases 

A,  A',  etc.  Closely  related  phrases 

A,  A3,  A5,  etc.  Same  phrase  transposed  a  third,  fifth,  etc.  lower 


SCALES  OF  THE  SWAY  SONGS 


Chromatic: 
No.  22 


J      I'gf'f'^ 


i 


Interval   of    a   fourth: 

No. 2        ,  ,     No. 17    r--c- 


7    fcg* 


|  j"  J 


Pentatonic 
No.  9^ 


1 


;»- 


"»  No.  14 


fe 


No. 15  j 


S 


No .  5 ' 


jOO 


No.l' 

H 


No. 6 


& 


No. 4 


t 1  «~ 


it 


zo: 


ID! 


Diatonic    (major) 

No.lj  ^      ~  ""' 


No. 18  - 


No. 7       '■»-  ^.'  r 


|    nirpp.^,,  |    "Ef|W 


fcu 


zo: 


No.    10 


P 


1  "1 


No.  16 


I i_ 

r-- 


PrrVa 


No. 19  f"' 


e=* 


J£ 


in: 


H 


ICC 


i l: ,  l 


Open   triad: 

>l-l~ 'i "      „„  ■>„     r 


No. 8 


m 


^^ 


No. 12 


S3: 


No.  21     '■(*■. 


ej: 


p^~ 


?e 


IE 


1 — . I  — I 


No .  20       r i  i  -  • 


7     Fdrn? 


Dorian  mode: 
No. 11      r 


No. 23        r 


n  No . 24  r - r 


W*F 


I    FTP" 


F^Sff 


XX 


r,  i  »  b 


^^ 


i      i  — j 


i'    i 


Mlxolydlan: 


No,T 


!):  F 


*—rr 


Z3^I 


j  __j 


J  = 


THE  SWAY  SONGS 
Song  No.  1       Signal  Song 


=   132 

£3 


T  > 


r  rj| f  r  r^Miiaga 


*v 


N-  •  *»«^~p 


#  #    *  * 


a 


he  yeyeyeya  hi  yo'e  hya  hi  yo'e  hyg--  'o  hlyo  hi  yo'e  hyaqa  heyeyeye  yaoa  hi 


T  .  > 


yt^i-.iiUf^,^ 


©: 


£s 


5 


i 


*  *  T  -p » 


^^ 


yo'e  hyaoa  hi  yo'e  hyg —  wo  hiyo  hi  yo'e  hyaoa  he  yaoa   ' e'  ya  haqe 


y  f  g  J|j  jj.,i[;.jji-if  Jf  I  J^gif 


#••    f 


1 


t 


hyo  heyo'e     hyagena      'e'    ya  haoe     hyo  heyo'e     hya'        hi  yo'e  hya  hi   yo'e   hyg- 


^'LfM*]j^jiiiiifljij.fMi 


■  » 


'o  hiyo  hlyo'e  hyaoa     heyeyeye   yaoa^'e1    ya  haoe     hyo   heyo'e      hya  Qe  na 
S      ^  1    C  —       ft-     *     y.      .         A     ■»    „  A      ♦    _      rvH     B 


£^1  1  1 1 1  r-  It  J  iyi  in.  fit 


#--* 


tei^i 


he'    ya  haoe     hyo   heyo'e     hyana       hi   yo'e  hya  hi   yo'e   hyg —      'o   hiyo     hi 


3 


y  g  j  i  J' 


s 


yo'e  hyaQa       he-  yeyeyeya' 


Song  No.  2 


J  S    144 


3 


* 


A> 


{*j.fij  Mi  [J  i,)(Tr  Jfj. 


■  *  *   g 


fe 


ha  yeyeye  ya  'eyo  yo  we1   he  yo  yo  we-  ne  ha  ne  na  ' eyo  yo  we' 


»  >,       .  >- 


>*  .ffi 


5f   .  > 


yjJf?ii|!il^J^.ii^Jhj 


x> 


i  1  i  p 


=ts 


^33 


he  yo  yo  we-  ne  ha   'eyo  yo  we —  ya   'eyo  yo  we-  na  he  yeyeye  ya 

a    I 


y{jjjfJ.l}JJnj|Tju...fijjj  ji'j^^ 


he'ya  ha  ne  hyo      'eyo   yo   we-   na     ha1 e   na'        he'ya  ha  ne   hyo      'eyo  yo   we 


y"  '  ■- •»  '    .  w 


*  #   =g 


ha-      '  eyo   yo   we —   na        '  e  yo  yo  we-   na       he  yeyeyeya 


J    S    144 

x   3 


Song  No.  3 


B£ 


»  #  i  g 


»  1  I  o 


4JJ]IW'NI^ 


ha  yeyeye  ya     d{-     ni   zhgto     haye  na     d$$-  ni  zhg-to  ha  nl  zhgto  nizhgto  hani 


■rn^Jiiiii^ji^^ 


JB^ 


*~   •  *  -* 


^ 


zhg-to  nlzhg-to  he  ya   he'-ya  hane  hyo-  ni-zhg-to  hanena   he'-ya  ha  ne 


5 


%M 


y,    g 


f4^Hn 


eJe3 


y    b 


'&U 


?»     -     x 


3 


^Q 


<r~y 


^^ 


hyo-   ni-zhg-to  ha  ni-zhg-to  ni-zhg-to     ha  ni-zhg-to  ni-zhg-to     he  yeyeye  ya 

B  >. 


^^liijiJiiHwnjiijrp^j^fa 


* 


ni-zhg-to     haye~ha     d 
>-  -  X  *- 


zhg-to     ha  ni-zhg-to     ni-zhg-to     ha     ni 


ft'lVVlKll 


•  *  •  • 


zhg-to   ni-zhg-to     he-  yeyeye  yah 


J. 


Song  No.  4 


142 


7  0.jiUi,i^triiiLiiji;n,,nj|jJ^ 


2Z3 


■  ■  *  «g 


he  yeyeyeya  dego  dini  {| V  na  ohidi  na  t'al  la' a  ni-  na   he  yeyeyeya 


?  njiff Ning 


>      B 


g  jin  u 


«5a 


»    #  .# 


*~* 


*=* 


^' — 
chldl  na  t'al  la' a  nl-  na  ha  ne  na'  ohidi  na  t'ai  la1 a  nl-  ne   ha  na 

2 


a 


D 


i 


gSgg 


±tfm 


■*—* 


****-& 


* ,,  >^is> — — 

dego  dlni  \\-  -X-     na   chldl  na  t'al  la' a  ni-  na   he  yeyeye  ya 


7-   fl  jifWig 


i    i   i  e 


fljiNNm 


chldl  na   t'al  la' a  nl-  na  ha  ne  na'   chldl  na  t'al  la' a  ni-  ne  ha 


na 


^^ 


tiiUjjr.n'fjjijj^ 


=C^ 


+  i  •  "  »  i 


*=* 


dego  dlni   {|-  -^^  na  chldl  na  t'ai  la' a  ni-  na   he  yeyeye  yah 


J  •  150 


Song  No.  5 


*•*  0  *    g 


^De    y 


JJ.WC1 


^P 


^Li 


JlfUflVy] 


*J» 


*  *i**lc* 


ne-   yeyeye   ya     haa-   go-    shl     haa-   go-    ahl- wo-   wo   gu-bal    '1   hya  na     heyeyeyeya 


^     >_ 


^rLT^iirirftfiil^Ms 


x>> 


XZ 


m  m    m  *-* 


haa-   go-    ahl        haa-   go-    ahl-  wo-        wo      gu-   bai        '1      hya  na       he   yeyeye   ya 
ft  ^g 


jei^,h]i\)JmSfli-li-mii^7h 


ya     gu-bal —    '1     hya' e     na  gu-   bai.--    '1   hya       haa-   go-    shi   naa-   go-    snl 


yiJjiu 


■  ■ 


■ZMZJ 


£ 


4f 


wo   gu-bal —    '1     hya  na       he  yeyeye  ya 


«T~*    1^8 


Song  No.  8 


o^.jjjj.  tttr  rcFm.?uiTJ'jj.TitT  r  fe^> 


he  yeyeye  ya  chl  nawi  yeye  chl  nawl  ye-  ne  ha-1  na  ohl  nawi  yeye  cnlnawlye-ne 


? 


G 


f     "  f 


0  5)> 


S=f=p? 


JO 


izzjz 


*-* 


#  *  I  *  *  I  * 


t^±^2 


ha  ohl  nawi  yena'a-  ne  ha  na  ohl  nawl  ne-  'a-  oa    he  ye  ye  ye  ya 


S   5 


S 


I 


i 


^   B   >    > 

f ,  f  f  If  f 


fLjjr.pr.irr^ 


It* 


obbc 


e 


he' -a  haoe  hyaqa  chl  nawi  ye-  ne  haoe  naoa  he '-a  haoe  hyana  ohl  nawl  ye-  ne 

7)^L    X 


0;  i  i'  D I LT  tJ 


fi£ 


>   _  * 


fel 


^iij/ 


g      ■ 


« 


=£ 


4 I   rr 


nana  cnl  nawl  yena'a-  ne  haOa  chl  nawl  ne-  'a-   he   ya  chl 


Variations: 
2) 


JJ_ 


I 


6) 7L 


0  9  0 


haneqa   ye     na 


yana   he' a  haoe  hya  chl 


'  a-na  heyeyeyeyah 


J  = 


136 
x    % 


* 


3 


A  i*=v  «» 


££ 


#— » 


»~* 


Song  No.  7 


JW+     * 


S 


X     > 


^^ 


£tet2 


»~* 


*— * 


fci 


y~y 


he-  ye  ya     wiya  wiya     wlya  Da  hi  yana'o  wo-'o      'e  hyaQa       he-        yaoa 


>       ^ 


s 


i£ 


>    **. 


#— #■ 


f  I    f 


fr 


i 


xn 


§ 


rw 


& 


» 


wiya  wiya  wiya  oa   hi  yana'o  wo-'o   'e  hya    he-  ya  hi 

B'    2)     >! 
f  # 


^^ 


*?3 


i  6g 


2=8 


i 


I 


u .  &• 


yana'o  wo-'o      'e  hyaoe   Da       hi        yana'o  wo-'o  'e  hya 


s 


i# 


*#^ 


*^=* 


e*  v\w  u*\  a 


5 


'-'p  * 


£ 


weyo  weyo  weyo  wo  hi  yana'o  wo-'o    'e  hyaoa   he  ya   hi 


□  II  ^ 


.'  11 


*—* 


■  1  *  g 


-t? 


wu  WW'' 


yana'o  wo-'o        'e  hyaqa       he  yeyeye  ya 


Variations: 


3E 


-a 


JS'J3J^ 


he   yeyeye  ya     hi       yana'o  wb-'o 


8£ 


Song  No.  8 


^^ 


he  -  -  ya  hyo  -  -o '  owo   yo'  ho  we-  na  he  ya  hi  yo'o'o   'o-'o-  wo 


gg  J 1  J» 


*fi: 


*M*'ft>lJJJJ«°ltH 


^ 


p  ■  i 


*~~* 


fat 


yo'ho  we-  ne   hai  nana  yow-  '  o-  we   yo '  ho  we"-    hane  nana  ybw '  o  wo-  we 


B 


5 


fcfcfi 


r»* 


ra 


H*JflJlfeJfl 


5 


HZZtf 


r? 


*  g  ■ 


£ 


,  i"  ivy 


x; 


yo'ho   we 


he     ya       hyo'o'o      'o-o-   o 


yo'ho  we-  ne     hane   nana 


3c3* 


hyo '  o '  o      '  o-o**'ow'  yo'ho  we-       ha     hi        yow'o-^  haqa       hi 


s 


yo   o-     o        yo   ho  we-   n< 


s 


yo'ho  we-   na       he   yeyeye   yah 


5 


J  s   132 


Song  No.  9 


.Jljjj,i(!!1tflft?c,)ij|Tj^irrriTii.lJi^{ 


he-  yeyeye  ya        'ai-   ne-   ya  ho-o   hyana     haoe   na      ' al-   ne-  ya  ho-o      hyane     ha 


^^f?ir3jiT,)rt»frr-^J'ijj.ii'r;^ 


-     h^a 


5 


hane  ya  ho-  hya-  ne  ha   hane  ya  ho-   hya   he  yeyeye  ya rel ya ha  ne 
>  >,_ 

Jf ■  s fa __  6U    _     ,v 


3B1 


S 


iH 


i£ 


«zi 


ya  ho-o  hya  ne        ha   oe  na       he'    ya     ha  ne     ya  ho-o     hya  ne '        ha  o 


^jjffnj  i  ■u^^rT'^l^ 


i 


■  ■  g 


ha  ne  ya  ho-  hya-  ne   ha    ha  ne  ya  ho-  hya    he  yeyeye  ya 


Variations: 


frffjTf?nfl.iJji?,inrnrTi 


h^a 


m  *  m    * 


-W-= 


1  al     na   ha'o-  hya  haoa    he  ya    he'-   h; 


he-  yeyeye  yah 


J  = 


134 


Song  No.  10 

A 


jjiuiirrrr;s^;irrrr;gJJ 


« — *-^ 


5fefe 


m '  g 


a 


=& 


5 


he  yeyeye  yaoa      ' ene  hyowo'o  hyana      ' ene  hyowo'o  hyaoa        ' eyo   weya     he  ye'e 
B K  y  .  X  .     S 


nff  J  J-g|Tj  ji'j  jjjjj^JIjj^-JAi 


EZC 


nyaoe  hyaoa        'eyo   weya  he  ye'e     hyaoao hwe  yeyeye  yaoa he-  ya  haoe     haoa 
"    ■-■ I      r\_.V'-       X    .      .    .      S 


y'lltjiJlfrjJ 


s 


J5BJ5g 


#  #  ~r^  *  # 


± 


'eyo  weya  he  ye  'e   haoa   haoe  naoa   he-  ya  ha  ne-  haoa 


?pnuJj-gi:i]i']jjjMrrTr;fJJC|TTrffEJ& 


'eyo  weya  he  ye  '  e  haoa  hane  nana   'ene  hyowo'o  hyaoa  'ene  hyowo'o  hyaoa 

X  * 


a 


Et 


^P=¥= 


E*e£ 


*  • 


s 


*~* 


'eyo  weya  he  ye  ' e   haoa   hwe  yeyeye  ya' 


1 


Song  No.  11 


JS 


176 


m 


JTfrfl^JJH^J 


53 


X    > 


fJ  Jiiivn 


3 


it 


gJEjnet 


*    i    *    *  * 


±2. 


ts 


'eye  yeyeye  ya      '  e-   la  le  la  lelu-  wa/'ela  lela     lala^u   weya     he  yeyeye  ya' 


m  ini*iHfi"*ru.. 


^^ 


1 e-  la  le  la   le  lu-  wa  ' e  la  le  la   la  la'u  we  ya   he  ye  ye  ye 
P     >riB.2>  i X?  > d,  »   , X^_ 


§» 


^ 


S2SE±3E*i£iE3E^ 


(ye) 


gj=*=g 


& 


•— # 


« 


« 


4*0 


ya  ha-  le  lu-  we  ya 

>     B  " 


yeyeye    la  le  lu-   we  ya   he  ye  ye  Cye) 

a  v  i    i    i     i    b'    .     i x_ .    .  >_ 


M  "Wmumi ^.uifi^gfe 


'  e-  la  le  lu       le  lu-  wa        '  e  la  le  la         la  la'u  we  ya       he  ye  ye  ye  yah 


J  a  156 
X     >, 


Song  No.  12 


^ 


B 


3E± 


3 


^S 


i    d    Jr 


SEisE^ 


*=£ 


£ 


I  I        W  'W 

' e   oe  haoe   nana      sha  di   na!   da 


V^" 


he-  yeyeye   yaqa      sha  dl   nai   da      ts'ee 

£  B 


7Ujifl\ii  I  JVJi  i 


± 


^a 


«=* 


** 


ts'ee-    'e  ne     ha  oa       bl     destl   na      sho  -    'e    (ne) 
B    >,       ■ X D B_ 


ha  na       bi     destl     na 
X 


J  1.  fcj  J 1  J  J  J  J  i  J 1  **i  1 J  J  1  tlj    J  J I  J  J  i=£? 


^ 


gho  -  ' e  na  he  ye  ye  ye  yaqa   he   ' a  ha  ne  hyo  -    ' e  na  he  ye  ye  ye  ya 


S 


J^M*II   Ji 


zi}h 


h  J  J 


\J  g  B  *  1    ••whJ 


*  *  —*—* 


£^ 


sha  dl  nai  da   ts'ee-  'e  oe   hane  na    sha  dl  nai  da   ts'ee-   'e  ne 

B  >A 


j  Jj  j  T  j  a 


9E 


*~* 


._ »  »     «  #  »  #^g 

I   .w'U        1 > 


1 — w.^ 1 ww  , i 

ha  Qa   bl   destl  na   sho-   ' e  na    he  ye  ye  ye  ya 


Song  No.   13 


J  *168 

v      9> 


h=t 


j  MJjnj.'ILT  f  ft 


B 


Wl  j.   J 


B    IK  & 


3 


he-  yeyeye  yana  he   '  eya  'e  ye  he  '  eya  'e  ye  he   '  eya  'e  ye-  na  he 
B   f.     »   .S     .   X  A 


s 


i. 


f 


* 


Wfctt 


± 


a 


'  eya  '  e  ye  '  1  ya  na   he  ye  ye  ye  ya  na     heya  he  ye  he' eya  'e  ye  he 
B    m      « .       B  mm        ■   »,   &  ,     X __y_ 


Jf  J3  JJ-Jjji  j^ 


£ 


# — #—# 


5* 


g— r 


'eya  'e  ye-  na  he   'eya  'e  ye  'i  ya  na   he  ye  ye  ye  ya  Da    ya  na  a 


y.nvi  Kill  J  jfJlri  pill  alYJ  J  i  J  J 


'eya   'e  ya'e     ya  ne  na  na'a     eya'e  ya'e     ya  na     he  'e  ye  ya  na   'a 


f  Li  r  k  Ei  r  c 


fes 


jib^j;-J 


^s. 


*    *i    d 


'eya   'eye   a    'eya   '  e  ya   'a  'eya   ' e  ye  -  na  he  'eya   'e  ye-    '1     ya 


m 


l!Ji°fl»J  JJjj  Jj^nyjjj 


■    ■    * 


■   * 


t?r^ 


he   ye   ye  ye   yana   'a 


f 


_A1 


f      # 


'eya    'e  ya'e  ya  ne   na  na  'eya   'e   ya'e     ya  na 

B     ^      ,       —  B 


fttnr^r^  ni.i\Bnit  J^ 


eya    'eye   a    'eya    'e   ye    'a  'eya   '  e   ye  -   na  he  'eya   'e   ye-    '1     ya 


fj  j  j  j  Jim  ,jf  J>jjjji  i*j\ntij  J 


■»  * 


^s^* 


he   ye   ye   ye   ya 
JL_ . 


Wl 


na  'eya'e  ya'e  ya   ne  na        he     'eya       'e  ya    'e   ya     na 

B .     B 


JHsJJ  m  JJ^i 


*=S 


eya    'e   ye   he    'eya    'e  ye  he  'eya    'e   ye-        ya  na        'eya   'e  ye'i     ya  na 


J  J  i  J  1 


3=* 


he   ye   ye   ye   ya 


Song  No.  14 


J  S    160 
X 


7*J  an 


lyifeggiEiigi 


■  a 


whe  yeyeye  yana    hyo  --  'o- 


he-     ya 


z       w^  t_-_ _ z__ _z __ z zj  "j   : _-  "u 


yo —        ' o-   he-     ya5 


yo   —      'o   he   ya       he   ye  ye   ye  yana          hyo   —    'o-   he-  yY- yo — 'o-   he-  ya-- 
i     a  X y         p  •••      is  i         __, Y_ 


#^3 


£c=i 


i 


■  #  zc  a  a 


IS 


yo  —   'o  he  ya  na  he  yeyeye  ya   yana   yow'ow  hi  yow  ' a  he   ya  ne  na 

,_■ C 


|  rip  J?^jJ|Tjjr4,J3,JJjjf4,^^^t 


V^= 


yow'ow  hi   yow 


—  ' a  he  ya  na    yo  --  'o  he  ya  na   yo  —  'o  he  ya  na 


yjjjjiAfttv??^jMA^fiiiJ3 


r^F 


f 


he  ye  ye  ye  yana    hyo  —  '  o-  he-  y3T    yo  —   'o  he-  ya  na 
,  a   .  . x p  —   K     i      .  Y 


S4 


toff   J-B  ii.riJ|rJJ  1  J 


± 


1  1  1 


C=K 


*     tf 


Xt 


yo  —   'o  he  ya  na   he  ye  ye  ye  yana    yow'ow  hi  yow  'a  he   ya  ne  na  na 
D  -    H     i       -v     0  i  m  .  G 


m  J-B^JJlTJif^i 


.f'^  *  J  i'y 


s 


^a 


*?=? 


X2: 


yow  'ow  hi  yow  ' a  he   ya  na   yo  —  'o  he  ya  na   yo  —   'o  he  ya  na 


2 


S 


*      * 


he  ye  ye  ye  ya 
Js   168 


Song  No.  15 


f^P? 


*  r  r  Tr  "  B-  "■ 


Irr^ju  jjj 


»   •  T> 


s 


Mi 


•    m    d    *-* 


*    *   * 


ye  ye  ye  yana    we  ya  we-  ya    we-  ya  'e  yahe  ya  ' e  na    we  ya  we-  ya 


•/oi  mm 


m  jjjvj  jj;ite^ 


*  ■  # 


5 


we-  ya   e  ya  he   ye'e  na  na    we-  ya  'e  yaha   ya  ' e  na  we-  ya   'e  yahe 


ya  na   'eya   'eya    we-  ya  'e  ya  he   ya  na   he  ye  ye  ye  ya 


5=5= 


frflj  JPJ|Tjjj,fJ3i  J^i^rrj 


f-r-» 


— ^-i 
we-  ya   '  e  ya  he       ya'e  na       we-  ya   '  e  ya  he        ya  13a       we  ya     we-      ya 

v.  X 


£ 


oj  j;j 


J  J  JJSal  J3  J  iJ^I  J  J 


-*—* 


we-   ya   'e  ya  he       ya  iDa       he  ye  ye  ye~ya  we-  ya    'e  ya  he        ya    'e   na 


yflj  Jj*r.u  ii'rr  trfi^f J3 1  m 


mznt 


we-  ya   ' e  ya  he       ya  oa  we  ya     we-  ya         we-  ya  'e  ya  he         ya  oa 


J     ■    ■     ■    »    ■  "^ 


he  ye   ye   ye   ya 


J  S   144 
X 


Song  No.  16 


£ 


• » 


*      # 


^^    y 1 


i 


£ 


X=K 


B 


he-  ye  ya  na        ' eya  hanl  ya       cho  wo-     cho    ' o  -      '  e  roe         ha  ue  oi 

^.      >        y       s 


m  m  r  1  r 


^ 


^-  ,-' 


1  e  ya  ha  nl  ya    cho  wo  cho  -  -   '  e  oe   ha    '  e  ya  ha  nl  ya  yo  - 


J    Hi-1 


£=S 


»~y 


1  a  ne  ha   ' e  ya  ha  nl  ya  yo  no    ' e  na    he  ye  ye  ye  y 


::    i  ,  w 


S   rC^ft.. 


3 


g-.:s>    r^    .g-ea 


§ 

tW 


£ 


4  Bg 


■  * 


»  »  0 


1  e   hyo 

9L 


£? 


~^ 


J*  ■      *     * 


yo   -   -    'e  ne     ha   ' e   na  ' e   hyo   -   o"-   o        hyo-   o   -   o ' e     ha 


Hhj  £gg 


n 


' e  ya  ha  nl  ya  yo  -  -   ' e  ne  ha   ' e  na  ha  nl  ya   ' e  ya  -  -    'e  na 


m 


he  ye  ye  ye  ya 


J 


Song  No.  17 


S   144 


m 


ii 


Jk 


9  **T'*  *  !\  F 


»        Y  A      " 


•   •    g 


U  I  1/  f 


we-  ye  ye  ye  ya    'eya  hanl  yo'o  ' o  —  ' ene  ha  e  na   'eya  ha  ni 
i  ■   .   r*"» v.   IS  B  >.  r\      y        -    -  "*     ^ 


yc^ciirj-J 


;u, 


Jr;  b  t 


£ 


#  g  j 


B   »   B    *  * 


yo'o    'o   --      'e   ne     ha  he        yo'o    'o    'o    'e  ha     he        yo'o    'o    'o      'e  ne 


y  iJJJ.^gjJ«ilB 


*n 


g  *  *  a 


he  ye  ye  ye  ya    he-  ya  ha  ne  yo'o  ' o  ' o  ' e  ne   ha  he   he-  ya  ha  ne 
A   -•       />"bV   .   ^         g      .  .   A  " 


mm 


fi  rJJc 


iru i  mm  a 


s^s 


yo  he   ne  ne  ' eya  hani 

X 


yo'o    'o  —      ' e   ne  ha  e  na        'eya     ha  ni 


g  CJJ'C 


yo'o     o     o    'e  na       he   ye  ye  y<^ya 


J  S    144 


Song  No.  18 


f 


£ 


JJJ  B   i  J.i  5 


X    > 


J JJJJ* 


y— a 


^"=5 


he-  ye  ya   we  ya  he  ye  ho  whe  ya   'e  'e  'e  'e  yo  wo  we  ya  he  yeyeye  ya 


gjgjj: 


fe^E 


»~y 


S 


we-  ya     he   ye     ho        whe  ya  '  e    '  e    '  e    '  e     yo   wo        wVya  he  ye   ye  y 


e  ya 


jrii  j  jjfrij^ 


i  j  j  a  j 


u""  "i  e 


he-  na  ha  ne  yo  wo-  we  ya    he  ye  ye  ye  ya     he-  na  ha  ne  yo  wo  we  ya 


he  ye  ya   we  ya  he  ye  ho  whe  ya   ' e  'e  'e  'e  yowo-  we  ya   he  yeyeye  ya 


Song  No.  19 


J  *    144 


■f  QjJii^jjjjfJiJiJJj 


1 


» —    ■  * 


he-      ye  ye  ye   ya       he-  ya  ya  na  hi        yana   '  o-   wo   hi  ya  ne        ha   e   na       hi 

>-  >         > 


y  n  JIjj  j  j  j  itj.?jibji  rjrt  nnn^ 


yana  'o-  wo  hi  ya  ya  ne   ha  hi   yana  ' o —  he  ya  to — 'o  hi  ya  na  'o 


m^m^mmm 


■Z  9    «~#7 


'o  wea  na  he  ye  ye  ye  ya    he-  a  hya  ne  hyo-o  he  ya-  na   he  e  na 


> .      > 


5 


y^jiinvfriMiurjrrJiJi'  nj 


SS 


he-   a  hya  ne  hyo-o  ya-   ne       ha  hi        yana   '  d=-  he  ya   to — 'o  hi     ya  na   'o 


m 


J  JT  ,r  f 


SI 


a=       ■>*#*# 


he  ya-     na         he  ye  ye  ye  ye  ya 


Variational  1) 


2 


j^j^i  IP -Fijiinn  jj  j  j  j 


hyo  hi  ya-  ne    'o-  ohe  ya-  na  he  ye  ye  ye  ya 


J. 


Song  No.  20 


148 


rniiiiiii\nr±nmf\i^Mm 


w 


W  5      H5 

'  o-  wo   ho  ^ni 


yeyeye  yeye  yana       heye    'o-     wo  wo    'o       haye   'o  -     wo  wo     he'o-  wo  ho^ena 


hff^ye    ' o-     wo  wo       he   o-     wo  wo        e-**na 


he  yeyeye  ya 
X  > 


he 'o-  wo  wo  wo 


^•JJiiJ,f  fljilf^iJjJIJiJ^ 


he  yeyeye  ya     he-  ya  ha  ne   yo-  wo  ho  '  e  ne   ha  e  na 
Y  .   A  *       ^*l*B 


he-     ya     ha  ne 


frO  j  jjTj-I^  flf'Mn  Ci 


yo- 


he  ne       ha         he  *  o-     wo  wo    '  o  he^y'e      '  o  -     wo  wo 


.    »^ , 1 u. 


he    ' o   -  wo      'e  na  he   ye  ye  ye  ya 


J  =    156 


^      /% 


$ 


Song  No.  21 


r/MH-i'tn 


n 


His 


i»ig 


9     0    4 


± 


'e   ye  ye   ye  ya        'e  do   —      'e   -     na      ' e   -     ne       ya   'e   na  ' e  da     lu   - 


i  a     _    no        '  o    _  ,r->  i=    ^^    m,-,    ™~    ~   T?_  i  J??;„    .,„        TTT7T- wTTXi        ^T    ~       ^ 


a  -  na   e  -    ya 


e  do  wo  wo  o  o-    'eya  na   eya  hanl  ya  -  na 

D> 


x p  y  ~\f^  ,  ^  ,   Y   .   _  D  *      n  ,  y^  ■    v 


he  yeyey^ya   ho  !  e-  na  '  e-  ne   ha  e  (na)    ho1  e-  na  '  e^  ne   ne  ha 


2 


1 e   do   wo  wo   o   o- 


'eya  na      ' 


£##i 


Fya  na      'eya  hanl     ya  -     na         he  ye  ye   ye  ya 


#^ 


•    00 


' e   do      ' e-   na    '  e   -     ne        ya   '  e   na      '  e  do      ' e-   na    '  e-   ne        y 


g    y 


/~. 


S 


'firl  fi^l71  LT  l1^  I" J  JJ  -i  j 


' e  do  wo  wo  o  o- 


'eya  na   ' e  ya  ha  ni  yo  -  na     he  ye  ye  ye^^ya 


J  a  156 


Song  No.  22 


S= 


oa 


>«.  > 


'jj^V^fJ-jfJiJPj^^^ 


Wo 


' e-  yeyeye  ya    'eya  hanl  yo  wo  wo  wo-    'eya  hanl  yo-o  o-o  Vo    'eya  hanl 


y^  JUij.j'i^oij/i;iy:j 

:t^ — „ — rr — ■ i~z ~z Lrr! — 1       'i  V — — 


1L> 


1=t=t* 


^B 


■     ■ 


3 


yo-     wo-     wo    '  a        ""e^     na-     ya  na   '  a    '  e-     na       he  yeyeye  ya        '  a-     ne 


^riJ^iJii  i  jiiJ  -^  niiiJiiJi^rjf'Ji  f? 


n^; 


ya-      na    ' a      ' e-     ne 
>. 


ha   e  na  ' e-      ne-     ya 


a       e 
x  > 


ha  'eya  hanl 


y^a  mil  M  ^  jjj|J1j|x>jj  ji;  y 

"  1  -*  »*  -•  >*  _-  mm  mm  _.  ^ 


yo   -o  wo-o     wo'    a  e-  ya  na   ' a        e-      ne 


■*• — " — — — "l^» 

he   ye  ye  ye*"ya 


J  =  156 


^S 


a  _   sa 


Song  No.  23 


^■1^1^  J^JJvlJyJ^i 


#  »    O    C 


he   -  yeyeye   ye  ya        an  do-        'an  do-        wa        'an  do   he-   ne  ya     yai    ha      'an   do 
X a'  >    >*■*  i      *      l B        .     >- 


we  ya  he   yeyeye   ya      rar 


^t 


J   J  i  M    I    1B    i   ^ 


m^* 


s 


£ 


6^ 


we  ya    he  yeyeye  ya   ' an  do  ho-   'an  do  ho-   wo    ' an  do  he- 


ne  ya 
Y 


^^|JJ-|JJ*1j'jjjj  ;f  |  m  JlJ^lJlijSg 


yai      ha     an  do  we  ya       he  yeyeye  ya  he-     ya  ha  ne  ya  ho     he-   ne     ha   e   na 


g 


J  Jifr  I  iT|J'   f'p'Oi   i  JJ.Nf£*3d 


£ 


1 


#~w 


s 


i 


he-   ya  ha  ne  ya  ho  ho  '  e-  ne  ha     ' an  do  ho- ' an  do  ho- wo  ' an  do  ho 


Q'U  J»|JlyJV|JJ-|J_ JS|J  Ji  i  jg 

^ : ' l^i»  


ne  ya   yai  ha  an  do  we  ya   he  ye  ye  ye  ya 


Variation;    1) 


m 


fe 


5^5 


he-  ye  ye  ye  ya 


Js  156 
X 


Song  No.  24 
>    > 


i  /j  i  j  j  i{|  g  ^  jsfri  i  j.,i  j  A|  j  Hf  n 


he-  yeyeye  ya  khodjl  la-  ha   he  dl-   ya  he  na   khodjl  la-  ha  he  dl  -  ya 


m 


ihti 


khodjl  do-   khodjl  koendjl    ghTe   ne     ha     khodj 1   do-  khodj 1     khoeudji      shte   na 


he  yeyeye  ya       he-   ya  ha  ne  hyo        he  di       ya   '  ena  he-   ya  he  ne     hyo   he   ne 


* 


ya       khodj i    la-   ha       he   dl-     ya       khodjl   do-  khodjl  koen   ahte-   ne        ha 


*ng\n  m  mimm 


9    9    0 


khodjl  do-   khodjl  khoendjl    shte-  he  ye  ye  yfya 


THE  SECULAR  SONGS  IN  THE  ENEMY  WAY 


39 


SECTION  TWO  — THE  DANCE  SONGS 


The  dance  songs  differ  from  the  sway  songs 
in  function  and  in  form.  As  stated  above  they 
are  sung  only  during  that  part  of  the  night 
when  the  girls  come  forward  and  choose  part- 
ners for  the  wheeling  dance  or  the  round 
dance.  The  dancing  stops,  and  the  girls  must 
be  given  presents  when  there  is  a  break  in  the 
singing.  Since  this  break  often  comes  after 
the  rendition  of  one  song  (in  contrast  to  the 
long  successions  of  sway  songs),  the  dance 
songs  must  be  long  enough  to  provide  a  satis- 
factory interval  for  dancing. 

There  are  some  musical  formalities.  Song 
number  25  is  supposed  to  be  the  first  song  when 
the  dancing  begins,  and  a  sway  song,  number 


1,  is  sung  as  a  signal  when  the  consensus  is  that 
the  dancing  has  continued  long  enough.  The 
older  people,  particularly  the  principals  in  the 
arrangements  for  the  Enemy  Way,  may  decide 
that  the  hour  is  too  late  or  that  too  many  young 
men  are  intoxicated.  On  one  occasion,  how- 
ever, I  saw  the  dancing  stop  simply  because 
there  were  too  few  girls.  They  seemed  to  lose 
the  courage  to  seize  partners,  and  so  the  dance 
singing  went  on,  and  the  bonfire  blazed 
brightly,  but  there  was  no  more  dancing.  The 
comments  of  some  of  the  young  men  expressed 
disappointment,  but  the  signal  song  was  sung, 
and  the  rest  of  the  night  spent  in  sway  singing. 


COMMENTS  WITH  THE  DANCE  SONGS 


I  don't  like  these.  (Why?)  They  are  just  made 
up  and  don't  amount  to  anything.  They  are  just 
recent.  Now  thev  are  put  in  with  the  Squaw  Dance 
songs,  but  they  didn't  have  these  long  ago.  (Mr. 
Moustache) 

SONG  NUMBER 

25.  She  sings  this  kind  of  short.  In  the  early  days 
the  women  used  to  sing  during  the  Squaw 
Dance  but  now  they  don't.  (Grant  Johns) 
She  didn't  get  it  right.  They  always  start  the 
skip  dancing  with  this  one.  She  just  repeats 
part  of  the  chorus.    (Jim  Chamiso) 

25a.  This  song  could  be  used  for  a  lullaby.  It  has 
no  words.  You  hold  the  baby  and  rock  back 
and  forth  while  you  sing  so  she'll  go  to 
sleep.  (Question)  A  man  or  a  woman  could 
sing  it.  (Does  your  wife?)  No.  (Does  she 
sing  at  all?)  No.  I  just  know  that  song. 
(Question)  I  learned  it  from  some  of  the  old 
kinfolks.  I  used  to  hear  it  when  I  was  just  a 
kid.    (Johnny  Blanco) 

It's  a  Squaw  Dance  song,  used  in  the  turning 
dance.    (Jim  Chamiso) 

26.  It's  a  skip  dance.  "Yoshinai"  means  "come 
dance."  (Grant  Johns)  No,  it  can't  mean 
that.  It  may  come  from  yoshi  —  "a  girl 
partner"  but  that's  a  word  very  few  people 
know.    (Jim  Chamiso) 

27.  It's  a  Squaw  Dance  song  for  when  the  girls 
are  dancing.  They  like  to  go  to  Railtown  and 
stand  over  there  by  some  house  and  think 
about  the  old  tramps.    (Grant  Johns) 

It's  a  recent  Skip  Dance  song.    You  can  put 


28. 


29. 


29a. 
30. 


}'■ 


3*. 


different  things  in  there  like  "movies" 
(fftt'eie')  or  "tramp"  ("pack  on  back" 
na'aldjidi)  or  "to  drink"  Cadesbdiil).  She 
meant  to  say  "tramp"  but  she  really  said 
"watch  (na'aikid).  (Jim  Chamiso) 
This  means  you're  not  really  dancing,  just 
walking  around.  Wo  na  ruV  —  "you're  walking 
around.")  (Grant  Johns) 
That  song  should  be  o  ya  ye  all  the  way 
through.  She  made  it  a  little  fast  at  the  end. 
(Jim  Chamiso) 

There  are  other  words  in  this  she  was  too 
bashful  to  sing.  I  don't  know  the  songs  they 
sing  when  they  start  dancing.  I  don't  pay  any 
attention.  I  know  the  night  songs,  that's  all. 
(Grant  Johns) 

She   gets  lost.    She   got   mixed   up   with   two 
other  songs.    (Jim  Chamiso) 
(No   comment) 

That's  a  mattress  song.  It's  another  one  for 
the  dancing  time.  It's  one  of  the  old  ones. 
(Grant  Johns) 

She  changed  the  words  a  little  because  she 
must  have  been  bashful.  She  changed  it  from 
"lie  closer"  to  "sit  by  me,"  and  she  changed 
"you  bring  your  sheepskin"  to  "he  is  bring- 
ing a  sheepskin."  (Jim  Chamiso) 
This  has  no  words.  It  is  one  of  the  main  old 
special  ones.  Today  they  have  lots  of  words. 
(Evelyn  Pablo) 

He  started  this  more  or  less  like  a  chant.  Then 
he  sings  it  over  and  over.  They  sing  these 
as  often  as  they  feel  like  it.  If  it's  real  good 
they  sing  it  many  times  over.    (Jim  Chamiso) 


L 


4° 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


33.  (No  comment) 

34.  This  means  you  will  be  holding  the  drum  all 
night.  (Evelyn  Pablo)  This  came  from 
Fort.  This  song  really  came  from  the  Mes- 
calero.  It's  an  old  one.  There  should  be 
more  words  to  it  but  I  can't  think  of  it. 
There  are  two  kinds  of  dancing:  there's  a 
regular  skip  and  then  they  sometimes  just 
trot  along.  When  you  hear  heyeyeyeyana 
that's  really  'ahizdfdhai  (skip  dance).  The 
other  kind  of  dancing  is  more  recent  and  the 
songs  have  more  words  to  them.  They're  more 
fancy.  Often  this  dance  is  brought  in  by  the 
smart  youngsters.  The  new  songs  go  "he  ye 
yana."  The  tune  is  in  small  bits  and  the  older 
kind  is  longer  parts.    (Jim  Chamiso) 

35.  This  is  my  favorite  song.  Joseph  used  to 
sing  this  at  the  time  we  were  first  married. 
(Evelvn  Pablo)  This  is  Mescalero  too.  It 
was  made  at  the  same  time  as  the  other.  It 
is  one  of  the  first  skip  dance  songs.  They 
would  laugh  if  they  heard  this  one  on  the 
reservation.  They  wouldn't  know  it  up  there, 
they  have  changed  it  so  much  from  the 
original  Mescalero.  The  Fort  people  go  over 
to  Mescalero  in  July  to  a  four  days'  feast, 
and  that's  when  they  got  those  songs.  They 
still  sing  them  in  the  old  fashioned  way 
here.  The  trotting  dance  came  from  there 
too.  This  new  kind  is  also  known  as  'ahizdP- 
ahai  only  up  at  Carrisozo  they  know  there  are 
two  kinds.  They  are  way  ahead  of  us  up 
there.  Around  here  they  might  sing  both 
kinds  and  never  know  the  difference.  Around 
Carrisozo  there  are  two  groups  of  singers, 
one  on  either  side  of  the  circle  of  dancers. 
Up  there  on  the  reservation  they  don't  wheel 
to  this  song.    (Jim  Chamiso) 

36.  This  is  another  favorite  of  mine.  (Evelyn 
Pablo)  This  song  is  Mescalero  too  but 
that  is  a  Ute  wording,  not  Navaho.  In  Navaho 
it  means  nothing  as  it  stands.  It  would  have 
to  be  cVenahoye  diid'ash.  I  think  there  was 
a  small  batch  of  Utes  —  maybe  they  learned 
Mescalero  down  there  at  Mescalero.  (Jim 
Chamiso) 

37.  This  is  the  same  kind  of  song  too,  from 
Mescalero  too.  It  could  only  be  a  Mescalero 
tune.  They  start  at  Mescalero  and  get  to  be 
more     Navaho     sounding     at     Fort     where 


there  are  three  hundred  Navahos  with  lots 
of  Apaches  mixed  in.  Those  songs  sound  less 
and  less  Apache  as  you  hear  them  closer  to 
the  reservation.    (Jim  Chamiso) 

38.  This  was  our  song  when  we  first  got 
together.  Now  I'll  sing  it  for  her.  (Joseph 
Pablo)  This  is  the  song  we  used  to  sing  when 
when  we  were  first  married.  (Evelyn  Pablo) 
[When  we  played  this  recording  back, 
Joseph  jumped  up  and  danced  (wheeling 
dance)  with  me.   D.  McA.] 

This  is  another  Mescalero  song.  It's  teasing 
a  boy  and  girl  when  they  are  dancing  about 
what  else  could  they  do  besides  dancing 
together.    (Jim  Chamiso) 

39.  He  made  a  little  mistake  in  there.  He  almost 
put  another  song  in  there  (laughs).  (Evelyn 
Pablo) 

Another  Mescalero  tune,  he  ye'  yana  is  not 
Navaho.  Navahos  sing  hene  yana  or  heya 
heya.    (Jim  Chamiso) 

40.  That  'e'eya  do'o'be  is  typical  Apache  singing. 
He  uses  Apache  words  here,  almost  like 
Navaho.    (Jim  Chamiso) 

41.  'aneo  'aneo  is  typical  Apache  too.  In  Navaho 
that  would  be  anigo  (he  is  snorting  or  crow- 
ing or  hollering  —  the  noise  for  some  animal). 
(Jim  Chamiso) 

42.  Cousins  would  tease  each  other  with  this  one. 
The  song  is  supposed  to  embarrass  a  man  or 
a  girl  who  might  be  dancing  with  a  cousin. 
They  do  that  nowadays  but  the  old  people 
especially  tease  cousins.  People  who  are 
modern  don't  do  that.  (Just  about  sex?) 
No,  they  do  it  about  cooking  or  anything.  He 
might  come  in  and  say  "I  expect  you  have 
food  already  for  me."  Or  if  he  sees  a  bracelet 
or  anything  nice  he'll  say  "I  expect  you  are 
going  to  give  me  those."    (Jim  Chamiso) 

43.  These  are  skipping  songs  in  the  Carrisozo 
style.    (Jim  Chamiso) 

44.  (No  comment) 

45.  (No  comment) 

46.  Some  of  these  have  words  but  he  didn't  use 
them.     (Jim  Chamiso) 

47.  These  are  trotting  songs  the  way  they  sing 
them  on  the  reservation.    (Jim  Chamiso) 

48.  (No  comment) 

49.  (No  comment) 

50.  (No  comment) 


THE  SECULAR  SONGS  IN  THE  ENEMY  WAY 


41 


TEXTS 


Meaningful  Texts 


My  impression  is  that  the  dance  songs  are 
much  more  likely  to  have  meaningful  texts 
than  the  sway  songs.  This  is  borne  out  in  the 
fifteen  examples  below.  These  center  closely 
around  the  boy  and  girl  theme  in  subject  mat- 
ter. The  informants  who  recorded  them  were 
clearly  enjoying  the  ribaldry,  though  Mrs. 
Johns  was  bashful  and  changed  number  30  to 
a  more  decorous  version  than  is  usually  heard. 
The  texts  differ  from  the  few  sway  song  texts 
recorded  in  their  tendency  to  be  somewhat 
longer  and  more  discursive  as  well  as  in  the 
different  emphasis  of  the  subject  matter. 

SONG  NUMBER 

25.  They  were  dancing  together. 

26.  My  partner  (female),  my  partner,  etc. 

27.  Railtown,  you  (girls)  want. 

All  the  time  saying  "Watch,"17  you're  saying 

all  the  time. 
Against  the  house  you're  like  a  statue. 

28.  Walking  around. 

29a.  Hello!  hello!  hello!,  etc. 
29b.  Hello!  hello!  hello!,  etc. 
I  may  kiss  you. 

Sit  by  me.   He  is  bringing  a  sheepskin. 
(Modest  variant  of  "lie  closer  to  me,  bring 

your  sheepskin.") 
My  partner  (female),  my  partner,  etc. 

(a   longer  and    more    complicated    song 

than  26  with  different  vocables  filling  out 

the  meaningful  word) 
Holding  the  drum,  all  night. 
It  bothers  us, 

We  are  going  along  together. 
Going  along  together, 
I'll  be  getting  on  top  of  something. 

38.  What  else  are  you  going  to  do? 
That's  your  son! 

(teasing  a  girl  dancing  with  too  close  a 
kinsman;  suggests  that  they  may  do 
something  worse  together) 

39.  Your  daughter 
Walking  around  in  the  night, 
Tomorrow,  when  she  comes  back, 
(She  will  have)   lots  of  money. 
The  Apache  woman  of  Fort, 
Her  husband  she  had, 
He  doesn't  bother  (sleep  with)  her  any  more. 


30. 


33- 


34' 
36. 

37- 


40. 


41.  His  pig,  his  horse,  there  snorting 
His  pig,  riding, 

His  pig,  leading. 

42.  Are  we  walking  along  together? 
Well,  my  cousin 

To  the  hiding  place  there 
(Let's)  you  and  I  walk  that  way. 
(teasing  a  cross-cousin) 

Texts  in  Vocables 

Like  the  sway  songs,  the  dance  songs  have 
certain  characteristic  melodic  and  vocable  pat- 
terns which  occur  in  identical,  or  closely 
similar  form,  in  a  majority  of  songs.  They  are 
distinctly  different  from  the  fixed  phrases  in 
the  sway  songs. 

Fixed  Phrases:  Introduction  and  coda.  The 
dance  song  introduction  (which  is  also  used 
as  a  coda)  is  basically  a  four-beat  figure, 
though  it  may  extend  to  six  beats,  especially 
in  its  codential  function.  In  its  simplest  form 
it  is  a: 


X'J^VJJ 


he  ne' 


ya    na 


Unlike  the  flowing  heyeyeyeyaija  of  the 
sway  song  "X"  this  introduction  is  charac- 
teristically choppy  and  slower.  The  short, 
emphatic  second  note  followed  by  a  rest  ap- 
pears in  nearly  all  variants,  both  introductory 
and  codential.  This  style  of  introduction  and 
coda  is  "not  Navaho"  but  is  spotted  at  once 
by  informants  as  being  characteristic  of  Mes- 
calero  Apache  dance  songs.  I  have  labeled  this 
figure  "X"'  to  distinguish  it  from  the  "X" 
introduction  and  coda  of  the  sway  songs. 

"Z"  Coda.  However,  another  concluding 
formula  which  is  used  in  only  two  of  the 
dance  songs  (no.  30  and  no.  25,  version  2) 
consists  of  the  figure  just  described  plus  a 
syncopated  pattern: 

z  «r  j  j>  j  j  j 

ya    ha    he    ya    na    he 


17  Other   verses  substitute   "movies,"   "tramp,"   "to 
drink." 


4* 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


The  Main  Texts  in  Vocables 


As  in  the  sway  songs,  the  vocables  that  con- 
stitute the  main  body  of  the  songs  show  great 
variety  but  must  be  used  in  specific  ways  for 
specific  songs.  Except  for  a  more  broken  or 
choppy  delivery,  they  do  not  differ  markedly 
from  the  vocables  in  the  sway  songs. 
Four  "Skipping  Songs."  Robert  Chamiso 
and  Son  of  Bead  Chant  Singer  said  that  the 
Apache-style  songs  are  "trotting"  songs,  and 


I  can  verify  this  in  the  case  of  the  songs 
recorded  by  Joseph  Pablo.  During  the  play- 
back of  one  of  his  records,  he  suddenly  jumped 
up  and  began  dancing  with  me,  dancing  a  trot, 
not  a  skip.  Son  of  Bead  Chant  Singer  recorded 
four  songs  to  illustrate  the  "skipping  songs" 
used  on  the  reservation  (songs  number  43-46). 
The  introductions  and  codas  of  these  songs 
were  the  straight  sway  song  "X",  both  mu- 
sically and  in  the  vocables:  he  yeyeyeya. 


MELODIC  ANALYSIS 


Meter 

As  in  the  sway  songs,  the  rhythm  of  the 
dance  songs  is  prevailingly  even  and  in  a  double 
meter.  There  are  occasional  measures  of  three 
beats. 

Tempo 

The  dance  songs  are  distinctly  slower  than 
the  sway  songs.  Most  of  them  fall  within  the 
speed  range  of  adagio. 

SPEED  NUMBER  OF  SONGS 

J  =  MM  100-9 3 

110-19  3 

120-29 '3 

130-39  3 

'40-49  ' 

'50-59  2 

'70-79  1 

Pitch 

The  same  reservations  aply  to  pitch  in  the 
dance  songs  recorded  as  in  the  case  of  the  sway 
songs.  Under  the  recording  conditions  as  de- 
fined, Paula  Henry  and  Mrs.  Johns,  a  child 
and  a  woman,  pitched  their  songs  between 
B-flat  and  G  on  the  "one-lined  octave."  Only 
two  men  recorded  dance  songs.  Joseph 
Pablo's  twelve  songs  are  grouped  between 
E  and  G,  and  Son  of  Bead  Chant  Singer's  eight 
songs  are  all  squarely  on  G,  in  the  "small 
octave." 

Melodic  Line 

There  are  two  distinct  kinds  of  melody  in 
the  dance  songs  collected.  These  might  be 
characterized  as  "narrow"  and  "wide"  styles. 


The  melodies  in  the  first  group  are  narrow 
in  compass,  usually  reaching  no  higher  than 
the  fifth  of  the  scale,  and  sometimes  only  the 
third.  The  melodic  direction  is  downward, 
but  there  is  no  room  in  which  a  strong  descend- 
ing impetus  may  be  expressed,  as  it  is  in  the 
sway  songs.  An  unusual  amount  of  dipping 
below  the  tonic  may  also  be  a  result  of  this 
very  restricted  range.  The  songs  of  Joseph 
Pablo  are  typically  of  this  kind  (numbers  31- 
42).  Of  the  other  dance  songs  collected,  only 
one  by  Mrs.  Grant  Johns  and  one  by  Son  of 
Bead  Chant  Singer,  numbers  30  and  50,  are 
in  the  wide  style.  His  songs  and  those  of  Paula 
Henry  and  Airs.  Grant  Johns  are  typically  of 
the  narrow  range   {see  numbers   25-29,   and 

43-49)- 

The  wide-style  songs  have  the  octave  range 
and  powerful  downward  trend  of  the  sway 
songs,  but  even  so,  many  start  low  and  have  a 
strong  upward  movement  before  the  melodic 
line  starts  down.  Most  of  these  songs  get  their 
descending  impetus  in  the  second  or  "B" 
phrase.  Except  for  Mrs.  Grant  Johns'  number 
30  and  Son  of  Bead  Chant  Singer's  number  50, 
all  of  the  songs  in  this  category  were  the 
"Apache"  songs  recorded  by  Joseph  Pablo 
(numbers  31-42). 

Over-all  Range.  In  spite  of  the  "narrow" 
style  songs  in  this  group,  the  over-all  ranges 
are  somewhat  greater  than  those  of  the  sway 
songs.  The  Apache  songs  of  Joseph  Pablo 
emphasize  this  difference;  his  songs  are  typi- 
cally an  octave  in  compass  and  often  include  a 
dip  below  the  tonic,  which  increases  the  total 
range  to  an  octave  plus  the  interval  of  a  fourth. 
Range  in  Individual  Phrases.    The  ranges 


THE  SECULAR  SONGS  IN  THE  ENEMY  WAY                                         43 

within  the  phrases  show  essentially  the  same  the  dance  songs  than  in  the  sway  songs  the 
preferences  as  those  in  the  sway  songs.  The  unique  feature  of  the  former  is  the  enormously 
flat  codential  phrases,  and  phrases  with  a  range  greater  number  of  total  phrases.  The  differ- 
of  a  third,  a  fourth,  and  a  fifth  predominate.  ences  in  function  in  the  two  kinds  of  song  ex- 
In  both  types  of  dance  song,  the  codas  are  plain  this:  a  particular  dance  song  may  be  re- 
fewer:  there  is  less  of  a  feeling  of  coming  to  peated  over  and  over  for  the  length  of  a  dance, 
rest  on  the  tonic,  and  the  whole  motion  seems  My  informants  had  a  tendency  to  cut  the 
more  actively  up  and  down.  dance  songs  short  during  the  recording,  but 

still,  over  half  of  them  were  thirty  phrases  or 

Melodic  Phrasing  more  in  length  and  one  was  ninety-six. 

Fixed  Phrases.  The  X'  introduction  and  coda  N0  OF  DIF"                                          Na  0F 

j      ,        »7            ,,                 ,           11               j            -LJ-  FERENT    PHRASES                                                                SONGS 

and  the  L  coda  have  already  been  described  in 

connection  with  the  vocable  patterns  involved.  '    8 

Paired  Phrases.    There  is  much  less  paired  5                                                    „ 

phrasing  in  the  dance  songs  than  in  the  sway  0 4 

songs.   Any  one  of  phrases  A,  B,  or  C  may  be  7 i 

doubled,   but  such   doublings   do   not   occur  8 2 

often.   There  is  no  full  doubling  all  the  way  total  no.                                     no.  of 

through  a  song,  nor  is  there  any  analogue  to  0f  phrases                                    songs 

the  S  pattern  with  its  invariable  doubling.  9-29 13 

Over-all  Patterns.  The  typical  dance  song  is  30-49 9 

constructed  in  a  full  repeat  pattern  of  phras-  5°-96 4 

ing.  Number  25  is  a  good  example.   A  varia-  Finals>   The  finals  in  fhe  dance             do  nQt 

tion  with  a  partial  beginning  and  a  more  ex-  show  as             an  attraction  t0  the  tonic  as  in 

tended  phrasing  which  is  then  repeated  fully  the           s           The  sma„er  number  of  coden. 

can  be  seen  in  number  33.    Nineteen  of  the  dal     hras£s  ajj.     mentioned  is  one  of  the 

twenty-six  dance  songs  are  of  this  type.   The  reasQns  for  ^  difference.    0nly  Uvo  son  S) 

remaining  seven  show  partial  repeat  patterns  numbers  39  and    6>  show  the  full  M>I)I  etc. 

in  which  initial  material  is  repeated  as  in  the  m    In  e-  ht  cases  ^     hrases  e            one 

second  category  of  the  sway  songs.  (usually  the  first  or  «A„  phrase)  come  tQ  rest 

Examples:   Full  Repeat:    (Nos.  25,  26,  28,  30-38,  41,  on  the  tonic  and  in  another  eight  instances  all 

42,  45,  46,  48-50).  but  two  of  the  phrases  end  on  the  tonic.  This 

No.  25  X'  ABB'X'  leaves  a  third  group  of  eight  songs  in  which 

X'  ABB'X'  three  or  more  phrases  end  above  the  tonic. 

X  ABB'X'  This  showing,  contrasted  with  the  same  fea- 

No.  33  X  ABDX  ture  in  the  sway  songs,  indicates  a  good  deal 

less  of  the  codential  "drag",  and,  incidentally, 

ABCDX'  EX'EX'  a   furtner  removal   from   the   chant  style   of 

ABCDX'  EX'EX'  Navaho  music  where  the  melodic  attraction  of 

the  tonic  is  very  great. 
Partial  Repeat:     (Nos.  27,  29,  39,  40,  43, 

xt    **  47  a  or  Tonality 

No.  27       ABC 

BCDE  Types  of  "Scales"  in  the  Dance  Songs: 

D  Chromatic  scales.    Chromatic   scales   are   not 

No.  44  X  ABCDX           ^  found  in  these  songs. 

ABCDX  EEB'X  Scales  on   the  interval  of  a  fourth.    Song 
ABCDX  FF'B'X 

ARrnv         "  number  44   is    constructed    on   the   intervals 

1  3  4.  It  is  different  from  the  two  scales  on  the 

Number  of  Phrases.  Though  there  is  a  some-  interval  of  a  fourth  in  the  sway  songs  in  that 

what  greater  number  of  different  phrases  in  it  does  not  avoid  the  semitone. 


44 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


Pentatonic  scales.  There  are  three  types  of 
pentatonic  scales  in  the  dance  songs: 

i )  Pentatonic  on  the  tonic.  This  is  the  "usu- 
al" pentatonic  scale,  the  full  pattern  of  which 
is  i  2  3  5  6  8.  Songs  number  31  and  34  show 
the  full  pentatonic  scale.  Number  35  lacks  the 
fifth.  Number  28  lacks  the  sixth  and  the  eighth. 
These  songs  have,  in  addition,  a  weak  fourth. 
And  number  25  lacks  the  fourth  altogether,  as 
well  as  the  sixth  and  eighth. 

2)  Pentatonic  without  the  second.  The  sec- 
ond and  the  sixth  are  really  "passing  tones"  in 
the  pentatonic  scale,  but  a  curious  effect  results 
when  the  second  is  missing.  The  whole  scale 
gives  a  "seventh  chord"  effect  as  though  it 
were  actually  the  first  inversion  of  the  seventh 
chord  on  the  sixth  note  of  the  scale,  (6  1  3  5). 
The  rich  "harmonic"  feeling  which  this  sug- 
gests to  the  Western  listener  is  certainly 
present  in  two  songs,  numbers  39  and  40.  The 
sixth  is  strong  enough,  particularly  in  number 
40,  to  add  a  great  deal  to  the  bare  triad,  135. 

It  should  be  stressed,  however,  that  the 
harmonic  interpretation  given  above  is  strictly 
within  the  framework  of  European  musical 
convention.  It  is  doubtful  that  the  native  singer 
in  a  melodic  tradition  hears  the  intervals  as  a 
chord.  As  yet  we  know  almost  nothing  as  to 
the  way  the  individual  in  this  tradition  hears 
music. 

3)  Pe?itatonic  scales  on  the  fourth.  Songs 
lacking  a  third  are  extremely  rare  in  the  En- 
emy Way  music  examined  so  far.  (See  the  two 
sway  songs  built  on  the  interval  of  a  fourth.) 
Four  of  them  appear  in  the  present  group,  and 
all  seem  actually  to  show  pentatonic  scales. 
These  scales  are  suggested  on  the  basis  of  two 
adjoining  intervals  of  a  fourth,  as  in  von 
Hornbostel's  examples:  1  24568.  The  gaps 
in  these  fourths  have  been  filled  at  the  lower 
end  (the  second  and  the  sixth),  so  that  we 
have  two  scales  of  three  notes  each  formed  on 
identical  interval  patterns,  and  still  the  semi- 
tone is  absent,  as  in  the  conventional  penta- 
tonic scale. 

Another  way  to  consider  these  scales  would 
be  as  inversions  of  the  conventional  penta- 
tonic scale,  counting  the  fourth  as  the  tonic 
and  reading  on  up  in  the  usual  way.  But  the 
weight  given  to  the  various  notes  in  the  melo- 
dies makes  this  reading  less  logical  musically 
than  the  one  suggested  above.    Songs  number 


33  and  38  show  this  pattern  with  all  the  notes 
present.  Number  43  has  the  sixth  and  eighth 
missing,  but  the  sixth  is  given  an  octave  lower 
when  the  melody  takes  a  dip  below  the  tonic. 
Number  48  has  the  sixth  and  eighth  missing. 

Diatonic  scales.  Again  it  is  striking  to  the 
Western  ear  how  few  of  the  songs  examined 
are  in  even  a  partial  diatonic  scale.  Seven  out 
of  twenty-six  is  a  small  enough  representa- 
tion to  indicate  that  we  are  clearly  in  a  differ- 
ent musical  tradition  from  our  own.  None  of 
these  is  complete.  Number  42  lacks  only  the 
seventh.  Number  29  lacks  the  sixth,  seventh 
and  eighth,  but  the  sixth  appears  below  the 
tonic.  In  number  32,  the  sixth  receives  some 
slight  use  but  the  seventh  and  eighth  are  lack- 
ing. Number  30  lacks  the  fifth  and  seventh. 
Number  50  lacks  the  fourth  and  eighth.  Two 
and  six  in  this  scale  are  weak,  but  the  seventh, 
usually  missing  in  Enemy  Way  songs,  is 
strong.  Numbers  47  and  49  show  diatonic 
scales  as  far  as  they  go,  but  this  is  only  within 
the  compass  of  a  fifth. 

Two  songs  that  might  be  considered  dia- 
tonic minor  in  scale  are  considered  below  un- 
der Modes. 

Open  triad.  Only  one  song,  number  41, 
seems  to  fall  into  this  category,  but  numbers 
39  and  40,  considered  under  pentatonic  scales, 
might  well  be  listed  here  instead. 

The  modes.  Two  of  the  songs  are  built 
upon  scales  that  might  be  in  the  Dorian  mode 
(1  2  3b  4  5  6  7b  8)  or  the  ascending  melodic 
minor  of  our  own  diatonic  scale. 

These  scales  are: 


Number  36    5 
Number  37 


3> 
3»» 


8      10b 


The  interval  of  a  minor  third  is  present  and  de- 
fines the  songs  as  "minor"  to  the  ear  trained 
in  Western  music,  but  the  seventh  is  missing 
in  both  cases. 

Four  scales  of  very  short  span.  Four  songs 
remain  in  which  the  melodic  line  goes  no  higher 
than  the  third  note  on  the  scale.  These  scales 
are: 

Number  26  6  (7)     1     2     3 

Number  27  6  123 

Number  45  5  123 

Number  46  123 

The  sixth  and  fifth  below  the  tonic  function 


THE  SECULAR  SONGS  IN  THE  ENEMY  WAY 


45 


strongly  in  these  melodies.  If  these  low  notes 
were  transposed  an  octave  higher  so  that  we 
called  the  scales  1235  and  1236,  we  could 
consider  them  as  pentatonic  or  diatonic  scales. 


However,  it  seems  better  to  describe  them 
separately,  since  they  are  unusual  both  for  the 
emphasis  below  the  tonic  and  for  the  very 
short  span  of  range  above  the  tonic. 


NOTES  ON  THE  DANCE  SONGS 


25.  Mrs.  Grant  Johns;  FN-I  24;  key  of  B-flat. 
Text:       in  the  song:    hede  eyo 

prose  form:     hede'  ahi 

they  are  dancing  together 

26.  Paula  Henry;  FN-I  20;  key  of  E.  Singer  was  very 
shy  and  lost  her  breath  at  the  end  of  the  second  "c" 
phrase. 
Text: 


yoshi 

partner  (female) 
27.   Paula  Henry;  FN-I  21; 
Text:       na'  inizhozh  iko' 


key  of  D-sharp. 

t'eh  dinji'goh      na'alkidit' 


Railtown    you    want,    all    the    time    saying 

"watch" 
'e  dinjigoh  kjbah  nena'  ah 

all  the  time  saying,  house  against,  as  if  lifeless 
Jim  Chamiso  said  that  the  singer  must  have  been 
confused  to  use  "watch"  here.  It  is  usually  na' 
aldjidi,  "pack  on  back"  (tramp),  or  i'i'lk'ede',  "movies," 
or  'adeshdljl  "to  drink." 

28.  Paula  Henrv;  FN-I  22;  key  of  B.   Heavy  aspira- 
tion at  end  of  each  "c"  phrase,  almost  a  laugh. 
Text:       in  the  song:     t'o  la  la 

prose  form:    t'o  na  na' 

walking    around 

29.  Mrs.  Grant  Johns;  FN-I  31a;  key  of  G. 
Text:       ha  lo  'o   (English) 

hello! 

30.  Mrs.  Grant  Johns;  FN-I  32;  key  of  G. 
Text:       in  the  song:     hana  gwana  daago 

prose  form:      hana  gwan  ndago 
sit  by  me 
ya  y eld jo  yelne 
yatle  yoyelgo 
he  is  bringing  a  sheepskin 
According  to  Jim  Chamiso,  Mrs.  Johns  was  shy  and 
did    not    sing    the    standard,    more    ribald,    words: 
hanagwan  tyehgo    yatyetdjoyelgo 

lie  closer  bring  your  sheepskin 

31.  Joseph  Pablo;  FN-IV  13;  key  of  E. 
Text:       no  meaningful  text. 

32.  Joseph  Pablo;  FN-IV  14;  key  of  F;  one  cannot 
avoid  an  impression  of  "extemporizing"  here.  Jim 
Chamiso  commented  that  the  introduction  starts  "like 
a  chant"  and  the  phrase  pattern  is  haphazard  com- 
pared to  the  usual  dance  song. 

Text:       no  meaningful  text. 

33.  Joseph  Pablo;  FN-IV  15;  key  of  F;  it  appears 
as  though  phrase  "a""  is  the  version  the  singer  is 
aiming  at  and  that  the  earlier  "a"  phrases  represent 
an  effort  to  gain  altitude.   In  the  pairs  of  "e"  phrases, 


a   markedly   "covered"   tone-quality   is   used   for   the 
second  in  each  pair. 
Text:       yoshi 

partner  (female) 

34.  Joseph  Pablo;  FN-IV   16;  key  of  F;  the  singer 
tapped  on  the  back  of  a  guitar  for  a  "drum"  accom- 
paniment. The  beat  alternates  a     1  1  j-  r  with  a 
Text:       dahi'ahlo  nilka 

holding  something  (drum)         all  night 

35.  Joseph  Pablo;  FN-IV  17;  key  of  F;  same  kind  of 
"drum"  as  above.  The  beat  is  a  to  the  *,  after 
which  it  is  a  steady  J^  J^  etc. 

Text:       no  meaningful  text. 

36.  Joseph  Pablo;  FN-IV  18;  key  of  F;  this  is  an 
interesting  melody  in  that  the  weight  of  the  fourth 
is  almost  equal  to  that  of  the  tonic.  Furthermore, 
the  third  and  fifth  above  this  fourth  are  strong 
enough  to  create  the  feeling  of  a  separate  melodic 
development  based  on  the  F  and  independent  of  the  C. 
Text:       chinako  yela  doodash 

it  bothers  us   we  are  going  along  together 

37.  Joseph  Pablo;  FN-IV  19;  key  of  F;  absence  of  a 
G  in  this  melody  creates  a  melodic  bimodality  similar 
to  that  in  song  no.  36. 

Text:       ahiya 

going  along  together, 

hasiya' 

getting  on  top  of  something 

38.  Joseph  Pablo;  FN-IV  20;  key  of  G;  melodic 
bimodality  is  very  marked  in  this  song.  The  fourth 
develops  a  strong  "tonic"  feeling  in  spite  of  the 
heavy  codential  weight  on  the  tonic. 

Text:       dasha'  na4'nt'i'e 

what  else  are  you  going  to  do? 
'eni  yazh  at'e 
that's  your  son! 

39.  Joseph  Pablo;  FN-IV  21;  key  of  G-flat;  singer 
laughed  after  "d' "  phrase  and  explained  later  that 
this  was  part  of  another  song.  A  "hollow"  tone  was 
used  on  the  final  "X' "  phrase. 

Text:      nich'e'e  k'te'naya 

your  daughter,  walking  around  in  the  night, 

iskago 

tomorrow 

nadzaago  beso        la^do 

when  she  returns,   money,   much 

40.  Joseph  Pablo;  FN-IV  22;  key  of  F. 
Text:       t'is  tsohni  zanach'indi 

Fort  (Apache  woman's  name) 


46 


hak^  hozljgo 

her  husband     she  had 

doshana  chitj'da 

he  doesn't  bother  her  any  more 

41.  Joseph  Pablo;  FN-IV  23;  key  of  F. 

Text:       bisoti        half  ladjj     'aneo  hoy  el 

his  pig,    his  horse,    there    snorting,    riding, 
dzolos 
leading 

Jim  Chamiso:    "  'aneo  is  Apache,  in  Navaho  it  would 

be  'anjgo." 

42.  Joseph  Pablo;  FN-IV  24;  key  of  G;  the  "musical 
logic"  of  this  long  and  apparently  rambling  song  can 
be  seen  when  the  whole  pattern  is  laid  out: 

X'  A  BCX' 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 
Text: 


A  BCX' 

EFEF'  X' 

A  BCX' 

A      CX' 

EFEF'X' 

A  BCX' 

A'B 

EFEF'X'  G 

EF'X'  G 

EF'X'  G' 

EF'X' 

A  BCX' 

A'B'CX 

A  BCX' 

GG'  EFEF'X' 

A  BCX' 

GG  EFEF'X' 

djo'ashila  enio  'awa   siz£dila 

walking  together,  are  we?    well,  my  cousin, 

ni'        oohaz'an  djj 

to  the   hiding  place,  there 

dodashi 

walk  (a  certain  way) 

43.  Son  of  Bead  Chant  Singer;  FN-VIII  1;  key  of  G. 
Text:       no  meaningful  text. 

44.  Son  of  Bead  Chant  Singer;  FN-VIII  2;  key  of  G. 
Text:       no  meaningful  text. 

45.  Son  of  Bead  Chant  Singer;  FN-VIII  3;  key  of  G. 
Text:       no  meaningful  text. 

46.  Son  of  Bead  Chant  Singer;  FN-VIII  4;  Key  of  G. 
Text:       no  meaningful  text. 

47.  Son  of  Bead  Chant  Singer;  MCW-III  8;  key  of  G. 
Text:      no  meaningful  text. 

48.  Son  of  Bead  Chant  Singer;  MCW-III  9;  key  of  G. 
Text:       no  meaningful  text. 

49.  Son  of  Bead  Chant  Singer;  MCW-III  10;  key  of 

G. 
Text:    no  meaningful  text. 

50.  Son  of  Bead  Chant  Singer;  MCW-III  n;  key  of 

G. 
Text:    no  meaningful  text. 


SCALES  USED  IN  THE  DANCE  SONGS 


On   Interval  of   a  4th: 
Jo. 44  '  i      .1 


%r  t^ 


n: 


11      ■  ■- 


Pentatonlc ,a) 


No.35^.     I 1    No. 28 1 1 


No.31*.      i ,  No. 345^ >  No05*      I 1    No.2bi 1 


No.  25 


g    .'"■J-Jw.f 


Pentatonlc, b) 
No.  39 


1         No. 40    t 


sT 


X5I 


Pentatonlc, c) 

No.  33-0-^     *~     """^0.38 


B0O)».       '  'WQ.Jti-e.       '  .  '    No. 43 i  i No. 4» 

a   fri>j„  |  frpr:J..,j,  I    Prj,./j.  I     rr 

-~  i  ill  i  ^5;       l      ■  n       *   *>i      i         i 


* ' 1 


Diatonic   major: 
No . 42  ^ 


No . 29  r 


>/         i  ■  '  ■    I        i       !  i 


-I  No.  32 


I r 


& 


33: 


zo: 


j—1 1 


Open   triad: 
No. 41   f 


1     B  J  i  i 


Dorian  mode: 
No.  36 


« 


jg 


1  No .  37 


-Q-tT 


SS 


~P~ 


± 


Scales  of    short  compass: 

No.26,-^ ,  No.  27 


No.  45 


g         I  — — —     ■•!    I  I  »  I         »  I 


I  I 


No  .46 


33 


£ 


~n 


J  = 


105 


^^ 


5 


S 


>  >  * 


THE  DANCE  SONGS 
Song  No.  25 


rirrTinari|jj4n.J'?iiiJ«j 


■    ■     — KZM 


he   ne     ya  da        ' a  he    ' e  ye   ye-     he  de   eyo  we  na  ha  na       hede   e  yo  wena  hana 


X'        ,    y,  >a     mm    Z. 2.    £    B — £3       ff     t— i.    i    k   R'   —    *W*      — 


he  ye-  ya  na-  yede  ' e  ye  ya-  yedl  ' eyo  wena  hana   hede  eyo  we  na  ha  na- 
X'    ,   —         A 


3^5 


B=f5 


ririiri  ^-r^a 


SShSzi: 


H- 


he  ye-  ya  na    'e  he   'e  ye  ye-a   he  de  e  yo  we  na  ha  na 


I  ji  ji  a^^ 


X' 


>  >      *  > 


-*—m 


W^ 


he  de  e  yo  we  na  ha    na     he  ye^'  ya  na 


Song  No.  26 


S  138 

7 


^yjinjijijuj^jjjiij^j^ij^ 


yoahl  nal  yoshl  nal  yoahi  nal  yoen^na'   'e  ye-  ha  na  'a  we  ya-  he   'a 

» 


^^ 


Jl|,|]fli|J]   J   |g 


* 


\jr\* 


we  ya   he  ye-  ha  na   'a  we  ya-  he   yoshl  nal  yoshl  nal   yoshl  nal 


3! 


Mi  i  igJ  JI 


1 


t» 


yoshl  nal    'e  ye-  ha  na  'a  we  ya-  he  ye-  ha  na  'a  we  ya-  he 


Song  No.  27 


J. 


108 


foj    J    J     JJ-|    J    J   JJ   J,|JJ    J  J     fJJ     fj 


^^ 


na'    nl   zhozh  1-  ko'      t'eh  dl   n^   -   goh       na1  ai    ki  dlt' 


'e  dl     n\\~     goh 

> 


$  m  ^m  jjijfu  NJrn^ 


k^bah  ne  na   hao-  -  ha1  o  we  ya   ha  na  'a  we  ya    ha-  o  ha'   o 


1)   1  2) 


m  j  Jya 


i 


we  ya   ha     ha  na 


J  a  132 

A     > 


Song  No.  28 


fefi 


rffli  j 


i 


3 


g  "^ 


± 


'o  la     la  - 
A    > 


vr-w 


l'o   la     la  la      'e   ya       he  '  ai      '  al        '  al  ya       he 

It 


J  J  Jl  J 


^£* 


^ 


'o  la     la  —      t'o  la     la  la      'e  ya       he  '  al      '  ai      *  al  ya 

A     >  >*\-iB       ,...>■ C        i     ic 


he 


ffff*=3 


i 


? 


3t 


=t 


'°   la     la  --      t'o   la     la  la      'e  ya       he  '  al      '  al      '  al   ya  he 


J  = 


112 


Song  No.  29 


I.I 


feg 


X' 


I 


I 


:fc 


he  ye'      ya   na       nay*o  na     he   e'      is        nayo   na        he  ye-        ya  na 


yr-jn^JMnjrJJ^iW^^Q 


i 


^ 


■j 1 — >_  ' ' 9 1 = — <— ' ' m 

nayo   na     he   e'      e        nayo  na       he  ye-        ya  na  ha  lo   -    'o   -      'o 

B     m    <**s    ,  y  C       —  ^n     .      »^ gg     ,       X' 


*|J3J!1J||J1 


^ 


•  *  A 


1—.3-*. 


t 


ha  lo  *    ' o  -      'o  ' ai-    ' ai-  ne     ya  he     ya       a  he  ya         he  ye-       ya  n 


m  h\n 


53 


B      v  > 


S 


HHl 


nayo  na  he  e'   e    nayo  na  he  ye-   ya  na     ha  lo  -  'o  - 


B     ^     J-N         ft       ,         c         .    »    _.        f*8      >  X1      > 


p 


ha  lo   -    ' o   -      ro~ 


^rinfl  I 


he  ya  na   'a  he     ya 


he  ye-       ya  na 


I 


nayo  na  he   e'      e       nayo  ya         he  ye-       ya  na 


Is  176 


>  ** 


Song  No.  30 


yrrrTrritfritf^^S 


1  e  y  a  ha        '  e  ya      '  e'      ya      '  e1    ya        fei      ya        er      ya       e2 

All 


■    ■     » 


na  rja 


_  D        ,      ,      ,  <^      I         X'       ,      ,  ,     ,      .     Z     .      .        .,  ,    ,  A 

■* 1  ■  '  .  * 1  * \  -  ■■  I  —   ■   ■-  T 


+-P-+ 


' e   ya  ha  ~? e-  ya 


^IS 


'  e   ne  ya  he       ya  he    '  e  ya 


^^ 


'a     ya      '  e  ya  ha 
D' 


£j^ 


'  e  ya      re1      ya      ie'      ya  'e'      ya      '  e*^    ya      'J*    na  Qa        'e  ya  ha      '  e-  ya 


feggj  f  Ji^S 


-V    ,        K 


Jinin  i\nn 


-2). 


£ 


S< 


1 , I ,    VI.  * I —1 1 h — k — 1 1 m    w 

e  na  ya  he   ya  he'e^ya     e     hana  gwana  da-  go  hana  gwana  da-  go 


D' 

3S 


l 


M    MP 


g5? 


g 


tz±± 


W~¥ 


W\W 


ri*h 


ya  yeldjo  yel  ne-    '  a  ne  ya  ha   ya  he  '  e i  ya      ya  ha  he  ya  na  ha 


Variations:   1) 


21 


m 


<la-   go  "a   ne  ya       he~ 

Song  No.  31 


J   -    104 
X' 


y  i  i.  a  | 


y^T 


TJijj  fil^fe 


» 


ttt* 


»    » 


he  ya,  'a   'a        'a  na     he   'e     'a  ya         ya  -  how     ya  -  how       ya  na  he     ye  ya 
rmiP    ^    ^  etc.  y  > 

B 


'M 


ya    'a  na  he  ' a   ' a  ya     ya  -  how  ya  -  how     we  ya  ha  ya 

-    D    —  r% 


°'i 


j     jSp  I   B  J   J.yli  JylliiU  J»|  J^g 

>'  I***         I         ,  I    -■•  /   I  •••  /I  •••    I  •'\,'       I  — 1— _ 


re      re  ya  how       ya  how  ya  ha  he     ye^ya         ya  ya     na1    he 


ya  ya     na'he  hya  na 
(x) A. 


he   -        '  e      '"e^     ya       ya  -   how     ya  -   how     yana  he  ye"ya 


Mmmm 


& 


5 


— ^ 

u. 


ya  '  a  na  he    '  e      '  a  ya       ya  -   how     ya  -   how  ya  na     hat 


>^ 


5 


he 


^E 


i 


ya  ya     na'    he        ya  ya     na'    he     hya       yana 


'e      'e  ya 


jfl.ty*lti 


g*t 


« ^ 


ya  -   how     ya  -    how  na    'a   he     ye^ 


1  a  na     he      ' e      '  e        y a 


yfr.jypri.jyTn 


D' 


T        Pi 


"fl "fc 


^^ 


ya  -  how     ya  -   now       ya  na  he 
A".-    ...  b      _  C 


ya  ya     na  he        ya  ya     na'he     hya 
A"  ■••     ... 


1 


y=~* 


p-  p  a 


he      e      e     ya  ya-   how  ya  na  he-     ya  na  he    '  e    '  e     ya 


j  »  J  J 


^w  r^f  g 


m. 


p   p 


g=gl 


i 


ya  -   how     ya  -   how  ya    'a   he     ne   -  ya  'a  na     he'    a    'a     ya 


7Jl.Jy|Jl^lJj 


aa'    he ya  ya  na   '    h 


ya  -    how     ya  -    now  ya  na  he        ya  ya     na'    he     ya  ya   na   ' he   hya 


A"- 


j  j  r  JiiuiJij. 


3 


1 


he     e   'e     ya  ya  -  how     ya  -  how       ya'a     he     ye     ya 


is  114 

X 


Song  No.  32 


j'uaunu^ii^ffhr^i^ll^ 


' e  ye  yaoa    'e  yana    'eye       yTTi   yai-  yo   -   o-  ha     nai-   yo-   o     nya        nai-   hyo 

Drum:  an   n    fl  r\    nfi    ji  n  m    ^f  i*<<  m       ^1   p  f   1 1         r$    n 


in^iCn  r-^g^ 


» ••  ^ 


^^ 


we  ya  hi     na         ya  hya  nai-     yo  -  o   hya  nai 
P  "       >"    fl  etc, 


hyo  -   o   hya     nai-      hyo-  o   hya 

P1 


nai   -   hyo- 


lal   -   hyo-     weya  hi      ne 


ya  hya  nai-     yo   -   o   hya  nai   -   hyo  -   o   hya 


Vfl-onrfiniJifriiiiJiirLg 


nai-  hyo-  o  hya   nai  -  hyo-  weya  hi  na  yahi  hyo-  we  ya  hi  n 


?Nflifl.M|'rlrt-|£irj  ■ 


^^g 


^^ 


nal  -  hyo-  weya  hi  ne   ya  hi  la  e  yo-  o  hi   la  e  yo-  o  hi   nai-  yo 


y > 


s 


weya  m      ne~ya       ya  hi        nai-     hyo-   o  hya       nai-   hyo-   we   ya     he   ne"ya 


yjjijvijjinfn  fifa^  ^ifr^ 


yahehgya ya  heye  yeye       ya  hya  nal-   hyo-   o  hya  nai-   hyo   -   o   hy 


B 


2 


AOnlnninj,jfnTfi-inin.jE 


.  i  7  J 


nai-   hyo-   o    hya     nai-   hyo-  we  ya  hi     na     ya  hi   nal-   hyo-  we  ya  hi        na 


?|n  TVim  trfrr  *M  ^--nn  j  ft-  j 

ya  hya  nal-   hyo-   o   hya  nal-   hyo   -  o   hya nal-   hyo-   o  hya nai   -   hyo   - 


gg|g|ggg§jg|g 


nriin 


i) 


d=*z* 


•    •  •  •   3   ~1' 


we  ya   hi        na     nal   -   hyo   -  we  ya  hi        na  nal   -     hyo   -   we  ya  hi        na 


5=3^ 


nal-     yo-   o   hya     nal-   hyo-   o   hya     nal-   yo   -   we  ya  hi   ne  ya  we        ya 


Variation:    1) 


Dm 


m:         N   H  1     I* 


s 


na  ya 


is  116 
X1 


VjJNil.ll.JJlf1 


Song  No. '33 


3F 


•-# 


r r  -n.ir  r  ift  n 


he  ye     ya  oe  ya  na  na       yoahi  na  -  he  ye     yoahi   na  -   he  ye'      yoshl   na  - 
Drum:     N  1  1     fl  h    H  JW    l>  <>        n       f  <f      n  f«f  etc. 

X'y       .     A  ^    3>^ B  G 


S 


,ul    3T_         l —    i_  j    I^P 


?g  ' v 


5^ 


1 


he  ye  ya  oa   yoahi  na  -  he  ye   yoahi  na  -  he  ye'    yoahi  na  -  he  ye' 
_D  ^«*1   _   X'*   .       .  E  9  >  X' 


f9=B 


0—0—0 


r  p  j*  i  jfriJ 


#— = — # 


j-^f 


h 


w*- 


yoahi  na  -   he  ye  ya  Oa   'e  he  ya  he  ye  hya     e  ye   'a  oa 


.s  > 


A' 


y  m  it  c 


*  ■ 


' e  he  ya  "  he   ye   hya 
-^1       —     X'> 


ne* 


* 


f    .    0 


&=^ 


m 


-0—0- 


#^a 


wE& 


a  ne**  ya  Qa   yoshl  na  -  he  ye  yoshi  na  -  he  ye1 

s  y > .  x1         e  y 


0-0—0 


£ 


•— •■ 


»— * 


»~* 


E32 


/-? 


— ^ 

yoahl  na  -   he  ye  ya  oa   e  he  ya  he  ye  hya   ' e  ne  ya  oa   ' e  he  ya 
>         X-  A"  +   V^  * 


f  i     R 


Qa yoshi  na  -  he  ye yoshl  na  -  he 


1 


en 


»—* 


he  ye  hya    ' a  ye'   ya  Qa   yoshi  na  -  he  ye   yoshl  na  -  he  ye1 
c  D   ^   ^  X'»   -      .   E  »       -y 


^S 


»-» 


^B 


i   JyliJ^^ 


yoshl   na  -   he  ye1      yoshi   na  -        he  ye     ya  Qa      'e  he   ya     he  ye   hya 
X'>  E  y*  *"  X'  »  A"      «♦■  "f-^     «#» 


T-l  J^ii  J. 


£ 


#=PV 


£ 


yoshl   na  -      he  ye 


0—0-0 


S 


H 


he  ye'   ya  Qa   'e  he  ya  he  ye  hya    he  ye1   ya  Qa   yoshi  na 
B"  _  „  T^_i  0 D  ^  —   x'  y 


a 


feg 


;yafl 


■  * 


S 


yoshi  na  -  he  ye1   yoshl  na  -  he  ye   yoshl  na 


3 


E> 


X'  * 


»  »  » i  f  »  r> 


1*  W» 1 


he  ye1      ya  Qa 
X' 


B  M 


•-•■ 


B  B  !   1/  ■ 


B2 


e   he   ya     he   ye   hya        he  ye1      ya  Qa        'e  he   ya     he  ye   hya 


1  e   ye 


S 


yV^D 


ya^Qe       ya  Qa 


1  S    120 


Song  No.  34 


^^ 


s 


l£4rr 


-0- 


ffiiftrtj  i 


i     fcg 


he   -   ne   -      hya~i5?'    ya  Qa       da  hi'    ahio     dahi'    ahio     nliicaQa  da  hi'    ahio 


Drum:^>         ^ 


°1'     L-l       [J 


S* 


a) 


U*«¥ 


i^¥g 


rtrfwi 


5) 


& 


da  hi'      ahio     niikaoa  de   he  ya     ne   he   ya       yo    ' o    ' e   le     yo' o    ' ena     ha 


F^ 


y      ?• 


X'    2&3 


g j *  j>  a  j  j»i a 


•— • 


fcu 


^ 


' • W' ' ' ' • — »%_^" — I ^-* ^-s — 

e  he  ya'a  ne  'e  ya  ha  Qa   'e  he  ya'a  ne  '  e  ya  ha  Qa   '  e  le'   ya  Qa 


X1   4 


Repeat  three  time  a 


'  e^e  ya  Qa  ya  qa 


Variations:    1)  +•+    2) 


5 


3) 


i 


jti 


*(drum: ) 


Jt— il 


It* 


FRH5 


he   'e         ne   'e  ya         hlfq 


ya    'a  Alternates  ^  J*  J'Twlth  J7J*7 


Song  No.  35 


3 


J  a  120 
X'*| 


^ 


3 


S 


§ 


j^^ft 


i 


j^^ 


SB 


he-  na     ya  oa       yo   'o     yo'o   'o  -     yo    'o   'o  -  ya  qa  ya  qo 
^m        ma  Xj A     j      g    ▼  *j *. & 


vb    7n '  n     '  n    hn    va  Via    wo       wo     no  rTr.     <~^ i^ '  ^     ^i    _       ™^     l"Z TZ    " 


yo    'o    'o   - 


ya^jro^o^         he_  ya     ya  qa       yo    'o  yo'o    ro   -     yo    'o    'o 


?PJ>7       ?P    ft        J»PJ>  f   etc 

B      N     N     iM  ff»        P-f       _X" 


ya  qa  ya  qo 


■>fff  Jinfljflrs 


i  7  i   i 


B 


JJAij,J'J 


dw 


yo   'o   'o  -  ya  yo'o    'o  he  yaRa      he  ye     ya  qa     ya  qo       yo'o    'o  -     hya  yo    'o 
X' 


g  nn(  j  j^^ 


rest  of    aong  repeat  a   phraaea   aDoiie-u 


'ohe  ya  qa         hVye     yVqa  A  B  X"     B  X"     B  X'        A  B  X"     B  X 


Song  No.  36 


120 


56 — - — ^ — '  ^  ■  if         i  ^       i     r         i  i  ^y-         I  ^  _ 

he-Tie     ya  qa     ya     ne  ya     le   -     ya  qa  ya     le  -   ya     le   -  ySTqa  ya     le-  ya  le- 


Drum^l    N      lit      *     etc 


p:"  j  c  c  yi  mm  Jh  i  i  ^^  i  Lr  r  g  1 1  b 


M 


ya  he  ya  we-     yanaWie      '  e  ya  qa  -        ne     ya  tia      ~-  ya  qa       ne  he     ya  ha 


m^e 


#— * 


± 


^ 


S 


r  1  nv 


*  m  *  *  3=3i 


le  -  ya  qa       ya       le  -  ya  qe       ya  he  ya  he  -     yanaTirye     ya  qa       cni 


i*Tie™^ye 


jCnthTi-t  I 


B    ♦   «       +     f 


11    ^IWj 


feS 


»  >* 


^^ 


■==* 


naito  ye   la     doo-   dash  ohl-        na  ko     ye   la  doo'      da^qa  chl-  naico  yela  doo 


^Mfa 


■   ■  B3 


■»•  o 


twfnttiLH  t 


^.~        I     W  '    ' * ' 1 — ^" 

dashl  yo  we-  ya  na  ha  ya   ya  13a  cnl-   nako  ye  la  doo-  dash  chl- 


mmmm  mm^mm 


na  ko yeladoD^ daoa ohl-  na(Ko)    ye   la  doo- daahl yo      we- 


i 


A' 


m 


# 


-@ 


u 


t  tin  j  j 


^ 


£ 


ya  na     he  ye       ya  na     (      ) 
C    >         •■      .      D 


y  ir  r  p/i  b  c  b  ^ 


ne  ya  le  -  ya  na       ne  he     ya  ha     le  -     ysoaya 


foni) nako  ye   la  doo-daoa 


W~TT 


*~~* 


£ 


1  e  -  ya  ne       ya  he  ya  we-  yana  he"ne     yaM)a   Vohl)        nako  ye  la  doo-daoa  ohl 


^tr.tti.,r|l,ii>rTrrif1^f^-J=g 


3 


na  ko  ye  la  doo'   da  oa  cnl    na  ko  ye-  la  doo-    daahl  yo  we- 


■  ■    *  * 


ya  na 


hw^e     ya^ia   (        )        ne  ya  le  -     ya  na       ne  he  ya  ha  le  -  ya^Da  ya 


le   -     ya  ne         ya  he  ya  we  -  ya  na       he^re     nS^ye 


ya  na       he^ye     ne^ye     ya^oa 


a"oa 


i«  120 


Song  No.  37 


*^~. 


h^-^na*  h'yiTna     he-  ne  ya  na        'a 


£££§ 


n_ 


^ 


h^-Mia*  h'ya-*Qa     he-Kie  ya  na        'a  hi  yo 
Drum:     P  7*    ^f     I*T^1     ?  7"  J*T  JW?etc-     -     * 


o   -     -'         ' a  hi   yo- 


¥=i 


o       'o    - 


g  J'  5  73  T  j  jsi^N 


fcjjl 


•-T 


a  hi-   ya**ha 


sKa  he~~n( 


P^f 


he  ya     na         ra  hi  yo 

B 


ahlyo-^      o      ro 


»'      ■ 


m 


± 


.        S  *       •  —  ■         '         ^-^'     '        «» 
a  hi-  ya  na         he^ne  ya  ns 


fc=£ 


a  hi   yo-'      o      '  0   -      '  a  h 

0     fc   —       —    ir 


aHi 


ya'Tia 


iS^n 


ne     ya  na       'a  hi  yo-'      o      '  o  - 


'  a  hT-  -     ya**ha         he"*ne  ya  na ya  na 


(Note:  there  are  four  repeats  and  an  extra  measure  after 
the  last  X'.   In  the  next,  "ahiyo"  becomes   "haslyo" 
and  "haslyana"  In  the  last  ABC.) 


is  122 


fg^£ 


£ 


Song  No.  38 


wimmMmm 


a^h  S<Va  ne     ys 


5 


^^y^  jra  Qa  na  na  ^  he  yo  we  ya  he  ye  hoi-  na'   '  eyo  we  ya 

D £ 


e  ya—n^ra  ne     ya  na     na  Da       he  yo     we 
Drum:    pr    IW  >      f         t>»?>»    tw>f     r if  J if  etc.  _ 


Smm 


•— • 


m^mm  i 


»  *■  * 


-   hoT- 


na 


yo  we  ya    '  e   -   ne       hoi-  ya  na  'o  he     ya  na 


3 


r  u- IT  ifrtfl  *  A  NN3 


*  :   » 


X' 


1 


hi  yi        ya  na  'e  yo   we  ya    'e  -   ne     hoi-   ya  na  'o  he     ya'na 

f  1:    tfj    TTi  rr> 


irntnTriin, 


£&§ 


y~ y 


h^yl  ya  na    he  yo  we  ya  he  ye  hoi-  na'   '  e  yo  we  ya  '  e 

•  *  i  * «i*.  ■  ■---■--—-■- 


m  ••  ■ 


-  nol-  na 


g    f   g     ZZ^ 


a  g  i°  r.ff .  ji 


i 


3 


ma 


■=■ 


SZK 


S=g 


^^at == — i — a— e i_i 1 p — ^ =^ 1 l        - 1 ■ 

e  yo   we  ya   '  e  -  ne     hoi-  ya  na      'o  he     ysrna  hryi   ya  na      (repeat   six   time  a) 


Variation;    1)    ,  -                          |     K  „ 

^\.                            ■  H wu:~    n  eg  ''  "2  ^lll  In   the    second   and   fourth  repeats  of  A  and  B, 

J                            *  f'f 7"  "  V7  *    "  ^ti  ^h«    text:   dasha'    nllt'i'eye   hoi  ya  na   '  enl 

hi  ^S"    vanwW'    vn  na  yazh  at'e  hoi   na,    is   substituted.    In   the   re- 


Is    126 


ii§ 


petitions,  the  variation  appears  the  last  time 
X1  is  sung. 

Song  No.  39 

9  >  > 


|  f|t/'    *1]JJ=£ 


*=B 


+=£* 


i 


he   -   nFfi^ysTQe     yafba  ya  la      'e   -    '    le 

Drum:     J1 7     P    >?   £r    P  7    etc.^.  ^. 


'  \^' 

ya  do1  e  ya   '  a  na   he 


ya  la   '  e  -  '   le  -   ya  do'  e  'ygfae  'a^na  he   ya**Qa he-  ne  -  he 


ya  do'  e  ya  oe   'a  Qa  he   ya  qa  he  -  ne  -  he    ya  do'  he   ya  Qa 


D 


nnin  j>ij  g 


« 


^ 


'  e  na  ya  Qa    da  '  n  la  na  tae  te  ya   !§i  po  ko*"~  £e   ya  na   ya  1 


»    » 


>    > 


1  e   -    '    le   -        ya  do    'e     ya        '  a  Qa  ya     la    '  a   -    '    le   -     ya  do   he       ya  na 


' a*fia      ha      vana        he   ne-  va  do    '  e      va 


fe 


^S 


^ 


' a*fia      ha      yana        he   ne 
>  >  > 


ya  do    '  e     ya      'he^y~e        ya**rja  nch1  e  la 


ytj-^.lJJJliJ.lJJ^iniflJTJfe^ 


k  is-   na-        ya  do'    e     ya   oa     ha  oa      i-      ska-   go   be   -    so       Iaado    'e     ya  oa 
E       f^      I  ri      ■      B  iK.>  .       ,     A 


ha  na     na-   dzaa  go      be   -    so     iaado    'e     ya  ne      ' a  na  ya     la      '  e   -     le   - 


ha  oa     na-   dzaa  go      be   -    so     iaado    'e     ya  ne      'a  oa  ya     la      'e 


y  a  do    ' e     ya   oa    '  aoa       ya     la      '  e   -     le   -        ya  do    '  e     ya^oa     V^ahe" 


^^lfrA»JT^J|i>lift»^l[f^ 


ya"ba   he  -  ne  -  he    ya  do  'e  ya  oa   '  a^5a  he  ya  oa  he  -  ne  -  he 


^•jiJij^uvii^tr  Titi-flijiJiiMi^j 


ya  do   he     ya  Oa     he  ye     ya  oa     nch' e   la  k'le-na       ya  do   he     ya  oe      'a  oa  he 

>  —  \_ 

ATT  .  tm-  .HR.     N   I     ^ ■ i—* S'    *     *     Fl , B 


nch'e   la  k'le-na       ya  do   he     ya  aM]a     n     eoh'e   k'le-   na  ya  do     he 


nch'e   la  k'le-na       ya  do   he     ya  aM]a     n     eoh'e   k'le-   na  ya  do     he 


M* 


1^ »_B 


^ 


te* 


a=& 


2 


^ 


#-# 


£k= 


#~~» 


-^— v,-  i  y  i «h 1 1 1    w-   i  y  i    w *- 

y3-"na       ha  na     n     ech' e  k'le-na     ya  do      he     yao        'a   oa     la-  ka  -   go     na 


^7.QQ-(jn         Via      —      ar>  >  a      rl  r\     Via         \t  a  '  q      n  q  Via       I   ,^r~, «  i  r  n  T   a 


i 


^z* 


dzaa-go  be  -  so   la  do  he  ya   '  a  Oa  he  '  a  oa    ya  la   'e  -  '   le 


ya  do  he   ya    'a  oa   he   ya  la   ' e  - 


'   le  -  ya  do  he  ya  '  a^a  he 

X' 


ya  oa   he  -  ne  -  he     ya  do  he  ya^"na  he  ye     ya  oe   ya  oa 


Song  No.  40- 


•Is   128 
X'  >n 


ar  ^yv- 


Drum:      ^>      «» 


s 


yane ya-foa       ya      'a  ne-  ya   ta  ne  ya        'a  ne-     ya"~"*ha 

J»r  I1  r  Jr^r    etc.  >_ 


f  ■  f 


? 


fc=ft 


flvlJjjJll'i    J 


B    U 


*    1!    » 


I     »  7  -*-*      ■     #  .  a       1  r 

nV-      ya  do    'o    'o-  hew'n' 


a  rfe"-   ya    ta    'a  na        '  a  ne     yanete        ya 


31 


Sa^E 


3 


L^ 


SE 


g  niniVhfrfeg 


#  *m  #' •■    eza 


ya  na  ta'    ya  "na     tsohni  zanaoh' Indl  ye  (ha)ka-  go  hoz-  1J.  go""wo 


5^P-^U 


nG:JJ  a  J ^ 


— *»^ w w — 

do   aha  -  nachl   tl  da   a  ya    (Repeat  A  B  C  D  E  X')     ' e  'e  ya  do  'o  'o 


he""ne  ya  Qa    '  e  'e  va  do  'a    'o   >,=  „. 


■=* 


e  ya  na     e  '  e  ya  do  'o  'o   he  ne  ya  na   (Repeat  F  F  F1 ) 


A' 


#-# 


b»  »r> 


fcufr^'r  friers 


-f-y 


£=$ 


^^ 


1  a  ne      ya   ta 


3 


fas 


ft=* 


' a  ne        ya  ne     ha 


X' 


£ 


-^= 

a  ne   -     ya   ta  hya     '  a     ne        ya     ne    te 

A  ♦   V> 


s 


»  a 


^-^Y 


ya  ne  -  ya  do  '  o  '  o 

9 


he  ne  ya  Da   (Repeat  a  X'  S  X1)  ha  'a-   ne 


1 


•— p- 


ya  ta  ne  ya   'a  ne  -  ya  na  ha  ' a 

xi    >      poco  rit.  ^ 


ya  ta  hya   'a  ne  ya^"fia  te 


yrfl^jjjiUJH 


* 


5 


y~g 


5 


ya  n"S"-   ya  do    'o    '  o^^        he"  n*§  '-     ylFfte ya"f] 


J. 


Song  No.  41 


128 
X'   >, 


f1  A    f*^    O    ^  B     ?p\ 


he-      na^     ya  ne     ya  na   na        a       ne-  yo   -  o   -        a       ne   -        na  na  a 


he-      n^-'    ya  ne     ya  na   na      'a       ne-  yo   -  o   -      'a       ne   -        na  na        'a 
Drum:     bjl      b    *»      bffeto./^ 


Wg 


J    J       ffl_       Jj|JJJ^ 


ne   -  yo   -     o   -      'a       ne   -        na  na  bl    ao      tl  ha-  i^'o   che      'a     ne  o     ha 


yj?  Hi^H 


9*S       X' 


:*==*: 


i)* 


5 


bi    so      tl   ha-     11    'o   che      'a     neo  he""ye       ya  na        "a        (Repeat   ten   times) 


Note:    text  of    "C"  becoaes  blsotl   hoy at   lad.U'anoo   on   repeat 

nos.    3,6,7,9,    and  10;    It   becomes  blaotl   dzolos' oche' aneo 
on  repeat  nos.   4  and  8. 


1 


Variation:      the   final  X'     i) 


J  Pil  JiJS 


he  ye     ya  oe     ya  na 


Js  126 
X' 


Song  No.  42 


i 


i 


|  m  .f  f  ■  j| 


5 


P 


f^-# 


■  E  ft 


9    9  fit  33 


« 


^i|yi  ^< — i — i 1 ^ 1 — = 1 5— ■-= 1 

he  na  h     ya  oe       ya  na       djo' asha  la     '  e  -  na       djo-    'asha  la     'e 
Drum:   hP    ^       >-(  M      fl  *f 

C ^  .*»■ gV    y     .     > . Xi 


na 


djTT-    '  asna  la   ■  e  ni  yo  -        'e  rie"*    yrta     (Repeat  ABC)        'eHe     ya  na    "a 


E       ^s 


MgJlft  lift? 

la       djo  -    'asha  la      '  sifta     'a 


E,     '"N        /^. 


■  r 


^» 


5 


*— * — ^ 


*5 


wa   si     ze  dl 


a     wa  si     ze  dl  la       djo  -'asha  la 


TTv 


m 


_f  ff 


CO 


g~w 


mfyoa     (Re 


peat  ABC  X')  ('a)wa  si  ze  dl  la  djo  -  'ashl  la 


3-0  JVUftMn^ 


•  e  nl  'Ha     'a       wa   si     ze  dl  la   (Repeat  F  E  F  X'      A  B  C  X1    ) 

mm      Q    g   ,    #  X' 


UlS 


#J=-T 


5 


W»"  1^*    r  ^i^ 1     j  * 1 ^J? 

('a)  wasl  ze  dl  la  'e  -  na   (Repeat  B  E  F  E  F  )   he  ne       ya  ne  ya  0a 


*., 


i  j  a  ti  i  ft^% 


i^N      S-\ 


5 


y~r 


B 


no  'ooha-  za  nl  djr-  djo  'ashl  na  '  a  na   ( '  a)  wa  si  ze  dl  la 


^0-JU/ 


ij^Strifl^ii^^ 


LJTr-      asha  la  'e   nB        yerha     ne    'ooha-   za  nl  dji   -   djo    'ashl   na'   Vna 


1 


JiL 


z^m 


B" 


♦— # 


T~y 


U  ML" 


fa 


1 ^ 1_^| 1 ■ 1 ytm      i  |  ^ 1 

(Repeat  E  F  X1   A  B  0  X1  )  ni'  oonaz  'a  nl  dJJ  -  na   'e  ' aahi  la  'e-  na  do 

c tm    ^  x' 


V  I  7 1  "Sag 


m 


3 


v- 

'e  ne     yaTia     (  A  B  0  X1      G'G'      EFEFX1      ABGX1 


' ashl  la    ' e  nl  yo 
JL 


^f^ 


9 


5 


*2:=* 


IJo'  -      '  ashl     1 


a  he  ne       ya  na       ya  na 


G1    G'       E    F  E    )  d 


is  138 
X 


m 


Song  No.  43 


TTT? 


gg 


i 


<r-* 


*=*^ 


B3? 


± 


he  ye  ye   ye   ya       hya'e  hya'e 


1 


s     %> 


JrijJkuUf  j  i  jjjj» 


e  hya'e   -  hya         he  ye  ye  ye  ya       ya 

y  x 


3 


*=:*=* 


te 


1        i ■ — ^^-i ' — i ^ — i — ^ — ^ — ■ 1 — i — ». . — 

1  a  ne       'e  a  -     ne  ye        'a  ne     ye        'a  ne  -  -     ya  -    'e  ya     he  ye  ye  ye  yff"na 


3 


JVuftiiliN-J  iJJJfin 


*x 


y~r 


B   g  V 


£^r 


#-^ 


'  a  ne    'e  a  -     ne  ye        '  a  ne  ye      'a  ne     -  -     ya  -   '  e  ya     he  ye  ye  ye  ya 


S 


3! 


B 


1LJL21 


& — w- 

ya       he  ya 


Js  144 
X 


Song  No.  44 


i ..  _    i  _  i  _  ;         ;  ^ 


g=  ■  ■ 


he  ye  ye  ya  na       yo'o'o     we  y a  ha     ha  yo   'o   'o     we  ya  'a     hafja 


s 


bii\n  j  ij^a 


i 


*a=a= 


yo  ' o  -o  we  ya  ha  ha  na  we  ya  ha   he  ye  ye  ye  ya  na    yo  'o  'o 
"5 BL 


tt^t 


nravo  '  o  Via      no 


J  feteg  J 


3= 


ftgc 


2 


we  ya  ha  ha     yo   'o   'o   we  ya  'a  ha  na    yo   'o  -o  we  ya  ha 
d   —   .   X  E.>       > 


E&S 


ha  na 


£f  p  gif  p?i J  ii  i 


we  ya  ha    he  ye  ye  ye  yan    he  yo  ro  ha  yo   he  ya  na  na 


E!> 


^s 


B' 


■    ■    I   ■ 


itit 


EB 


Nl  j>j>Jiin 


± 


i 


he  yo  'o  he  yo'o  he  ya  na     yo  'o  'o  -  we  ya  a     he  ye  ye  ye 


-  i),   K    I.  ZL     y 


ya  na  ya     he  ya  (In  repeat:      A'B  C   d  X       E  E  B'X 

A'B  G   d  X   ) 


Js  152 
X 


Song  No.  45 


0    1     ■ 


3 


T 


4: 


*— * 


w^ -    -* ■  y>iw  ^  y • ^^ — ■  ivy  w-% 

he  ye  ye   yaqa  '  e^e     ya  he   -  ya  oa     -     -***o      '  e   ne  ya  he   -   ya  oa  -   -*6 


g    JJH    flit 


V  III  \/'         •■         A    '    I      W~ 


-r~w 


s 


la  ya 


'e  ne  yao  he  -  ol-  yao   'ol  -  yan    he  ye  ye  ye  ya  oa     ya   he  ya 


J  8  152 
X 


Song  No.  46 
A  ^—  .    >^  1)    >  Q   X 


iJjflffijJlffe 


mufij 


*  *  • 


#  a  a   * 


he   ye   ye  ye  ya  na  he       yo   -   -   hi   yo   - 


J  I  .  • I     ■    ~         


-    'o  we  ya       he  ye  ye  ye  ya  qa       he 


3E 


yo  -   -   hi  yo  -   -      'o  we  ya       he  ye'ye  ye  ya*Qa        fo    'o   ho     ^wo 


5 


raiJ^jiWf 


Al 


BB3 


K=a 


5 


_  _  * 

'  e  he   he     he"  ye  'e   lo'o  ho   -   le      o  ho      ro     he  ya       he  ye  ye   ye     ya  na 


3 


*fe 


3=g 


*=f=* 


+--# 


'o  'o  ho   -  wo    ' e  he  he  he  ye   ' e  lo  ' o  ho  -   le   o  ho   'o  he  ya 
X    .   .   .   .  M 


S3ET 


I 


he  ye  ye  ye  ya  Da  he  (Rflpeat   twl(je) 


Var.:    1 


/ar.:    1     ^       >, 


21 


u 


^ii 


Jtl 


53  ,    ,  6) 


m 


sa  i  a 


5£ 


*  7^  >    «Z    ■   » 


■3 


1 ' *—r ' ' \i\S *> 

yo   -    'o   we  ya       ya  Da        ' o  ho   ho   we  ya"^ye        ya  Qa     -   wo       ya  he  y$ 


Song  No.  47 


Js  122 
X'» 


y  4_M4  M  J  JJtU  Jl  1  r?  T  r  1  Lr  p  g  g  1 

he  ye  ya  oa   'e  ye  ye  ya  oa  oa    hi  ni  'e  ye  ye  ye  hlni    '  e  -  ye  na 


he  ye  ya  oa  'e  ye  ye  ya  oa  oa    hi  ni  'e  ye  ye  ye  hlni    '  e  -  ye  na 

»-         -  x'  TT 


^^ 


mm      mm.   , . f»1  X'   1)         =     2J  ,_ 


w*  i  fe- 


hao  ' a  ( ' a)  hi  ni    ' e  -  ye  na  hao  'a  -    he  ye   ya  Oa  oa   he  ye  ye 


■   *  * 


.aoa 


ya  Oa  oa     yo  -  h£~nl  'a  -  ya  oa  haoa 
-■   —  >  B'  »i 


yo  -  hi  ni   ' e  -  ya  oa  haoa1 a 


ynvr\u  u 


JVifinii  g 


Tfe^-1? 


hlni  'e  -  ye  ye  ye  hi  ni   ' e  -  ye  na  hao  'a  -    'e  -  ye  na  hao  'a  - 


•a      _   na   » 


_  x,  U  .      ■  LIT 


1 


3 


<=g-J 


w  • ' — w^ 

he  ye   ya  oa  oa   he  ye  ye  yao  eye   ya  oa 


J  S    122 
X' 


Song  No.  48 


Tj.ni.ir 


nijPLrin  n 


5 


■Z3EJ       ■     ■    * 


T^ ^ 


he  ye  ye  ya  oa   he  ye  ye  ya  oa  oa   he  yo  ne  yo  ne  yo  ne  yo 


y-  n^\ii\\n'ir\n  ma^ 


o  ho  ne'   ya  oa    he  yo  ne  yo  ne  yo  ne  yo   'o  ho  ne'   ya  Oa 


yn  n 


s 


-,   x'  .  mm.      ~T)     — . 


a 


■  *  ■     *  ■  ■ 


.w: 


ne  yo  ne  yo   ne  yo  ne  yo    'o  ho  ne1 


S^  W  ' 


ya  ne  ye   ya  oa  oa    ya  oa 
(Repeat  three  times) 


Js 


Song  No.  49 


122 


Q'jnijn 


li  U  U  j  J1 


3 


1 


1 e   ne  ye    ya  oa  oa  he  ye   ya  oa  oa     ' e  he   ye  na   ha  oa 
2 j-a gS  . , mm A. 


S=1e 


g  u  a  n 


f  M  - 


#     ■ 


>     *     * 


£ 1 ^  j  ' *— ~n^^B ^ 1 \j.  —*-. — I  *^-  * 

'e  he      ye   na     hsrna  na  'VTie     ye   na       ha  -   na      'e   he     ya  na       ha   oa  qa 


|  j  j  i  n  r  i  j  j  j  j  j_m  j  j^^ 


1  e   tie     ye   na      'a  ha     na       na  -     he   ya    '  e  ya  hr"he ya  na  na      '  e-ya   '  eya 


5 


m'ffi  Jim 


I  JiiMJiiiiji 


*       *     9 


heye1 ya   oa  oa        ' e-   ya    ' e   ya he^ye1        ya   oa  oa     he   ne   ya     ya  oefye  yaba 


J*  120 


Song  No.  50 


y   > 


0;    JJ1 


JIUJIIJILII^ 


w~y 


W— £ 1 ^-= 1 ^-= 1 M = 1 = 1 ^«fi 

he   yff-^e     ya  oa       he  ye  ye     ya  oa   oa       ye   he    'e   la     ho  we   la     ho   we   la 


>      > 


yri^l'ii  CJiTLriru 


<\    g_^    *■*» 


p  ■  :  i  ■ 


^^ 


£ 


ha  oa     ya  ha   'e  la   ho  we  la  ho  we  la  ha  oa    yo  -  'o    ha  we  la 
B 


fir  fa  niJisfj^rn  j;j 

"■■ — . — LJ™' : —  .  *■>  ' ' : — ' : — 


■Z3EZP 


ha  oa  oa   yo  -  ' o   -  ha  we  la  he  ye      ya  oa  ha  we  ya  ya  oa  ha 

■— ■   B  _^   0*_ 


yri  j  ^,|Q^s5 


o 


we  ya  ha  oa  -   yo  -  'o   -  na  we  la  ha  oa  oa   yo  -  'o   -  ha  we  la  he  ye 

1 


_  Y'  i)     ■—    '°     ,     ■■ 

7  j  ra;j  a^ 


3 


ya     oa  ha  ya     oeye     ya  oa 


THE  SECULAR  SONGS  IN  THE  ENEMY  WAY 
SECTION  THREE  —  THE  GIFT  SONGS 


47 


The  gift  songs  are  used  twice  in  the  Enemy 
Way.  They  are  sung  first  by  the  patient's 
group  when  they  receive  gifts  in  the  stick 
receiver's  camp  on  the  morning  of  the  second 
day.  They  are  sung  again  by  the  stick  re- 
ceiver's group  when  they  receive  return  gifts 
in  the  patient's  camp  on  the  morning  of  the 
third  day.  I  did  not  see  this  part  of  the  Enemy 
Way,  but  two  of  my  informants  sang  gift 
songs  in  recording  sessions. 

In  general,  it  seems  that  these  songs  are 
merely  very  old  sway  songs.  One  of  the  sway 
songs  sung  as  such  by  Mr.  Moustache  (no.  17) 
was  recorded  earlier  as  a  gift  song  by  Johnny 


Blanco  (no.  53).  As  will  be  seen  in  the  analysis, 
there  is  a  close  kinship  to  sway  song  style 
throughout.  It  does  seem,  however,  that  there 
was  a  special  class  of  song  beside  this,  inno- 
vated by  a  man  who  was  called  Horns  after  a 
headdress  he  wore.  He  was  apparently  a 
Navaho  who  lived  with  the  Utes  "over  be- 
yond Ship  Rock"  for  some  time  and  brought 
this  song  style  (as  well  as  the  headdress)  back 
with  him.  He  is  still  remembered  by  old 
people  such  as  Mr.  Moustache  for  the  songs 
he  made  up  and  passed  on.  He  was  apparently 
a  particularly  active  singer  in  the  Enemy  Way. 


COMMENTS  WITH  THE  GIFT  SONGS 


5*- 


SONG   NUMBER 

51.  I  learned  this  a  long  time  ago  right  around  here 
from  my  father.  (John  Hawk) 
This  is  one  of  the  songs  they  sing  when  gifts 
are  being  thrown  out  through  the  smoke  hole 
of  the  hogan  on  the  second  morning.  It's  joking 
about  having  enough  clothes.  This  can  be  used 
then  or  a  regular  sway  song  can  be  used. 
(Question)  There  are  four  songs  that  come 
first,  and  these  have  to  be  led  by  the  medicine 
man.  No  one  else  is  allowed  to  lead  these.  It 
has  to  be  perfect.  (Johnny  Blanco) 
This  is  sung  at  the  Squaw  Dance  when  they  are 
giving  out  gifts.  (Question)  No,  they  don't 
sing  this  at  any  other  time.  This  is  the  same  kind 
of  tune  only  different  words.  (Johnny  Blanco) 
That's  an  old  one,  the  way  it  should  be.  I 
wish  I  knew  this.  The  younger  fellows  don't 
know  this.  Sometimes  at  the  nda  they  just 
stand  around.  They  don't  know  how  to  sing. 
(John  Nez) 

There  are  no  words.    (John  Nez) 
(No  comment) 

This  is  one  of  the  old  regular  songs.  We've 
forgotten  the  real  gift  songs,  and  now  we  have 
to  use  these.  We  don't  use  these  any  more  in 
the  regular  part  of  the  ceremony.    (John  Nez) 

58.  One  of  the  old  regular  songs.  At  school  at 
Wingate  we'd  get  off  in  the  woods  and  boil 
coffee  and  sing  Squaw  Dance  songs.  It  would 
be  the  Ship  Rock  boys  against  the  Chinlee  boys. 


53- 


54- 


55- 

56. 

57- 


The  superintendent  chased  us  all  home  one 
night.  We'd  do  it  on  a  Saturday  night,  and 
we'd  keep  on  singing  until  we  got  tired,  and 
then  gradually  more  and  more  fellas  would  go 
home.  We'd  take  out  a  blanket  and  fix  up  a 
horse  tail  to  look  like  a  hair  knot.  It  looked 
real.  That  was  lots  of  fun.  (Question)  That 
was  in  1939.    (John  Nez) 

59.  This  is  another  old  regular  song.  These  have 
funny  endings.  Mr.  Moustache  used  to  wear  a 
hair  knot.    (John  Nez) 

60.  This  is  an  old  regular  song  too.  (John  Nez) 
There  used  to  be  more  of  these.  We  got  these 
from  another  tribe,  the  node? a  (Ute)  in  Colo- 
rado somewhere  way  over  beyond  Ship  Rock. 
A  Navaho  went  over  there  for  some  years,  and 
he  sang  those  songs  when  he  came  back.  He 
was  wearing  some  kind  of  hat  made  of  buck- 
skin. Right  in  the  center  were  two  horns  of 
braided    buckskin.    He   was    called   dedasilahi 

("horns  ").    In  his  days  he  carried  the 

drum  to  Squaw  Dances  everywhere.  He  did 
singing  everywhere  and  made  up  all  kinds  of 
songs.  (Mr.  Moustache)  I  heard  a  little  about 
that.  Peyote  songs  are  mostly  Ute.  A  few  come 
from  Oklahoma:  Comanche  and  Cheyenne. 
(How  about  the  gift  songs? )  I  heard  from  some 
of  the  old  people  about  that  a  few  times.  Yes, 
and  the  Ute  Way  came  to  us  from  the  Utes 
too.    (John  Nez) 


48 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 
TEXTS 


Meaningful  Texts 


There  were  only  two  meaningful  texts  in 
the  ten  gift  songs  collected,  and  these  were 
both  sung  by  Johnny  Blanco,  the  younger  in- 
formant. Mr.  Moustache,  the  older  informant, 
a  man  who  has  been  a  stick  receiver  many 
times,  sang  only  vocables. 

Both  of  these  texts  are  joking,  number  52 
in  almost  a  dance  song  spirit.  But  both  refer 
obliquely  to  gifts.  It  is  entirely  possible  that 
these  are  "gift"  texts  substituted  for  the 
original  words  or  vocables  of  two  old  sway 
songs. 

No.  52  How  many  skirts  (do  you  have  on?) 

I'm  going  to  the  store, 

I'm  going  to  Los  Nores. 
No.  53  I  came  for  a  goat. 

Texts  in  Vocables 

Fixed  Phrases:  Sway  song  introduction  and 
coda.  Certain  fixed  phrases  in  the  sway  song 
style  are  found  in  many  of  the  gift  songs.  The 
"X"  heyeyeyeyaya  on  the  tonic  occurs  in  six 
of  the  songs  in  both  introductory  and  codential 
positions.  The  smaller  codas,  "Y"  and  "y" 
appear  in  three  songs  in  the  usual  sway  style 
abundance  and  once  in  a  fourth.  (See  nos.  51, 
52,  53,  and  57.) 

Gift  song  introduction  and  coda.  There  are 
some  fixed  phrases  that  seem  specific  to  the  old, 
possibly  Ute  style,  gift  songs.  The  vocable 
phrase  hey  a  hey  a  sung  on  the  following  rhyth- 
mic pattern  on  the  tonic 

J  13  J>T 
he  ya  he  ya 

is  used  by  Air.  Moustache  both  as  introduction 


and  coda  in  the  first  two  gift  songs  he  sings 
and  as  a  coda  in  the  third.  In  the  latter  song, 
number  56,  this  phrase  "U"  is  used  after  the 
second  full  repeat  of  phrases  A  B  C  D  E  F, 
and  he  then  ends  the  song  with  the  A  B  C  D  U 
of  number  55! 

In  the  four  remaining  gift  songs  by  Mr. 
Moustache,  a  figure  reminiscent  of  "U"  is 
used  with  the  "X"  of  the  sway  songs.  "X"  is 
used  both  as  introduction  and  coda,  but  before 
the  coda  the  vocables  yahe  yahe  are  sung, 
also  on  the  tonic: 

JJ>J  J>  JJ  J  J  J>T 

ya  he  ya  he  he  he  ye  ye  ya 

The  whole  thing  is  sung  through  twice  to  con- 
stitute the  final  coda  of  the  song.  If  this  new 
figure  is  called  "V,"  the  concluding  pattern 
is  then:  VXVX. 

A  circle  dance  coda.  In  song  number  56 
one  circle  dance  coda  (labeled  "O"  here)  ap- 
pears instead  of  the  "U"  figure  in  the  first 
rendition  of  the  song. 

The  Main  Texts  in  Vocables 

A  full  scale  study  of  the  vocable  texts  can 
hardlv  be  undertaken  until  more  material  has 
been  collected.  It  might  be  mentioned  here, 
however,  that  the  main  texts  of  the  gift  songs 
seem  more  full  and  "discursive"  than  those  of 
the  regular  sway  songs  or  the  dance  songs. 
Though  the  syllables  used  seem  about  the 
same,  heya,  yowo,  hyaija  iveya  and  so  on, 
their  arrangement  into  "lines"  seems  more 
complex  and  extended  than  in  the  types  of 
song  considered  in  parts  one  and  two  of  this 
chapter. 


MELODIC  ANALYSIS 


Meter 


The  meter  of  the  gift  songs  is  prevailingly 
double  with  about  the  same  slight  amount  of 
interruption  by  an  occasional  three-beat 
figure  as  encountered  in  the  sway  and  dance 
songs. 


Tempo 


The  tempi  run  the  gamut  from  a  fairly  slow 
adagio,  through  andante,  to  a  fairly  slow 
allegro.  There  is  a  long  gap  between  the  three 
songs  at  J  =  MM  104  and  any  of  the  others. 
It  is  interesting  to  note  that  these  are  the  first 


THE  SECULAR  SONGS  IN  THE  ENEMY  WAY                                           49 

songs  Mr.  Moustache  sang,  with  the  "Ute"  range  of  only  a  fifth.  Two  of  the  songs  (nos. 

introduction  and  ending.  53    and   54)    are   unequivocally  limited   to   a 

range  of  a  fifth. 

speed                                 number  of  songs  Range  in  Individual  Phrases.  The  picture 

J  =  MM  104 3  here  is  essentially  the  same  as  in  the  regular 

'44 2  sway  songs. 

>5* * 

l{ Melodic  Phrasing 

160 2 

Fixed    Phrases.    The   use   of   sway   song 

p  phrases,  the  "U"  introduction  and  coda,  which 

may  be  specifically  associated  with  a  particular 

The   two  informants  kept  pretty  well   to  gift  song  style,  and  the  "V"  phrase  have  been 

their  respective  pitches.  Johnny  Blanco's  two  discussed  above  in  connection  with  the  use  of 

songs  were  in  D  and  D-flat.  All  seven  of  Mr.  vocables. 

Moustache's  were  in  F.  The  Navaho  conven-  Paired    Phrases.    The    gift   songs    which 

tion  of  singing  consecutive  songs  in  the  same,  are  dosest  t0  the  sway  song  style  tend  t0  show 

or  nearly  the  same,  key  has  been  discussed  the  greatest  amount  0f  phrase  pairing.   Thus, 

above-  of  the  three  songs  recorded  by  Johnny  Blanco, 

two  (nos.  51,  53)   are  fully  paired,  and  one 

Melodic  Line  (52)    contains   paired   phrases   in   the   "sway 

It  seems  characteristic  of  all  three  types  of  deIf1IoP^^nt;,"                      JJL      .,      ,, 

songs  considered  so  far  that  the  later  phrases  The     Ute     songs  recorded  by  Mr.  Mous- 

are  simpler  in  movement  than  the  earlier  ones,  tache  show  no  Pamng  whatever  (nos.  54,  55, 

and    that    the    whole    melody    flattens    pro-  5<*),  and  the  four  others  have  occasional  pair- 

gressively  toward  the  tonic  in  a  strong  down-  mg- 

ward  movement.  Over-all  Patterns.  The  over-all  phrase  pat- 

A  peculiarity  in  the  gift  songs  is  that  phrase  terns  show  a  straight  development  with  full 

"B"    can    extend    higher    than    any    part    of  repeats    for   the    "Ute"    gift   songs.     In    Mr. 

phrase  "A"   (nos.  55,  56,  59)   and  that  it  is  Moustache's  four  other  songs,  there  is  a  coda 

often  considerably  more  complex.    It  may  be  "VXVX"  in  addition  to  the  full  repeat.   The 

worth  mentioning  that  seven  of  the  ten  gift  sway  song   development  appears   in   two   of 

songs  collected  have  this  feature  while  it  oc-  Johnny  Blanco's  gift  songs.   One  gets  the  im- 

curs  in  a  decided  minority  of  the  "regular"  pression  that  his  songs  are  straight  sway  songs 

sway  songs  and  the  dance  songs.  use(j  for  gjft  singing.    Mr.  Moustache's  first 

In  most  respects  the  line  patterns  resemble  three            s    are    mher    different)    perhaps 
those  of  the  sway  songs.  There  is  none  of  the  adapted  from  Ute  music  for  gift  song  pur- 
frequent  dipping  below  the  tonic  as  in  the  and  his  four  subsequent  son      ar°  { 
dance  songs    (no.   55   is  the  only  example),  somewhat   altered    and    assimilated    to 
and   the   phrases  are  structured   like  regular  .,  ■           •  ,    .    , 

r    _,        .   .      a          ,      .  ,       5    .  .  this  special  style, 

sway  songs.    I  here  is  less  flat  codential  material  .T  r  ,         /_,             ^~,            ,         ,  ..„ 

ji    t.  j       £  j.              ^u             l            1  Number  of  Phrases.  The  number  of  differ- 
in  the  body  of  the  song  than  in  the  regular  .                  ,  .      ,        ..              .             ", 

sway  songs.    In  all  this  general  resemblance  f?  Phrauses  usedLin  the  &lft  sonSs  1S  somewhat 

to  sway  style,  it  is  striking  that  there  is  not  a  hlSher  than  in  the  reSular  sway  songs'  but  the 

single  case  of  "sway  development"  —  upward  simPle  total  runs  in  about  the  same  proportion, 

movement  on  an  "S"  phrase.  Finals.   The  strong  attraction  of  the  tonic 

Over-all   Range.    Most  of  the  songs    (7)  is  clear  here  but  is  not  so  marked  in  the  gift 

cover  an  octave  in  range,  though  one  of  these,  songs  collected  as  in  the  regular  sway  songs, 

number  59,  is  really  built  on  an  active  compass  There  are  no  songs  in  which  every  phrase 

of  only  a  sixth.    A  similar  song,  number  55,  ends  on  the  tonic,  but  in  four  of  the  songs 

has  a  total  range   of  a  ninth  but  an  active  there  is  only  one  phrase  which  does  not. 


50 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


Tonality 


Types   of  "Scales"   in   the   Gift    Songs: 

Chromatic  scales.  Chromatic  scales  are  not 
found  in  these  songs. 

Scale  on  the  interval  of  a  fourth.  There  are 
no  scales  in  these  songs  built  on  the  interval  of 
a  fourth. 

Pent  atonic  scales.  The  only  pentatonic 
scale  in  the  gift  songs  is  of  the  unusual  variety, 
mentioned  on  page  44,  in  which  the  third 
is  missing.  Song  number  58  has  a  scale  1456 
8.  The  values  of  the  notes  in  the  melody 
suggest  that  here  again  we  have  a  scale  com- 
posed of  two  conjoined  tetrachords: 

14568 

Diatonic  scales.  Two  of  the  gift  songs  show 
the  major  diatonic  scale.  In  number  52  the 
seventh  is  missing,  and  in  number  55  both  the 
seventh  and  the  octave  are  missing. 


Open  triad.  Three  of  the  gift  songs,  num- 
bers 51,  53,  and  54,  are  based  on  the  open  triad. 
The  seventh  in  number  51  is  almost  certainly 
the  result  of  an  effort  to  reach  the  high  note 
in  the  repeat  of  phrase  A.  This  type  of  scale  is 
discussed  in  the  section  on  the  scales  of  the 
sway  songs. 

The  Modes.  There  are  four  "minor"  songs 
in  the  gift  song  group: 


No.  56 

No.  57 
No.  59 
No.  60 


1  3b  4  5  7b  8 

1  3b  4  5  6  7b  8 

1  2  3b  4  5  6    8 

1  (2)  4  5  6  7b  8 


The  first  two  are  clearly  in  the  Dorian  mode, 
the  others  can  be  construed  in  various  ways 
due  to  the  missing  notes.  Number  59  could  be 
either  Dorian  or  the  ascending  melodic  minor; 
number  60  could  be  either  Dorian  or  Mixo- 
lydian  since  the  third,  which  would  decide 
the  matter,  is  missing. 


NOTES  ON  THE  GIFT  SONGS 


51.  John  Hawk;  FN-I  14;  key  of  C-sharp. 
Text:      no  meaningful  text. 

52.  Johnny  Blanco;  FN-IV  7;  key  of  D. 
Text:         (ni)  'ee      ladokwii'      kjgo      diva 

skirt   how  many?  store    I'm  going, 
nolyago  diya 

Los  Nores  I'm  going 

53.  Johnny  Blanco  and  John  Nez;  FN-IV  8;  key  of 
C-sharp. 

Text:       tl'izi   haniya 

goat    I  came   (for) 

54.  Mr.  Moustache;  FN-V  24;  key  of  F-sharp. 
Text:       no  meaningful  text. 


55.  Mr.  Moustache;  FN-V  25;  key  of  F-sharp. 
Text:       no  meaningful  text. 

56.  Mr.  Moustache;  FN-V  26;  key  of  F;  ends  with 
ABCDU  of  no.  55! 

Text:       no  meaningful  text. 

57.  Mr.  Moustache;  FN-V  28;  key  of  F. 
Text:       no  meaningful  text. 

58.  Mr.  Moustache;  FN-V  29;  key  of  F. 
Text:       no  meaningful  text. 

59.  Mr.  Moustache;  FN-V  30;  key  of  F. 
Text:       no  meaningful  text. 

60.  Mr.  Moustache;  FN-V  31;  key  of  F;  phrase  "D" 
is  the  same  as  phrase  "E"  of  no.  59. 

Text:      no  meaningful  text. 


SCALES  USED  IN  THE  GIFT  SONGS 


Pentatonlc    ( tetrachords) : 
No .  58   rZ  I 


■» 1 1 — i— — 


35: 


!.>,<      I 


d" 


Diatonlo   major: 
No . 52    -m  _ 


rCri?  rJ 


J  .'TP 


-l  No.  55 


FIT"  1 


:o: 


Open   triad: 
No.  51  '-!»(>)        ! 


1 


££^3 


No. 53      _    r 


P=i 


No. 54 i  ,         i 


EH 


:□: 


:o: 


~o~ 


Dorian  mode: 


egg   =f=cg 


gtyrrpT^ 


No . 57  J 


:o: 


No.  59 


I  1 


X2I 


fr-r-p^  J 


s 


No*60  '.*..  Z  1 


n 


is  152 
Y  A  »» 


1 


*wf 


«=     f  I         f   .    T    V 


THE  GIFT  SONGS 
Song  No.  51 


#  i  r    * 


r,rirrfJJ|i»V£fg 


g   a 


he     ya.          a     o   -     we  he   -        ' o  wo   -     we  he        ' a  qa  ha      'a     aa  -     we     he 
_B i         y  ,     ,      .    B_      _     _  _         yJJay        I  C 


1  r  u  i  r  I 


m  §  1 r  r  P J  a  I  r  1 J I 


*zz« 


5 


o  wo   -      we   he   -        ' a  qa  ha      ' a  qa  -    ' e  he        "a  qaha    'e  he      '  a  Qa  - 

v   i    t    , ». .    .. X-, . n_   _^ _^n 


iri 


« 


*~» 


•    g 


Joz 


y-y 


1  e   qe  ya      '  e  ya  ha    '  e     ya 


ha     qa     he  yo      'u      'u     he   yo    'u      'u 


■=■: 


iS 


£ 


B^=E 


#~ ■ 


■     e 


we     he    ' a  Da  ha 
B      Y 


£ 


he  yo      'u      'u      he   yo    'u    'u 
C .     »     Y 


we     he    ' a  qa     ha 
V 


jrij\rr\MMu\wUii\*nmm 


'o  wo   -     we   he      ' a   Da  ha  ' e   he    ' a   qa  -      ' e    qe  ya        'e     ya  ha    'e  ya 


na  na 


Js  156 


Song  No.  52 


Vniuj|iiiTU^^ 


V.      i     .3 


>__  > 


fcgsS 


s 


he  -  ye  ye  ye  ya  qa  'eela  do  kwii-  yi  - 
*  A  +  +  +     >  > 


m 


-v^\U!h 


na     k|   go  di  ya  -    'e  -   hya  qa 


miJ?  j? 


y~r 


*    * 


he  ye  ye  ye  ya    ' eela  do  kwii-  yl  -  - na  qa k^  g6  dl  ya  -  'e  -  hya  qa 


1)>  B  .2),      a  %^,    r^   v 


YJilJl   'JJjMJl^g 


B 


njijijjjj;^ 


I=X3=I 


he  ye  ye  ye  ya  kj  go  di  ya  -  'e  -  hya  qe  na  qa  4  go  di  ya  -  'e  -  ya   'e 


yrt/i[fri^JiJiTNJ|n^iTjjiJiii=3f?Ti= 


'eela  do  kwii-  yl  -  -  na  qa  kjgo  dl  ya  -  'e  -  hya  qa   he  ye  ye  ye  ya 


5 


Variations:      1)  2)   B 


aj  t  j  t  n  r] 


-y. 


3^    J  i  ! 


ya  no   lya  go  di  ya  -    'e   -     hya    'e   na  hya  na 


Is  160 


Song  No.  53 

B 


T'ftiiJJUHiLiLrroiJ 


>e   -   ye   ye  ye  ya  na      tl'lzl   ha  nl       yo   -    'o    'o    'e   ne        ha  ne   na     ti'izl   ha  nl 


^njJ>iiJliJ>TJiri|jj]iJTnM 


r~w 


yo   -    'o    'o    'e   ne        ha  hi       yo  -    'o    'o    'e  ne        ha  he       yo   -    'o    'o    'e   na 

m 
1) 


3 


1 


+—* 


m     m 


he  ye     ye  ye     ya   na  ya 


J: 


104 


5^N3 


Song  No.  54 


*¥- 


SS 


#> 


i  g  I  a  i 


he     ya  he  ya       he  ya       yo  wl        '  e  -  na  na         yo  wl  na     '  e  -  hi  na   '  e  -  nana 

.ftp  ■  : 


Jin  gf3.niJ]M-n.ri|]jJ 


E ' "-^ ' ^ ' 1-?: — 

yo  wl        'e  -  na  Da       yo  -  wl  na     '  e  -  na         yo  -  wrna   ' 


e   ya  he 


i 


A'> 

— w 


£^ 


sg 


A' 


V=-*L 


^^  rrLTib-M^ni 


ae 


3 


<=£ 


yo  -  wl        'a  -  na  he 


P=E 


yo  -  wl      * e  -  na  oa         yo  wl  na   ' e  -  hi      ' e  -  na  Da 

U 


n  n  i  J3  j;i  fi  n^a 


JtZM 


yo  wl      '  e  -  na  ija         yo  -  wl  na     '  e  -  na       yo  -  wl  na        'e     ya     he     ya 


Js  104 

u 


Song  No.  55 


y 


,.        U     ,      mam,  {\  y  —         7     '        B         ^.        ■'       ^        ^  m      , 


#  #•» 


he   ya  he  ya  he  ya  he   ya       hu      wg  he     ya  hu  ya  he-     ya     hu     wohe   ya-ha 


H   ,D 


~  2) 


1 


*      •*  ■    * 


*     ■ 


ya-  he  ya   '  a     hu  -  W9  he  ya         he  ye    'a  -  he  ya         he  ya  he  ya  he  ya  he 


TTIP 


r>u*V 


J*  J'WiTyj     J  i   ESaa 


ya  hVya  he  ye   he^ya     hVya 


J  S  104 


Song  No.  56 


1 '  LT  ttlt-T>lLT  HULe 


^ 


^ 

^fe 


P 


he-  ne  ya'a  hya  na    ya  oa  hi  ya  ca  ho  -   yo  wo  '  e  -  na  ya  na  -  ha 

b  p  _  J^    h.  FT"?     f    M  e.   ,  Sa>   3 —      —     —   * 


he     ya  ha1  a     ho  -  wo     wo  -    'o     we   na  -       ya  he  -  ya   ! 


i 


g  i  j  g  I 


^ 


■    ■ 


ho    'o     wcjhe     ya 

B 


1W~W 


i 


*    * 


he  ye     ya  -  he  ya  he     ye     ya  ha 

I  f  t  g    °,  -  -  f\ 


9*^% 


y~y 


fe 


he  -  ne  ya   'e     hya  na       ya  na     hi 

D 


«=■ 


H^g 


ya  Qa     ho 

±MmJt 


yo  wo    ' e  -   na     ya  Qa  -     ha  - 


^ 


he     ya  ha   'a     no  -   wo  wo 
"—  U 


ft* 


m 


rv 


#   »    ■ 


^ — "-^ — S) 1 Ss^ — «— « ^c? — \^* — I — ••    *^  •  ' ^-> 

we   nsr-       ya  he  -  ya   '  a  no    'o     wo.he     ya       he  ye     ya  -  he  ya       he  ye  ya     he  ya 


J.   k*^\ 
BE       P     ' 


g  r  niJD^ifjj  nr  am. 


:qE=fipfc 


!=ft 


5 


*  ■ 


-^- 


§ 


to 


hu     wg  he     ya  hu     ya  he  -     ya  hu    wohe  ya-  ha     ya  he  ya  'a     hu  -  wo.     he  ya 


£* 


I 


S 


ft: 


■— a 


*~r 


ha  ye  ' a  -  he  ya    he  ye  he  ya   he  ys 


ABCDU  taken  from  Song  no.  55- 


160 


Song  No.  57 


.  -     y 


& 


U'itr/|t;r 


T 

+ 


■  •  I  i 


s 


5 


«=~g~r 


^ 


^B 


he  -  ye  ye  ye  ya         we  ya     he  ya         we  ya     he  ya       he  ya     yo  wo         he  ya 


B-2. 


#-#• 


D   > 


# • 


lmu  r t cur r 


F«=* 


S 


S- 


S 


he  ye     ye  ye     ya         we  ya     -  he  ya         we  ya     -     he  ya     -     he  ya  -     yo 


$m 


jl"W 


H 


&3 


SSB 


#— # 


ULrp'ltM'f 

vheya   ' o  -o  -o       yo  -  we  ya 


s 


*— * 


we  ya  -  he  ya  -   he  ya  -  yo  -   whey a  ' o  -o  -o   yo  -  we  ya    he  ye 


» y. 


m 


w~m 


a=e 


^  fe 


S*\  K 


ffi 


^gl 


*~~ a 


we  ya     -     yo 


as 


ye  ye  ya  ya  -    'e   -'      yo   ho   - 

9 *. 


=&=e 


^     K 


nr-"! — V-r 


we   yo      we   ha 
L>  > 


I 


♦— # 


t=m 


•   »  "*~* 


FSF 


■» ■-"— 


he  ye  ye  ya     ya  -  'e  -'   yo  ho  -  we  ya  -  yo  -    we  yo  we  ha 


£ 


p;  b 


i 


»T   P=FP 


£ 


E  > 


5 


ss 


»  f      9 


55= 


S 


he  ye  ye  ye  ya    we  ya   'e  he  ya    we  ya  he  -  ya    we  ya  ha  yo  - 


>  *  * 


we  ya  -  he  ya  -   he  ya 

5S_  H     ""^  K 


yo  -    wheya  ' o  -o  -o  yo  -  we  ya  he  ye  ye  ya 


-FhB 


Mi\r\*\}}\*i.]ii\ii\i* 


m 


9-0- 


S^       V> 


¥ 


ya  -   e  -'  yo  no  -   we  ya  -  yo  -   we  yo  we  ha     he  ye  ye  ye  ya 
.  >   .   ^  X  .   ,   .   .   .  ^   V  .  >n  ,   .,  ,x 


m 


s 


g^ 


-^ 


ya  he  ya  ha   he  ya  he  ye  ye  ya    ya  he  ya  ha    he  ye  ye  ye  ya 


is  144 


in 


Song  No.  58 


^ 


>   *.    r\ 


f     f  I    f     F   9=9 


9~  =  l 


£ 


CI    13 


he  -  ye  ye  ye  ya     ha 


yftriytru 


e   -  ya     hyo 


g .  fid  J 


-   ho  he  yo  djo   no  -   ha 


» 


g  j  be  Tl  t1 


ya-qe     hyo  we       yo     wo     hyo     wo   -     n-   wi}  -o        we  yo     he  yo   a  we     ya 

>      .   X   * 


7  iiUiNfM  Lr  pfi'ir 


• — • 


*:3 


5 


fe  I   M     1/ 


hai  ye  ye  ye  ya       hi 


'e  ya  ho'      'e     yo     he      '  e  ya   'o  -o     we  ya     he  ye 


&=g 


•  '     0 


9      9 


5 


*  ■  * 


E  1   U    V 


1-  ■' < mm ^ ! i e i «■ m • ^   _  * I 1 \^fi — 

ye  yrya        'e   ya  ho'       'e     yo     he        'e  ya      'o   -o     we""ya       he  ye  ye  ye  ya 

0 


m,   m 


i 


f 


5 


ia  yo  hyo  hya    ha  yo  hyo  ha    ya  ya  he  -    yo  yo  wo  -  wo  yo 


3-  e  r  1 1-  m 


* 


i 


E'*   ^-s» 


3=5^= 


m   i  ■ 


^^ 


£ 


we  yo  he  yo  -  we  ya    he  ye  ye  ye  ya   ha   we  ya  ho'   'e  yo  ha 
F'  v  X^        __ E'>    ^     ^       F'l 


^g 


f  .  Ji  J|  J  J 


§  Lr&^lrPS 


££ 


3 


we  yo  'o  -o  we  ya    he  ye  ye  ye  ya     we  ya  ho1   '  e  yo  ha 


we  va  o  -o 


mm 


F==F 


£ 


>  p-  IP 


'e  va 


mm 


*  1  *•  U  I  3? 


^ 


af 


we    he  -  ye  ya  ha    he  ya  hyo  ha   ha  '  e  ya  hyo  a  -  -   ya  he 


i 


^ffi 


# — » 


£ 


If 


w= 


■  ■  ~*~g 


hya  a   yo-o  hyo  yo  wo  -  wo    yo  ho  we  yo  we  ya   he  ye  ye  ye  ya 


^#33 


& 


5 


ya  -  whe  ya   'a     we  ya         he  ye     ye  ye     ya         ya  whe  ya   'a     he  ye  ye  ye  ya 


J*  144 


Song  No.  59 


T*fliijurfl»inccifl]j 


X   » 


1 


»— ff 


aS 


he  -  ye  ye  ya  ya    'a  -  he  ye  ye  -  he  ye  ye  -  ne  ya   ha  ye  ye  ye  y£ 

Its   , 


M  If 


m 


sfeg 


g  I  rl»  ».mg: 


>*L*  VI  D  ^1  ^=g=F^ 


'e  -  he  ye  ye   he  ye  '  ye"  -  nlTya   ha  ye  ye  ye  ye    we  ya  he  ya  we  ya 


geg^ 


Lfhi&rirri&rEgffff 


#=--* 


as 


^jLf 


* 


he  ya         he   ya     ha  -     we  ya     he  ya 


we  ya     hya  -       we  ya     ha  -  ya  -     we  ya 


i»  E  Ck  J  1;  Eii  *  ■  JHi»  iN  ^ 


5 


e  -  he  ye     ye  -  he  ye     ye  -  ne*"ya       he  -  ye  ye  y^ys 


he   ye   ye  ye  ya        'e   -  he  ye     ye" -   he   ye     y 


vT^    _    iT^ ^   ^n        v.-    m      m  _^*L.  _        JTT    ~ ~    _.^*L_ 


he  -   he  ye  ye        he   ye     ye   - 

G   > 


g^lli  nr*ff 


ne  ya       he  ye  ye  ye  ya         we  ya     he  ya         we  y« 

D  >  > 


W--P- 


*--* 


*3==P 


wst  r  'LT 


■=■ 


he  ya         he    ya  hyo  -  we  ya     he  ya       we  ya     hya  -     we  ya     ha  -  ya  -  we  ya 


gjgjg  h  1  e  *  r  I  Pp^r  j  h  jj  r  1 1  J- 1 J » 


he  ye  ye""ya     ya'    e  hyo   we  ya  hyo  -   we   hyo  we  ya   he  ye  ye  ya 


m  j  -pj  j 


ya  we  ya  'a  we  ya    he  ye  ye  ye  ya 


Js  152 

.ski 


Song  No.  60 


r\ 


^ni|ji|jhjrfirD|fi|Trirt}ir>^ 


jb 


he  -  ye  ye  ye  ya    he  ye  yo  ho  -o  ya  he  ye  yo  ho-o  ya    ya  ya  ho 


m 


-  c 


m 


z    *\ 


p—f- 


0—9- 


=*= 


■=* 


s 


o 


ya  'o  -o     ya  ya  'a  ya  ya  -a  yo  - 


we.  ya   he  -  ye  ye  ye  ya 

x  .  . _a! 


££ 


s 


?E 


«=* 


*=« 


ya   e  hyo  we  ya  hyo  -  we  hyo  we  ya   he  ye  ye  ye  ya     he  de  ya  he- 


yr»ffnr[iir»ir'&fir 


m   #■  "i  P 


g 


§ 


ya      he  de  ya  he  -  ya     ya  ya  ho  ya  'o  -o   ya  ya  'a  ya  ya  -a 


$Wr$- 


9  a  »l  » 


1 


£ 


*=z 


k 


5 


yo  -      we.   ya  he  ye     ye  ye     ya  ya1      e  hyo      we  ya     hyo   -  we      hyo     we  ya 

j?X  D  ^s        *  ^k  _     .  X 


fp^nr  ^ic*r  i^ 


»^-» 


5 


wz-rt 


he  ye  ye  ye  ya   ya'   e  hyo  we  ya  hyo  -  we  hyo  we  ya  he  ye  ye  ya 


4   flJiJ 


iJSlJI'JJlil^ 


W=.ZJt. 


#  »  * 


ya  -  he  ya  a  we  ya   he  ye  ye  ye  ya    ya  he  ya'a  we  ya  he-  ye  ye  ye  ya 


THE  SECULAR  SONGS  IN  THE  ENEMY  WAY 
SECTION  FOUR  — THE  CIRCLE  DANCE  SONGS 


5' 


As  described  earlier,  at  about  sunset  on  the 
third  day  of  the  Enemy  Way,  the  men  in  the 
stick  receiver's  camp  join  hands  to  form  a 
circle  and  dance  for  an  hour  or  more  in  a 
circle  dance.18 

Fifteen  songs  were  recorded  from  this  part 


of  the  ceremony  by  six  different  informants; 
John  Hawk,  Grant  Johns,  Mrs.  Grant  Johns, 
Johnny  Blanco,  Mr.  Moustache,  and  John 
Nez.  These  informants  are  described  on  pp. 
25-26. 


COMMENTS  WITH  THE  CIRCLE  DANCE  SONGS 


SONG  NUMBER 

61.  This  is  a  kind  of  a  signal  song.  After  the  dance 
songs,  they  sing  some  circle  dance  songs  and 
then  go  into  the  regular  night  songs.  They 
don't  circle  then,  they  just  sing  the  songs,  and 
this  is  the  one  that  come  first.   (Johnny  Blanco) 

62.  He  got  this  all  wrong  at  the  start.  (Jim 
Chamiso)  We  used  to  tease  one  of  the  men, 
one  of  my  cousins,  with  that  song.  When  we 
were  kids  we  used  to  sing  it  to  tease  with.  It 
sounded  funny  to  us  so  we  teased  him  with  it. 
It  sounded  like  a  made-up  song.  (Did  you  sing 
it  when  you  saw  him?)  No,  we  didn't  sing  it 
to  him,  we'd  say  the  words  when  we  were  by 
ourselves,  making  fun  of  him.    (Jim  Chamiso) 

63.  This  is  not  the  same  thing  as  a  Skip  Dance. 
That  song  has  been  known  since  a  long,  long 
time  ago.    (Grant  Johns) 

64.  This  is  a  circle  dance  song,  an  old  song.  (Grant 
Johns)  She  started  right  in  the  middle  of  the 
song.  (He  sings  it  over  and  this  time  does  it 
with  an  introduction.)  It's  not  quite  right. 
This  is  one  of  the  old  circle  dance  songs. 
There  are  few  of  these  still  known.  (Jim 
Chamiso) 

6$.   This    goes    with    the    one  she    just   sang.     It's 
another    old    song.     These    two    go    together. 
They  are  almost  alike.    (Grant  Johns) 
She  lost  the  tone.    That's  an  old  circle  dance 
song.    (Jim  Chamiso) 

66.  This  is  another  ring  song.  (Grant  Johns) 
These  words  aren't  right,  the  song  is  not  known 


by  this  "White  Rocks."  It  should  be  "Fort 
Defiance."  It's  about  a  girl  over  in  Fort 
Defiance  trying  to  plan  out  for  me,  trying  to 
make  up  the  boy's  mind  to  marry  her.  It's  an 
old  song.     (Jim  Chamiso) 

67.  This  means  it's  hard  for  her  to  be  away  from 
home  and  her  kinfolks  too.  This  is  an  old  time 
Squaw  Dance  in  which  the  men  and  girls 
lined  up  side  by  side  and  then  danced  forwards 
and  backwards  in  a  straight  line.  They  would 
stand  side  by  side  but  facing  in  opposite 
directions.    (John  Nez) 

68.  I  think  this  may  be  a  circle  dance  but  wait 
until  we  hear  the  next  one.    (John  Nez) 

69.  This  rhvthm  isn't  right  for  a  gift  song.  I 
don't  know  —  he  leaves  something  out  all  the 
time.    (John  Nez) 

70.  This  is  a  circle  dance.  I  never  heard  this  before. 
It  must  be  old.  (John  Nez)  The  circle  dance 
is  almost  like  the  regular  songs.  They're  not 
much  different.    (Mr.  Moustache) 

71.  (No  comment) 

72.  (No  comment) 

73.  They  still  sing  this  nowadays.    (John  Nez) 

74.  I  was  expecting  a  certain  one  here.  Not  this 
one.  (John  Nez)  In  my  young  days  I  could 
sing  all  kinds  of  songs,  but  now  my  voice  is 
not  so  good.  I'll  be  ninety  in  another  year. 
(Mr.  Moustache) 

75.  This  is  the  one  that  comes  after  the  last  one 
(74).    (John  Nez) 


TEXTS 


Meaningful  Texts 
In   the   two   instances   where   circle   dance 
songs  had  meaningful  texts,  the  subject  matter 
suggests  the  ordinary  dance  song:    both  are 
about  girls. 

u  I  use  the  term  "circle  dance"  to  distinguish  it 
from  the  "round  dance"  in  the  social  dancing  later 


No.  66  Hello,  hello!    Hello,  hello! 
A  White  Rock  girl 
Is  planning  (something)  for  me. 

No.  67  Woman  of  Bare  Ridge  (Star  Lake) 
Woman  of  Bare  Ridge, 

in  the  evening  in  which  couples  move  side  by  side  in 
a  circle. 


52 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


Even  though  it  is  very  far  from  your 

home  country, 
Even  though  it  is  very  hard, 
Let's  go  to  the  Place  of  Wild  Onions, 

we  two. 
yo  'edo  'edo-  'o  'e  do  'o  'o  lo  'edo  iveya 

hineya 

Woman  of  Bare  Ridge, 

Woman  of  Bare  Ridge, 

Even  though  it  is  very  hard, 

Even  though  it  is  very  hard, 

Let's  go  to  the  Place  of  Wild  Onions. 

Texts  in  Vocables 

Fixed  Phrases.  A  few  of  the  fixed  phrases 
found  in  other  kinds  of  public  Enemy  Way 
songs  are  present  in  the  circle  dance  songs 
as  well.  The  sway  introduction,  "X,"  is  used 
in  two  of  the  songs,  number  64  and  number  66, 
but  in  no  case  is  it  used  as  a  coda.  The 
"Mescalero"  "X"'  is  used  codentially  in 
number  63.  The  "Ute"  phrase  "V,"  ordinarily 
found  in  gift  songs,  is  used  at  the  end  of 
number  72. 


Circle  Dance  introduction  and  coda.  A 
special  triple-beat  figure,  "O,"  using  the 
vocables  he  neya  or  henaya,  or  henaiya,  begins 
and  ends  most  of  the  circle  dance  songs  and 
frequently  functions  as  a  coda  elsewhere  in  the 
songs  as  well.  The  figure  is  always      J_  J     1 

he  ne  ya 


or  some  slight  variation  on  it  as: 


he  -  nai  ya 


Of  the  fifteen  songs  collected,  ten  begin  with 
this  figure,  fourteen  end  with  it  (the  fifteenth 
is  the  "V"  phrase  mentioned  above),  and 
fourteen  use  it  in  the  body  of  the  song  in  a 
codential  function. 


The  Main  Texts  in  Vocables 

The  syllables  used  in  the  main  vocable  texts 
are  about  the  same  as  in  the  other  kinds  of 
public  Enemy  Way  songs.  Like  the  gift  songs, 
the  circle  dance  vocable  texts  seem  to  be  fuller 
and  more  discursive  than  those  of  the  sway 
songs  and  the  dance  songs. 


MELODIC  ANALYSIS 


Meter 

The  circle  dance  songs  are  the  only  ones  of 
the  four  kinds  of  public  Enemy  Way  songs 
discussed  here  in  which  triple  meter  is  frequent. 
Six  of  the  songs  —  numbers  61,  62,  66,  67,  68 
and  69  —  are  in  triples  throughout.  The  circle 
dance  phrase,  "O,"  is  nearly  always  in  triple 
meter  even  in  songs  which  are  otherwise  pre- 
vailing duple:    numbers  63,  70,  71,  72. 


Tempo 

Counting  the  triple-metered  songs  as  J  .  = 
MM,  the  distribution  of  tempi  is  as  follows: 

SPEED  NUMBER  OF  SONGS 

adagio  98-123 12 

andante  124-153  1 

allegro  1 54-1 81 o 

presto  182-208 2 

The  circle  dance  songs  are  essentially  the  same 
as  the  dance  songs  in  speed.  Both  the  sway 
songs  and  the  gift  songs  are  distinctly  faster. 


Pitch 

These  songs  are  pitched  within  the  same 
range  as  the  sway  songs  and  gift  songs.  Most 
of  the  pitches  range  from  C  to  F-sharp  in  the 
"small  octave"  with  the  greatest  number 
clustering  at  E  and  F.  The  two  songs  by  Mrs. 
Grant  Johns  were  pitched  at  B  and  B-flat  on 
the  "one-lined  octave." 


Melodic  Line 

The  direction  in  the  melodic  line  is  pre- 
vailing downward  with  strong  attraction  to 
the  tonic  as  in  the  other  three  groups  of  public 
Enemy  Way  songs  under  discussion.  In  the 
manner  of  downward  progression  the  circle 
dance  songs  are  somewhat  idiosyncratic  in 
that  only  two  reach  the  tonic  in  the  first 
phrase.  In  only  two  cases  does  the  melodic 
line  dip  below  the  tonic. 

Over-all  Range.  There  is  greater  uniformity 
of  range  in  the  circle  dance  songs  than  in  the 
other  three  groups.  Eight  of  the  fifteen  col- 
lected have  a  compass  of  an  octave.   Two  of 


THE  SECULAR  SONGS  IN  THE  ENEMY  WAY 


53 


the  eight,  75  and  62,  also  have  a  dip  to  the  fifth 
below  the  tonic. 

Range  in  Individual  Phrases.  As  one 
might  predict  from  the  narrow  compass  of  the 
"A"  phrases  already  mentioned,  the  ranges  in 
individual  phrases  in  the  circle  dance  songs 
are  generally  restricted.  The  flat  introductions 
and  codas  predominate,  and  phrases  with  a 
range  of  a  fourth  are  the  next  most  frequent. 
Ranges  of  a  fifth  come  next,  then  sixths,  then 
thirds. 

Melodic  Phrasing 

Fixed  Phrases.  The  slight  representation 
of  fixed  phrases  from  the  other  groups  and 
the  very  diagnostic  and  characteristic  "O" 
phrase,  specific  to  the  circle  dance  songs,  have 
already  been  described. 

Paired  Phrases.  Paired  phrases  are  not  a 
feature  of  the  circle  dance  songs.  No  song  in 
this  group  is  fully  paired,  and  more  than  a 
single  doubling  is  rare;  (but  see:  63,  67,  73). 
In  five  of  the  fifteen,  there  is  no  doubling  of 
the  smaller  phrases  whatever. 

Over-all  Patterns.  Two  thirds  of  the  circle 
dance  songs  are  phrased  in  the  sway  song 
pattern.  Number  66,  for  example,  is  phrased 
in  classic  sway  song  style:  an  initial  melodic 
statement,  a  repeat  of  this  statement,  an  exten- 
sion of  new  material  (the  sway  development), 
and  a  repeat  of  the  initial  statement.  The  five 
songs  that  do  not  fit  this  pattern  —  numbers 
65,  69,  71,  74,  75 — -show  full  repeat,  straight 
development  in  the  first  three,  and  a  repeat 
of  later  material  in  the  last  two. 

Number  of  Phrases.  The  circle  dance 
songs  are  high  in  the  number  of  different 
phrases  used  —  more  like  the  dance  songs  than 
any  other  group  —  but  they  are  low  in  the 
absolute  total.  The  majority  contain  a  total  of 
twenty  or  less  phrases.  This  count  merely 
indicates  that  the  songs  are  short  but  varied. 

Finals.  Only  one  song  ends  every  phrase 
on  the  tonic.  Three  do  so  in  all  but  the  "A" 
phrase,  and  six  more  in  all  but  two  phrases, 
usually  the  "A"  and  "B."  The  general  picture 
is  clearly  of  melodies  strongly  oriented 
toward  the  base  note  of  the  scale. 

Tonality 

Types  of  "Scales"  in  the  Circle  Dance 
Songs :   Chromatic  Scales.  None  of  the  circle 


dance  songs  is  constructed  on  a  real  chromatic 
scale  where  every  step  is  separated  from  its 
neighbors  by  the  interval  of  a  semitone. 
Number  65  does  contain  an  unusual  half  step, 
5  6*°  6,  which  gives  it  a  somewhat  chromatic 
flavor. 

Scales  on  the  Interval  of  a  Fourth.  Number 
61  is  built  on  the  interval  of  a  fourth.  The 
third  is  lowered  a  half-tone,  and  a  semitone 
between  it  and  the  fourth  is  thus  avoided.  If 
an  identical  arrangement  of  notes  were  joined 
to  either  end  of  this  scale,  the  result  would  be 
the  Dorian  mode. 

Pentatonic  Scales.  There  is  no  true  penta- 
tonic  scale  in  this  group.  Number  73,  which 
is  built  on  the  open  triad,  could  be  extended 
to  a  pentatonic  scale.  The  single  occurrence 
of  a  sixth,  even  though  it  is  extremely  slight 
in  value  and  quite  possibly  accidental,  gives 
some  weight  to  this  suggestion.  The  relation- 
ship between  the  pentatonic  scale  and  the 
scale  of  the  open  triad  has  been  discussed 
above,  in  the  Sway  Song  section,  page  35. 

Diatonic  Scales.  Major.  Five  of  the  melo- 
dies show  scales  which  qualify  as  our  diatonic 
"major"  scale  (the  Ionian  mode).  They  all 
lack  the  seventh.  Number  62  has  no  sixth  and 
a  weak  fifth;  the  latter,  however,  is  strength- 
ened by  a  repetition  below  the  tonic.  Number 
65,  mentioned  before  for  its  chromatic  content, 
shows  essentially  a  diatonic  major  scale:  1  2  3 
4  5  6b  6.  Numbers  67  and  68  lack  the  second 
as  well  as  the  seventh;  number  69  lacks  the 
sixth  and  seventh,  but  the  tonic  at  the  end  of 
the  J  phrase  is  so  low  that  it  might  well  be 
called  the  seventh. 

Minor.  In  four  of  the  circle  dance  songs, 
suggestions  of  the  descending  melodic  form  of 
our  minor  scale,  1  2  3b  4  5  6b  7b  8,  the 
Aeolian  mode,  may  be  found. 


Number  66  .    .    . 

1     3b  4    6b 

75  .    .    . 

5     1     3b  4     6b  8 

69  .    .    . 

1     3b  4     5     6b  7     8 

74  •    ■    ■ 

1     3b  4     6b  7     8 

It  is  interesting  that  in  these  songs  the  fifth  is 
missing  or  unimportant.  The  fourth  seems  to 
be  next  to  the  tonic  in  value  and  has  such 
weight  in  number  75  as  to  raise  doubts  con- 
cerning the  tonality  of  the  song.  A  case  could 
be  made  for  a  "base  note"  on  F  instead  of  C  — 


54 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


an  equivocal  situation  extremely  rare  in  these 
Enemy  Way  songs  and  in  Navaho  music  in 
general. 

It  should  be  noted  that  these  four  songs  are 
the  only  ones  in  the  entire  collection  which 
are  in  a  modern  Western  European  minor 
mode. 

Open  Triad.  Number  73  is  constructed  on 
the  open  major  triad,  1  3  5.  See  section  en- 
titled "Pentatonic  Scales"  for  other  remarks 
on  this  song. 

The  Modes.  I  have  classified  the  remaining 
five  songs  in  the  Dorian  mode.  Number  64 
contains  the  necessary  notes  to  constitute  an 


unequivocal  Dorian  mode  even  though  2,  5,  7, 
and  8  are  missing.  Number  71  could  be  in 
the  Phrygian  mode  if  the  missing  2  and  5 
were  present  and  each  lowered  a  semitone. 
Numbers  70  and  72  could  be  in  the  Aeolian 
mode  if  the  missing  sixths  were  present, 
lowered  a  semitone.  Number  63  could  be  in 
the  Aeolian  mode  if  the  missing  sixth  and 
seventh  were  present  and  lowered  a  semitone. 
The  proportion  of  scales  which  sound  minor 
in  mode  to  the  Western  ear  is  very  high  in  this 
group: 

GIFT  DANCE  SWAY  CIRCLE  DANCE 

4/1O  2/26  5/24  10/15 


NOTES  ON  THE  CIRCLE  DANCE  SONGS 


61.  Johnny  Blanco;  FN-IV  9;  key  of  C-sharp. 
Text:  no  meaningful  text. 

62.  John  Hawk;  FN-I  12;  key  of  C-sharp. 
Text:  no  meaningful  text. 

63.  Grant  Johns;  FN-I  18;  key  of  F. 
Text:  no  meaningful  text. 

64.  Mrs.  Grant  Johns;  FN-I  25;  key  of  B-flat. 
Text:  no  meaningful  text. 

65.  Mrs.  Grant  Johns;  FN-I  26;  key  of  B. 
Text:  no  meaningful  text. 

66.  Grant  Johns;  FN-I  34;  key  of  E-flat. 
Text: 

he  lu,  he  lu  tsehagani 

hello,  hello.  White  Rock    (girl) 

shanaha'ah 

plan  for  me 

67.  Mr.  Moustache;  FN-V  15;  key  of  F. 


Text: 


hotkit 
Bare  Ridge 

nkeya 

your  home 


nazani  ch'iin 

woman  of 
nizad  ndf 
far  even  though 


nach'ina      hoyee      ndi 

your      very  hard    even  though, 

th}'  tl'ohchini  * 

let's  go  Wild  Onions 
neet'ashto 

two  will  go. 


*  Mr.  Moustache  actually  sang  "Bare  Ridge" 
again,  instead  of  "Wild  Onions"  the  place  Jim 
Chamiso  insisted  should  be  mentioned  here. 

68.  Mr.  Moustache;  FN-V  16;  key  of  F.   Covered 
tone  on  the  two  codential  "O"  phrases. 
Text:   no  meaningful  text. 

69.  Mr.  Moustache;  FN-V  27;  key  of  F-sharp. 
Text:  no  meaningful  text. 

70.  Mr.  Moustache;  FN-V  34;  key  of  E. 
Text:  no  meaningful  text. 

71.  Mr.  Moustache;  FN-V  35;  key  of  E. 
Text:   no  meaningful  text. 

72.  Mr.  Moustache;  FN-V  36;  key  of  E;  ends  with 
gift  song  coda. 

Text:   no  meaningful  text. 

73.  Mr.  Moustache;  FN-V  37;  key  of  E. 
Text:   no  meaningful  text. 

74.  Mr.  Moustache;  FN-V  38;  key  of  E.  Covered 
tone  on  last  "O"  phrase. 

Text:   no  meaningful  text. 

75.  John  Nez;  FN-V  39;  key  of  F.  The  lack  of  a 
fifth  and  the  heavy  melodic  weight  on  the 
fourth  gives  this  song  the  bimodal  quality 
noted  for  nos.  36-38  in  Notes  on  the  Dance 
Songs.  Informant  stated  that  this  song  should 
follow  no.  74. 

Text:  no  meaningful  text. 


SCALES  USED 
IN  THE  CIRCLE  DANCE  SONGS 


On  Interval  of  a  4th: 

jo. 61    r 


Diatonic  major: 
No. 62  -».     I     r 


1     No. 65 


NQ.62  ♦_'       'i       .        '      flO-05  trtifm)_   '  > 


s 


TNo.67     I 


JSI 


n: 


X3I 


h* 1 


No.  68 


n » 


1 


T        No. 69  H 


gr-f^»J 


:k        O 


-t 


j— j--j 


Diatonic  minor: 
No.  6b    ; 


S 


' No.  75 


•| 1 


r-.-i 1 


Pl""»i„       Weaa 


P-»t4 


Z3: 


33: 


i  I 


1 1- 


Opon  triad 

No. 73  S 


Mo  is  a: 


No .64   '    ^_J No.7l'^t)p>      ' No.70'-fb-         ^   'tNd.72  ^dp'    '   j  ' 


No.6j 


^ 


J-S108 
0 


THE  CIRCLE  DANCE  SONGS 
Song  No.  61 


fi^F 


:£JM^ 


±e£ 


HI 


P5 


S 


*         ■'      * 


"I*   i'H*  g 


he   -      nai  ya  he  yo      ' e   na     ho    ' o    ' e   na     ha     na       he   yo      ' e   na     ho    'o 


5 


i  J  i  3 


S£ 


s 


i 


£ 


*  g   * 


*    *   *    I    & 


1  e  na  ha  na   ya  'a  he  yo   '  o  'o  we  na  hi    '  a  he  ya  '  e    ya  -'e  he 


yo 


O^jJ'j  jf  TTjjj  Jij'i  i.  j 


'o    'o     we   na  hi        'a  he   ya    'e  hi     na     ya 


JV 


Song  No.  62 


142 


1 


mn.-J.-J 


#~r 


he  -  ne  ya   'a  la  hai   he  he  he  ya  na   'ahala  hai  he  ya   he1   na  ha 


yrjl)jjj|  j^ 


pfN  JJ 


^=S 


*=$ 


=5^ 


**F=* 


he'    a  ha  oe        ya  ho    'o  ho     ha 


he'      a     ha   Qe       ya  ho'    o  ho     ha 


g  m  I  m  Jin  jtj 


'aha  la  hai  he  he  ya  oa   'aha  la  he  he  ya  na    he  na  ya 


Js  116 


Song  No.  63 


gfefeg 


r  f  m 


u=# 


he  -  ne  ya  he   ye  ne  ya  he   ya  ne  ya  -   he  -  ya  he   ya  ne  yo' 


&& 


« 


m 


irWtrWrJm 


*=< 


£ 


o  we        ya     he 


m 


'e  ya     he       yene     yahe        yane     ya-  he-     ya     he 

x' .  xt,  a  \.  » x' 


ffiEHSSSB^ 


» 


£fc 


♦=-* 


»•    g 


SE 


ya     ne  yo        o    he       ya  he        e  ya     he        ya     ne   yo      o  we  ya  hf 


m  d- 1 


*,••   j 


*~y 


ya  he      'e  ya     he 


ut  i»n 


i 


w^~> 


ie       ya  ne     ya  - 


s 


5 


g  g  g 


*? 


ya     ne   yo'      o  we       ya  he      'a  ya     ne  ye   ne     ya  he       ya  ne     ya 


ryfffr  P  pf-  f  f ;  f    r    1  ft  J I   ft  J  J    I »  rf  j 

Via       _  iro       Via  un  no       17A  '  /•*       ma  '    .-»        Ha       ir  *»  Via       ri  a       unV 


he   -     ya  he       ya     ne  yo'      o  we      '  o   he   ya  he  ne  yah 


Js  184 
X 


Song  No.  64 


3 


tfcS 


» _  » 


» *> 


dr 


S 


#--£ 


£gf^ 


F.^PV 


sr-# 


he  ye     ye   ye     yao       yo   -   -    'o 

ai,,  ^   -    -     ^-v  Br 


tt±* 


yLnlL/L/lPlMLrip 


'o   -      ha  Oa  yo   -   -    'o   -    'o   -      ha  a a 

Q    > 


iMh/l   f    PI   P   P  I    JW 


$ 


yo  -  -      'o  -    'o  -     ha  oa       yo 

0  >  Z> 


'o   -   ha   oa       ha      ' e  ya     ha  qe     yo'    o 


P      P       l: 


P~B> 


•— » 


£ 


CO* 


we  ya         he     ns^-'ya         ha     '  e  ya     ha  oe     yo1  "o     we  ya       he     na"^ya 


1 


,Afc    Q 


^=rf¥*=Ftf  lpif 


i  B,  #  ^ 


LfrlRf  bm.ij  J 1^ 


§ 


yo   -   -    'o   -    'o  -      ha  oa  yo   -   -    ' o   -    ' o  -      ha   na     ha        'e  ya     ha  Oe 

0 


oom 


yo'    o     we  ya         he     na     ya 


is  192 

0 


Song  No.  65 


£ 


6 


k& 


B 


k 


* 


B' 


£ 


fs 


#-• 


■ZIH 


he     ya  he     ya        'e   ne     yo   -o        'e   ne     ya  he     ya 


1 e   ne     yo   -o        ' e  ne 


S^ 


i 


#-# 


s 


6 


* 


*=* 


♦-♦ 


ya  he  ya    a'   'e  ya  ha  ne  yo  'o  -  we  ya   he  na  ya   'e  ne  yo  -o 
B  -  -   >  A        \Z     Ul    3'  ^  ^   -  .0  > 


g  rrirr  ir 


¥=* 


»— # 


^g 


■=* 


VP 


' e  ne  ya  he  ya   'e  ne  yo  -o    'e  ne  ya  he  ya  ha   'e  ya  ha  ne 


?^5 


M=m$mm 


r  *  \* 


2 


bp  |t|p 


■z    J     g:» 


^ 


yo    'o  -  we  ya       he  na  ya 


e  ne     yo     -o 


5* 


£££ 


£eS 


' e  ne  ya  he     ya     'e  ne     yo  -o 

0 


1  e  ne  ya  he  ya  ha   'e  ya  ha  ne  yo  'o 


he  na  ya 


J.= 


Song  No.  66 


108 


pS 


III  i  r  t  T  lit  i  § 


sas 


*==* 


l/l     a 


he   -   ya     ye   ye     ya        '  e  ye  ye      *e  ye  he     lu     -      'e  ye  ye    'e   -   lie     lu     ho 

J*. 


— — — •»  /  '  *    ■  ■» 


UlUilWi 


9-9-+ 


we  yo  o  -  ho  we  ya    hi  nai  ya   'e  yeye   'e  ye  he  lu'  u   'e  ye  ye 

C  D  ^T^ 


^frC,|J*j>|jU|Jl^ 


Jyi-i-ltTfTcT^ 


1 e  -  he  lu  ho  we  yo  ' o  -ho  we  ya   hi1  nai  ya  tae  ha  ga  ni 
> _  > -  „  *~5\        > 


aha  na  go 


■yfcjnfj^iJjjrEwBat 


9-9-9 


m 


1 o   -   -   ha      tae-ha  ga  nl    aha  na  go    'o   -   -   ha      ' e   ye  ye    'e  ye  he      lu   hu 

>        >      .  B  > 


TFf^iJjr.rrf^^i^li^fiJ 


wl  yu      'u   -    'u 


wl  yu      ' u   -   -     wi  ya  he     nai     ya 


J.  S120 

k 


Song  No.  6.7 


^\U\^\U\Ui\lr\U\Di 


>-y 


>  ^  p 


><*M^\ 


■  I    ■ 


Lf>lf>l    IL-T 


a  lu   -    'e  do 


' a  do  -   ' a  -o      'e  yo    'a  -o       ya     lo  -      ' e    'o 


-   -    'o 


G^ 


"I  «  1*1- ZTx  _  .^ »    _       i  . .  TT      TI  I 


»-* 


'  o   -     -    lo   -  '  e   lo   -     we  ya  hi     ne     ya  yo    '  e   lu  '  e  do  -        'a 


o:  i  r  i  u  *i  j-^i  g  i  i  In  i ^  i  t-^i^  gag 

1 e  do   ' a  -o    ya  lo  -    ' e  do  -    ' o  'o  -  lo  -   'e  lo  -  we  ya  hi  ne  ya 


1 e   do      ' a  -o  ya     lo 


7  Er&lr  DIErp 


'o    'o   -     lo  -      'e   lo  -   we   ya     hi   ne  ya 


ioi   -  kit  na-   za  -   nl   oh'lln   ne        ni  ke 


* * 


h<5i   -  kit  na-   za  -   ni   ch1  ffn     ne     hoi 


vfl ti^ir  gifting  fffl*if 


ya  -   ni      zad  n-   di        nach1 1   na  -   ho   yee'    n-di        t  h('    {  ye   -    'a     ye 


y'i-iJ.r.itfJiJi.iJ-ir.Ji.n^j.j.j^^ 


iTN 


h6l     kit    'o  wo  -   -o  wo   -        nee't'aahto      'e  ya       hi   ne  ya         yo     -    ' e  do 


> 

JB_£ 


S 


^ 


>-i_a 


ffir.piJ^'jpJI 


BE  I  *  H  LT  H  g 


2 


5 


'e  do   -      'o  -        ya     lo   -      ' e  do   -   -    ' o      ' o   -   -   lo   -  ' a  do   -      we     ya 


iol   -   kit  na     za  -   ni   clrfln  ne     hoi   -  kit  na-   za  -   ni   ch'ffn   na 


«rz* 


HI     ne     ya     hoi   -  kit  na     za 


■   I    ■ 


feSi 


^ft^ 


h! 


1£ 


■=* 


ni  ke     ya  -   ni    zad   n-  dl        naoh'i   na  -  ho  yee'    n-dl 
h" i__        is  *P$  *j-   I        «  —       ° 


t  h$'    J   ye   -    'e     ye   - 


is£ 


il/ILT  E 


^m 


rifefj 


*'  »»  * 


hoi   -  kit   'o     wo  -     o  wo-       neet'aahto     '  6  ya         hi     ne  ya     ya     -    'e  do 


ytifiEru-iJ^BJ HStfJiJiMrcJi^ 


' e  do  -      ' o   -  ya     lo   -  ' e     do   -   -   -    ' o 


-    lo  -      ' e   lo   -     we  ya 


J    11J> 


hi      ne     ya 


J-=112 


3 


ilfei 


Song  No.  68 


^ilMrtit.frr^ 


^=g 


he   -  ne     ya      ' e   hi   hi     yu     -      ' e   -   hi   yo  -   -    ■ 


'e  hi      yo 


'a  -  hi 


yo  -     ha         e  hi     yo  -  -       wo  -  di  du   -  ha     'e^       yo  -  -       wo   -  dl  du 


'e  hi     yo 


feftF 


i 


wo   -   dl  du   - 

-§- 


£ 


* 


#•     * 


*=£ 


IS 


he   ne  ya  yo  -  ' o   he  ne   ya  -   he  yo  -— - ha ha 'yo  -  'o   he  ne 


^ 


^ 

*: 


J|[bi"nJi^iii#i 


> 


ya  -  he  yo  -   ha 

n  ea_a  > .  o 


e  hi   yo 


wo  -  dl  du  -  ha    ' e  -  hi  yo  - 


wo  - 


dl  du  -  hi   n^y 


5 


J-=  104 

0  A 


I 


f      I  • 


Song  No.  69 
B   >  1S*1\  C 


nW^JV 


# 


#•  ■ 


LT  I/  I  g 


gg 


h«     ya      ',    ya     dj  -   'a        ',  „     da's'       ho  -     wo         hi     na*"ya  '«     ya 


f jA  f  Jf 


^ 


E 


»'  *»  * 


da  -    'e          'a  ya     da'e1  ho  -     wo         hi  ya     ya  ya       'e  ya     hin 

_E ■   5     ^  fr    ,        H  >.!>-■  J 


'a   j^T-   'e 


feU 


a 


a 


p 


• — * 


a  -   'aya        hin  -    'a  yao  'e      '  a  ya       ho     ne  ya  we      'e  ya      'a  ya 


— vt; — m«v„. 


hi     ne     ya 


J  = 


104 


r^  Ji  |  LT 


*■  %~> 


Song  No.  70 


ft  _><^-    .  m    I  G>_      ^- 


f—9- 


^^ 


*  he  ya       whaya  he  ya     ho   -   hya       wheya  he   -  ya        ho  -   ya       we-  ya     ha 


ysfg 


1     g 


.^npifin 


J* 


we-  ya     ha         we   -  ya     ha       we 


ya     ha     we   -  ya     ha  -     ha 

>  E1 V, 


we  ya 


» 


hi     ne  ya     ha     'a  -  ya  -    'e  ya     'aya'  e~- y§  ha   'e  -  ya  -      'e  ya  'e 


*£- 


Affff 


'  e  -  ya        'e   -  ye   ye    'e  -  ya  -        'e-1  yo'o     he  ya^^hl     ye  ya         we  ya  he  ye 


£l 


Wf^triF-r.Ti^ilTUfNfJJ 


si 


#-g— 9 


§*£3 


ho  -  hya  we  ya  he  ye  ho  -  ya  oa  we-  ya  ha  we  ya  ha   we   ha  we  ya  ha 


1 


4 


.^rflniiiJ] 


nal  ya 


we  -  ya  ha  -  ha  -  we  ya   hi  nal  ya 


(*  heginnlng  lost  on  record) 


Js  108 


Song  No.  71 


.->    ». 


c* 


*      > 


^ih\y-U)uu\rimf-\^M 


^.     .  * 1 1 ' m. 1 — m- = 1 ■**   ^ ■  <j 

he  -  nar  ya     ya   '  e     ya   'e     ya'a   'a  i)a   ha  ya     ya'e  ya'e     ya   '  a     ya     ho  -  ya 


...  i  j  rz     £j t  _        177. i77 i  -  T.  _  il«        ITT    777. __  _     i  _    _.  _"~i ..        I     i^< 


ya'i 


a  hi     ya'a     yo   ho    'e  ya       hi     ne  ya       ya    'a  ya'u      a  ya  ho   -   na  qa 


ya    'u     ay a     ho  -  na  oa       ya   ' 1  -      ' a  hi     ya'a  yo  ho      'e  ya       hi 


5 


ne     ya       ya    'e   ya    'u   a  ya     ho 


na  na 


ya   '  1     ya   'u    'a  ya  ho  -     na     Da 


■yVftrifl*!"  gjJUl 


ya'i   -      'a  hi     ya   'a  yo     ho      'e  ya       hi     ne     ya 


Is  108 

feo 


Song  No.  72 


>       '^ 


s 


tlllTifHPl^yr^M 


#  »   ■ 


hi   ne   ya     he     yazho   dl    ' 1   -      -  yi   -     ye  ya  na  ne   -   ye     hi      'o   -^wo     ho 


1 


b- 


i£ 


3 


mm 


5*  » 


a 


s 


mm* 


'o  he    'o  -     wo   'e  ya  ha  ylf^ya     ha       yazha     ni yi  -  yi  - yi  -       he 


3^ feya. 


C   .    -      >- 


J[>   f  f  -f 


rwi&rw^ 


ya  na  ni  -  ye  hi  '  o  -  wo  ho  '  o  he  '  o  -  wo  '  e""ya    he  yetfa 


bk"  »  >_ 


>         > 


^^^ 


>  B 


£ 


mm 


2 


B  !EB 


g^qz 


is 


'  e  yo  -    '  e  he     yu     wu  -  wu 


he     ya  na  hi   -   ye     hi      'o   -   wo     ho 
>       D' 


tt 


>»i^Ji|jj3,Tjj|j>3t^¥Tf3j|i5teg 


P 


o  he    'o   -      wo    'e  ya  he  ye      ya  ya-      he   ya  he   -   ye     ya     ya-     he     ya 


5 


A"      "    > 


»        ^ 


>    B>  >">^. 


£ 


*  ■  * 


he  ye  ya  ' e  yo  -    ' e  he     yu     wu   -  wu  -  wu   -     he       ya  na  ni  -  ye       hi 


1 


wtirt^ii 


*  ■  ■ 


fl  j  i~ii  jj_^3 


^ 


'  o   -   wo     ho  'o   he    '  o  -     wo    '  e^ya  he  ye  ye     ya he     y^F1 

Song  No.  73 

is  102  *^. 

o  — —      *      f" 


J  *     J=Ji 


inHl 


m 


m    m 


he   ya  oa        'e  ye     ya    'e  ya      'e  hyo-    'e  ye  yo  '  e   ya     hi      ne^y 


3 


y'tiiliuuuiAnMiPl 


p=p: 


S 


eye     ya    'eya    'e     hyo-    'eye  yo        '  eyaTil     ne  ya   'e     hyo   hyo-   hyo   -    'eye  yo 


s 


>  1] 


'eya  hi     ne   ya    'e          ne  ya          '  e  -   ne     ya   'e     ya   'e 
>_      ^     x  B  ,L  -     >  > >     "^\       0 


1  e   ne     ya   '  e 


T 


*  ■    m 


*     » 


ya   'e     ya    '  e       hyo      hyo-     hyo   -    'e  ye     yo  'eya     hi      ne^"ya 


J=  102 

_feo> 


Song  No.  74 


i_« — a. 


fe  j  jCfiLf  Cf  ii?  ritj  rii^iir  i 


he   -   ne   ya    'u   -       u   -     u   -     he   ne   ya     he   ne  ya     -      'u   -  u  '  e  ne     ya 


ffiff  OlPSiQQirrnrtifijm« 


e   ne  yu     yu 


u   -        u  - 

0> 


u  - 


u   -      '  e   ne   ya      'o     o    '  ene     ya    'a   'a   'u 


f&**nft 


>  A        >  > 


0-B-9 


m-m- 


e  ne  -  ya   'a     he  ya*"ni       nal  ya   'u   -     u  -     u  - 


£h 


>     > 


.^  »   ^    sVs  Vs  Vs 


he       ya     'e  ne     ya 


^rrtf^rrrrriPt/tfri^Jff^J^ 


ye        'u   -  u  'a   ne  ya     yu   -      'u   -     u   -     u   -      'e  ne  ya      'u   -u      'ene     ya    'a'a 


^r'crnijji 


m  m 


^S 


'u   -u        'e   ne  -  ya    'a     he  ya  hi     ne     ya 


Jsi08 


Song  No.  75 


^■^^ 


f>  A  g)    f>       /^ 


o^JJffirrLf  cjtI  tf  f  c  CrlLrLr  Lr 


ha   -   ne   ya    'a 


PUT* I  US 


4- 


e   ne   ya        ene     ya 


>^     Ci 


■rtrit/lr^rtiJS 


e   ne     ya 


s 


*  » 


r^g-- 


'  e   ne   ya  '  ene  ya  ya-        'a  -    a  -    '  ena     ya-a      'a      'e   ne-  ya'a  ive   a    hi        ne 


O  £> 


wffitf Lr  if  r  it;  runr  Ir  i  g  Lr  uag 


ya     a 

A 


1  e   ne   ya    'e   ne  ya  '  e   ne  ya  ya 


' a  -    'a  -    ' ena  ya'  a   '  a 


y*>$  n  si)  ja  j  j  f  n  Jl  i  m  g  H  gj  i  i  a 


-^ j ■ — ; *—- ' — 1~* — • • — W»  *   ^. 

ne-   ya     a  we    a    hi        ne  ya        ne  ya     he  ya     ho"^wb        he  ya     he   ya     ho   *"  wo 


Vto  n.  1 1  j  j  j 


♦  ♦  „=•+  +  ^ 


s 


E3 


#-t 


he  he     ya  ha     ye      -      -     yo        ho     yo   ho        he  ya  hi      ne     ya 


THE  SECULAR  SONGS  IN  THE  ENEMY  WAY 
SECTION   FIVE  —  SUMMARY 


55 


Vocal  Style 

The  style  of  voice  production  is  the  first 
feature  that  strikes  the  ear  in  these  songs.  It 
is  the  same  in  all  four  types  —  nasal,  high, 
with  a  wide  vibrato  and  an  ornamental  use  of 
the  falsetto.  This  is  the  typical  "American 
Indian"  vocal  style  first  noted  by  von  Horn- 
bostel,  yet  it  is  not  as  tense,  as  throat-splitting, 
as  Sioux  singing.  This  feature  is  less  apparent 
on  my  recordings  than  it  is  in  the  group  sing- 
ing during  an  actual  performance  of  the  En- 
emy Way.  In  the  sacred  chanting  and  in  indi- 
vidual renditions  given  in  private,  this  vocal 
style  is  much  subdued. 


Function 

The  function  of  the  four  kinds  of  songs  is 
quite  different  in  each  case.  The  sway  songs 
are  used  primarily  for  the  all-night  singing 
after  the  dancing  is  over.  The  dance  songs  are 
used  for  the  actual  social  dancing  which,  in 
my  experience,  continues  only  for  a  few  hours 
each  night.  The  gift  songs  are  used  only  for 
the  two  occasions  when  gifts  are  made  and 
returned.  The  circle  dance  songs  are  used 
during  a  circling  dance  performed  by  the  men 
towards  sundown  on  the  third  day. 


Attitude 

Since  this  will  be  the  subject  matter  of  Part 
II  of  this  paper,  I  shall  make  only  a  few  sum- 
mary remarks  here.  These  songs  have  a 
"recreational"  connotation  for  the  Navahos. 
A  typical  reaction  is:  "They  make  me  feel 
happy  because  I  know  a  lot  of  young  people 
are  getting  together  to  have  a  good  time  when 
I  hear  them."  Younger  people  are  more  in- 
terested in  the  dance  songs;  older  people  prefer 
the  sway  songs  and  the  gift  and  circle  dance 
songs  and  tend  to  speak  scornfully  of  the 
dance  songs  as  "new"  and  "worthless."  The 
functional  valuation  of  the  older  people  is 
being  replaced  by  an  esthetic  valuation  which 
seems  to  be  a  concomitant  of  the  seculariza- 
tion especially  apparent  among  the  younger 
Navahos. 


Meaningful  Texts 

The  more  recent  sway  songs  have  texts  on 
such  themes  as  the  sound  of  the  singing, 
loneliness,  airplanes,  and  signalling  to  girls. 

Most  of  the  dance  song  texts  refer  to  the 
dancing  or  to  humorous  and  ribald  situations 
between  the  sexes. 

The  gift  songs  are  usually  without  texts.  The 
two  texts  collected  refer  to  gifts. 

The  circle  dance  songs  are  also  usually 
without  texts.  The  two  texts  collected  are 
like  those  of  the  regular  dance  songs,  referring 
to  girls  in  a  jocular  vein. 

Texts  in  Vocables 

The  vocable  texts  are  by  no  means  haphazard 
collections  of  meaningless  syllables.  The 
vocables  are  as  well  known  as  are  meaningful 
words:  only  certain  specific  vocables  are 
"right"  for  a  particular  song.  There  are,  more- 
over, diagnostic  vocable  patterns  for  each  kind 
of  song  used  in  special  introductory  and 
codential  figures.  These  patterns  are  as  specific 
to  the  different  kinds  of  Enemy  Way  song  as 
"Amen"  is  to  Christian  hymnody,  or  "he  ne 
yo  we"  is  to  songs  of  the  Peyote  Cult. 

Sway  Songs.  The  characteristic  introduc- 
tion and  coda  in  sway  songs  is  "he  ye  ye  ye 
yaija"  sung  on  the  tonic.  A  briefer  coda, 
"heya"  or  "haye  natja"  is  also  much  used. 
There  is  also  a  characteristic  dissyllable, 
"wena,"  which  precedes  both  the  longer  and 
the  shorter  types  of  coda. 

Another  typical  feature  of  sway  songs  is 
the  "sway  development,"  which  often  includes 
the  phrase  "heya  hane  hyo"  on  a  rising  melodic 
line  as  a  kind  of  penultimate  melodic  extension. 

The  main  texts  in  vocables  are,  like  the 
meaningful  texts,  brief  phrases  repeated  over 
and  over. 

Dance  Songs.  The  dance  songs,  too,  have 
their  own  characteristic  type  of  introduction 
and  coda  on  "he  ne1  ya  ya"  or  some  variation 
of  it.  This  seems  to  be  a  Mescalero  Apache 
phrase  and  is  most  typical  of  the  "trotting" 
dance  songs.  Some  of  the  "skipping"  dance 
songs  use  the  sway  song  introduction  and 
coda. 


5° 

The  main  texts  in  vocables  are  similar  to 
those  of  the  sway  songs  except  that  they  are 
often  set  in  a  somewhat  more  choppy  melody. 

Gift  Songs.  The  gift  songs  have  a  char- 
acteristic "heya  heya"  introduction  and  coda 
which  seem  to  be  derived  from  the  Utes. 
Few  of  these  old  "Ute  style"  gift  songs  are 
known  now,  however,  and  very  old  sway 
songs,  somewhat  changed,  but  with  character- 
istic sway  song  vocables,  are  used  instead. 

The  main  texts  in  vocables  are  often  more 
full  and  discursive  than  in  dance  songs  or 
typical  sway  songs. 

Circle  Dance  Songs.  This  group,  too,  has 
its  characteristic  introduction  and  coda.  It  is 
a  three-beat  figure  usually  on  "he  ne  ya"  or 
"he  nai  ya"  and  sung  on  the  tonic. 

As  in  the  gift  songs,  the  main  texts  in  voca- 
bles  are  fuller  and  more  varied  than  those  of 
the  sway  or  dance  songs. 


Meter 

The  sway  songs,  dance  songs,  and  gift  songs 
all  have  regular,  double  meter  though  oc- 
casional extra  beats  are  introduced  and  add 
rhythmic  variety  and  interest.  The  circle 
dance  songs  are  typically  in  regular  triple 
meter. 

Tempo 

The  fastest  songs  are  the  sway  songs.  The 
fastest  songs  in  the  circle  dance  group  are  of 
the  sway  type.  The  comparison  can  be  shown 
most  easily  in  a  simple  table: 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


adagio 


andante 


allegro 


presto 


J 


=  MM: 
98- 

123 
124- 

'53 

154- 

181 

182- 

208 


'4 


DANCE       GIFT      CIRCLE 


16 


Pitch 

The  pitches  of  the  various  songs  are  actually 
pretty  much  the  same: 


Sway 

C-F 

Dance 

E  -G  (females:  E'  -G') 

Gift 

Qf-F 

Circle 

CJ-F    (females:  Bb'  -B') 

Recording  conditions  may  have  constrained 
the  singers  and  thus  affected  pitch,  but  the 
circle  dance  songs  recorded  by  Boulton  were 
all  pitched  at  G-flat  even  though  they  were 
sung  by  a  group  and  so  under  more  "natural" 
conditions.19 


Melodic  Line 

All  of  the  songs  studied  are  strongly  down- 
ward in  movement  with  a  marked  attraction 
to  the  tonic. 

The  sway  songs  can  be  divided  into  two 
groups  according  to  whether  the  melody 
reaches  the  tonic  in  the  first  phrase  or  the 
second. 

The  dance  songs  are  of  two  types:  one  is 
like  those  sway  songs  that  reach  the  tonic  on 
the  second  phrase,  the  other  is  very  narrow  in 
range,  hence  restricted  in  movement  and  not 
so  clearly  downward  in  movement  as  the 
other  Enemy  Way  songs.  Both  types  show  a 
good  deal  of  dipping  below  the  tonic. 

The  gift  songs  are  largely  like  the  sway 
songs  in  melodic  line.  A  minor  difference 
may  be  that  the  "B,"  or  second,  phrases  tend 
to  be  more  complex  than  in  the  sway  songs 
and  sometimes  even  higher  than  the  "A" 
phrases.  The  result  is  a  certain  amount  of 
upward  movement  at  the  start  of  the  song. 

The  circle  dance  songs  are  also  similar  to  the 
sway  songs  in  melodic  line.  A  scarcity  of 
songs  in  which  the  "A"  phrase  reaches  the 
tonic  might  be  remarked  for  this  group. 


Over-all  Range 

The  comparison  can  be  shown  best  here  by 
a  table.  Figures  in  parentheses  represent  active 
range,  or  range  which  is  expressed  consistently 
throughout  the  song.  A  weak  jump  to  the 
octave  or  one  unemphatic  dip  to  the  fifth 
below  the  tonic  is  recorded  in  the  left-hand 
columns  but  ignored  in  the  figures  in  paren- 
theses. 


"Boulton,  1 94 1. 


INTERS 

L          SWAY 

DANCE 

GIFT 

CIRCLE 

TOTAL 

3 

(  4) 

(4) 

4 

(2) 

i   (  i) 

I     (    I) 

2   (  4) 

5 

5  <9) 

6  (  7) 

2    (3> 

I     (    I) 

14  (20) 

6 

4  (6) 

3   (  i) 

(i) 

3   (  3) 

10  (11) 

7 

3   (  i) 

3   (  0 

8 

■5   (7) 

4  (ii) 

7   (6) 

10   (10) 

36  (34) 

9 

i 

1 

10 

5   (  0 

5   (  1) 

ii 

4 

4 

75     75 

THE  SECULAR  SONGS  IN  THE  ENEMY  WAY 

Range  in  Individual  Phrases 


57 


The  sway  songs  seem  weak  on  the  upper 
part  of  the  scale.  Only  seven  of  them  show  a 
reallv  strong  expression  of  the  octave. 

The  dance  songs  are  weak  in  the  lower 
part  of  the  scale.  Few  of  the  dips  below  the 
tonic  found  a  strong  expression  in  these  songs. 

The  circle  dance  songs  show  the  greatest 
uniformity  in  range.  The  octaves  are  all 
actively  expressed. 


Ranges  of  zero  (the  flat  introductory  and 
codential  phrases  usually  sung  on  one  note), 
a  fifth,  a  third,  and  a  fourth  predominate  in 
that  order  in  the  sway  songs  and  the  dance 
songs.  The  important  ranges  in  the  individual 
phrases  of  the  gift  songs  are  zero  and  a  fifth. 
In  the  circle  songs,  ranges  of  zero  and  a  fourth 
predominate,  and  ranges  of  a  fifth  and  a  third 
are  expressed,  but  much  less  importantly. 


Melodic  Phrasing 

Fixed  Phrases.  Most  of  the  fixed  phrases 
are  sung  on  one  note  and  may  therefore  be 
better  distinguished  rhythmically  than  melodi- 
cally. 


Sv/ay    soring: 

XJ     J     J    j     Jj     Y    jjjj 


....      ,JJ     s^^ 

he  ye  ye   ye  yana         heye  yana         yeye  he  ya  hane   hyo 


Dance   songs: 

x'  J  J*  r  J  J 

he  ne'    yana 
Gift   songs: 

u    J  JT3w1rr 

he  ya  he  ya 
Circle   songs: 

0   J.  J.  J. 

he  ne  ya 


Paired  Phrases.  Sway  songs  show  a  con- 
siderable amount  of  phrase  pairing.  Seven  of 
the  songs  are  fully  paired:  AA  BB  CC,  etc. 
The  first  phrase  after  the  introduction  is  nearly 
always  paired,  and  the  fixed  phrase,  "S,"  is 
always  paired. 

Pairing  is  not  a  feature  of  the  dance  songs. 
Not  one  is  fully  paired,  and  other  pairings 
are  infrequent. 

The   "Ute   type"    of   gift  song   shows   no 


(Mescalero  Apache) 


("Ute")      Also  have   the  X  and  Y 
of   the    sway   songs. 


pairing,  but  it  is  a  feature  of  the  sway  type 
gift  songs. 

The  circle  dance  songs  show  very  little 
pairing.  Not  one  is  fully  paired,  and  more 
than  one  doubling  is  rare. 

This  feature  in  melodic  phrasing  seems  to 
separate  the  sway  songs  from  the  other  public 
songs  of  the  Enemy  Way  with  a  rather  neat 
stylistic  definitiveness. 

Over-all  Patterns.  The  sway  songs  typically 


5« 

show  a  partial  repeat  of  material  from  early  in 
the  song  or  from  the  middle  of  the  song.  These 
kinds  of  patterning  can  be  shown: 

ABC    and    ABC 
AB  B 

The  dance  songs  typically  show  a  full  repeat 
of  phrases:    ABBC 
ABBC 

The  gift  songs  in  sway  style  show  the 
partial  repeat.  Those  in  "Ute  style"  have  a 
full  repeat. 

Most  of  the  circle  dance  songs  show  the 
partial  repeat  phrase  patterns  of  the  sway 
songs. 

Number  of  Phrases.  None  of  the  songs 
has  fewer  than  three  different  phrases  and 
most  have  more  than  three.  Four  and  five 
phrases  seems  to  be  the  average  number.  As 
the  accompanying  figure  shows,  the  gift  and 
circle  dance  songs  show  the  greatest  com- 
plexity in  this  respect: 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


NUMBER  OF  PHRASES 
3 
4 

5 
6 

1 
8 

9 

14 


SWAY 

2 

3 
8 


DANCE 

2 

8 
9 

4 

1 
2 


CIRCLE 
I 

2 

4 
3 
1 

2 


The  total  number  of  phrases,  counting  all 
repeats,  runs  from  about  ten  to  nearly  one 
hundred.  Most  songs  have  a  total  of  between 
ten  and  thirty  phrases.  The  dance  songs  are 
characteristically  sung  through  many  more 
times  than  the  others  and  so,  naturally,  run  up 
the  largest  total. 

Finals.  A  method  which  is  sometimes  use- 
ful in  analyzing  the  internal  structure  of  a 
song  is  to  plot  the  location  of  the  final  note 
in  each  phrase.  A  figure  such  as  "1,  1,  1,  1" 
would  indicate  that  in  a  song  of  four  phrases, 
every  phrase  ended  on  the  tonic,  and  the  song 
as  a  whole  is  securely  anchored  to  this  note, 
even  dominated  by  it. 


All  phrases  end  on  tonic 
All  but  one    "    "    " 
All  but  two   "    "    " 
All  but  three  or  more  " 


SWAY    DANCE    GIFT    CIRCLE 
72OI 
7  8  3  3 

6836 
4845 


The  strong  attraction  of  the  tonic  shown  by 
these  figures  is  one  of  the  characteristics  of 
most  American  Indian  music.  There  were 
very  few  cases  in  which  more  than  three 
phrases  failed  to  end  on  the  tonic. 

Scales 

Though  the  notion  of  a  scale  as  a  fixed 
series  of  notes  which  may  be  drawn  upon  for 
the  construction  of  a  song  is  foreign  to  the 
Navahos  and,  indeed,  may  be  presumed  to  be 
foreign  to  any  musical  tradition  that  is  melodic 
rather  than  harmonic,  it  is  nevertheless  pos- 
sible for  the  musicologist  to  derive  scales 
from  the  melodies  he  examines.  A  table  is 
the  simplest  way  of  presenting  the  scales  that 
can  be  heard  in  the  four  types  of  Enemy  Way 
songs  discussed  here: 


SCALES 

Chromatic 
Major  diatonic 
Minor  diatonic 
Dorian  mode 
Mixolydian 

mode 
On  interval 

of  a  fourth 
Open  triad 
Pentatonic 
On  interval 

of  a  third 


SWAY    DANCE      GIFT     CIRCLE 


3 

8 
o 

24 


■  4 

26 


.  o 

•  3 
.  I 

.  o 
10 


.  o 

•  4 

•  4 


.  1 

.  1 
.  o 

.  o 

■5 


75 


A  few  comments  will  draw  attention  to 
some  of  the  more  interesting  features  of  these 
"scales." 

Contrary  to  popular  conceptions  of  primi- 
tive music  as  mostly  minor,  "weird,"  and 
"mournful,"  we  find  a  fair  representation  of 
songs  that  are  in  our  own  major  diatonic 
scale.  Only  twenty  of  the  seventy-five  songs 
are  "minor"  in  some  sense.  Fourteen  of  these 
seem  to  be  in  the  "Dorian  mode,"  that  is,  the 
seventh  as  well  as  the  third  is  a  semitone  lower 
than  in  the  major  diatonic  scale. 

Another  theory  about  primitive  music  is 
that  it  represents  an  archaic  stage  in  the  de- 
velopment of  human  aural  perception.  Sup- 
posedly, at  this  level,  the  ear  cannot  dis- 
tinguish semitones,  and  so  they  are  avoided. 
Thus  minor  modalities  would  not  occur  since 
a  semitone  from  the  second  to  the  lowered 


THE  SECULAR  SONGS  IN  THE  ENEMY  WAY 


59 


third  would  be  involved.  The  major  mode 
would  be  equally  uncongenial,  since  it  in- 
volves a  semitone  from  the  third  to  the  fourth. 
Apparently  the  Navahos  do  not  have  an 
archaic  ear  since  we  have  noted  an  abundant 
use  of  semitones.  But  they  do  have  melodies 
which  do  not  employ  semitones,  as,  for 
example,  twenty  melodies  that  show  penta- 
tonic  scales.  Moreover,  the  seventh  or  "leading 
tone,"  a  semitone  below  the  tonic  or  octave, 
is  present  in  only  four  of  the  seventy-five 
songs  under  discussion  (nos.   16,  21,  50,  and 

50- 

Note  Relationships  in  General.  The  most 
important  note  in  these  songs  is  almost  always 
the  lowest  note.  This  base  note,  which  may 
be  called  a  "tonic"  since  it  establishes  the  to- 
nality of  the  song,  is  the  chief  note  and  often 
the  only  note  in  all  introductory  and  codential 
material,  and  it  is  the  "resting  point"  towards 
which  the  melody  moves.  The  dominance  of 
this  note  over  the  rest  of  the  melody  is  so 
pronounced  that  it  resembles  a  magnetic 
attraction  pulling  irresistibly  at  the  melodic 
line.  This  strength  of  the  tonic  is  felt  to  a 
degree  unknown  in  Western  European  music. 

As  I  have  mentioned  elsewhere,  Navaho 
ceremonial  music  may  be  pitched  in  nearly  the 
same  key  throughout  an  entire  night  of  sing- 
ing. A  crude  experiment  suggested  that  the 
Navaho  sense  of  tonality  may  be  much  more 
rigid  than  our  own.  On  various  occasions  I 
sang  a  simple  melody  (My  Country,  '77s  of 
Thee)  to  Navaho  informants  and  to  Mormon 
informants.  In  order  to  see  what  the  reaction 
would  be  I  changed  key  every  two  or  three 
notes.  Though  I  kept  the  rhythm  and  general 
melodic  direction  of  the  piece,  no  informant 
recognized  it.  Without  exception,  the  Nava- 
hos began  to  laugh  after  the  second  or  third 
shift  in  tonality  and  said  the  song  was  "no 
good,"  or  that  I  was  "just  making  it  up."  The 
Mormons,  on  the  other  hand,  said  the  song 
was  "mysterious,"  or  sounded  "foreign,  like  a 
German  song,  maybe."    Only  one  Mormon 


said  that  it  "didn't  sound  right."  It  would  be 
interesting  to  check  for  this  feature  of  a  very 
strong  tonic  and  a  very  strong  sense  of  tonality 
in  other  groups  where  the  melodic  tradition 
prevails. 

A  note  of  secondary  importance  is  almost 
always  present  in  the  songs  under  discussion 
here.  This  note  is  most  apt  to  be  the  third, 
fourth,  or  fifth  above  the  tonic.  The  brackets 
in  the  "scale"  scheme  for  song  number  1  (see 
Scale  Schemes  following  transcription  of  song 
number  24)  indicate  that  the  most  significant 
melodic  activity  occurs  in  the  intervals  be- 
tween the  octave  and  the  fifth  and  between 
the  fifth  and  the  tonic.  The  two  active  com- 
passes "interlock"  on  the  fifth,  which  gives 
this  note  strong  weight  as  a  secondary  anchor 
point  in  the  movement  of  the  melody.  Com- 
pare with  number  15  where  the  active  com- 
passes are  between  the  octave  and  the  fifth, 
and  the  tonic  and  the  third.  The  significant 
tonal  sections  are  adjacent  rather  than  inter- 
locking and  the  values  of  the  third  and  fifth 
are  no  greater  than  those  of  several  other 
notes  in  the  song. 

The  reader  is  referred  to  pp.  35—37  for  a 
more  detailed  discussion  of  "scales"  in  music 
in  the  melodic  tradition,  and  to  the  scale 
analyses  following  the  song  notations. 

The  descriptive  material  given  above  is 
intended  to  serve  as  a  background  for  a  study 
of  values  as  seen  in  music  as  social  behavior. 
As  was  mentioned  in  the  Introduction,  the 
"secular"  songs  of  the  Enemy  Way  are  central 
to  the  whole  problem  of  Navaho  values,  as 
approached  through  the  music  of  the  culture. 
They  are  the  most  widely  known  and  most 
often  sung  melodies  among  the  general  Navaho 
population.  Part  II,  which  follows,  is  a  dis- 
cussion of  religious,  esthetic,  and  other  values 
as  they  bear  upon,  and  are  reflected  in, 
Navaho  music.  The  sway  songs,  dance  songs, 
circle  songs,  and  gift  songs  of  the  Enemy 
Way,  taken  as  a  unit,  serve  as  a  point  of 
departure  in  the  discussion  below. 


THE  NATURE  OF  TABOO 


THE  etymology  of  our  word,  "religion" 
(hold  back,  restrain,  taboo)  affords  an 
appropriate  starting  point  for  a  discussion  of 
Navaho  values  with  respect  to  religious  music. 
On  my  first  day  of  recording  Navaho  songs, 
I  learned  that  some  may  be  sung  by  anybody 
and  discussed  freely,  but  that  others  may  be 
sung  only  with  circumspection;  with  the 
right  preparation,  at  the  right  time,  and  by 
the  right  people.  Indeed,  some  of  these  latter 
songs  may  not  be  beard  except  by  those  who 
have  been  properly  protected  by  initiation. 
In  the  words  of  my  first  informant  on  Navaho 
musical  behavior,  "We'd  rather  leave  those 
to  the  medicine  men;  we  are  afraid  of  those." 
This  is  an  attitude  that  I  heard  expressed  many 
times  subsequently  and  in  many  connections. 
Danger  in  Navaho  music  is  not  conceived 
of  as  automatic  and  absolute.  It  may  be 
mitigated  by  various  kinds  of  protections 
and  precautions.1  The  degree  to  which  these 
are  necessary  provides  the  observer  with  a 
rough  scale  of  da?iger  on  which  the  various 
types  of  music  may  be  plotted.  Those  songs 
which  are  most  hedged  about  by  fears  and 
restrictions  are  at  the  upper  end  of  the  scale 
and,  in  the  sense  of  being  most  secret  and 
dangerous,  embody  the  most  intense  religious 
affect.  At  the  lower  end  of  the  scale  one 
finds  those  songs  which  are  most  nearly 
secular  in  feeling. 

It  is  hard  to  discuss  with  a  Navaho  what 
music  is  "holy"  and  what  music  is  not.  The 
first  reaction  of  nearly  all  of  my  informants 
was  that  all  of  their  songs  were  sacred.  Nor 
did  they  respond  with  categories  to  such  ques- 
tions as  "Are  some  songs  more  holy  than 
others?"  No  such  hierarchies  seem  to  exist 
ready-made  in  the  Navaho  scheme  of  values. 
But  when  asked  directly,  nearly  every  Navaho 
feels   that  songs   from   the   great  ceremonial 

1  See  Kluckhohn,  1949,  pp.  371-72,  for  concept  of 
babadzid    ("for  it  there   is   fear"). 

2 1  am  indebted  to  Clyde  Kluckhohn  for  the  in- 
formation that  songs  are  believed  to  be  used  in 
witchcraft.  Deer  hunting  songs  were  thought  by  my 
informant  to  be  used  by  witches;  they  are  part  of 
the    obsolescent    Game     Way.     See    Wyman     and 


chants  are  more  sacred  than  gambling  songs 
such  as  those  sun?  with  the  Moccasin  Game. 
The  parts  of  the  Night  Chant  and  the  Enemy 
Way  Chant  which  are  chanted  by  the  cere- 
monial practitioner  are  recognized  by  every- 
one as  being  more  sacred  than  the  Yeibichai 
songs  of  the  masked  dancers  in  the  former  and 
the  Squaw  Dance  songs  publicly  performed 
in  the  latter. 

The  following  list  is  an  attempt  to  plot 
various  types  of  Navaho  music  according  to 
their  relative  positions  on  a  "scale  of  danger." 
This  is  not,  of  course,  a  Navaho  systematiza- 
tion,  but  my  own.  The  songs  are  placed  in  the 
order  of  decreasing  power  or  danger. 

1.  Prayer  ceremonials. 

2.  Songs  used  in  witchcraft,  and  deer  hunting 
songs.2 

3.  Songs  from  non-Navaho  ceremonials.  I  know 
that  Peyote  songs  are  considered  highly  dangerous 
and  believe  this  may  be  true  for  some  of  the  other 
ceremonials  performed  bv  other  Indian  groups. 

4.  The  longer  chants:  Night  Way,  Shooting  Way, 
etc.  The  Evil  Way  chants  are  considered  more 
dangerous  than  the  Holy  Way  chants.3 

5.  Chanted  parts  of  the  Enemy  Way:  the  four 
starting  songs,  the  walking  songs,  the  blackening 
songs,  etc.,  are  all  very  secret. 

6.  Moccasin  Game  and,  perhaps,  Stick  Dice  songs, 
which  must  be  used  only  in  the  right  season  of  the 
year. 

7.  Work  songs  such  as  weaving,  spinning,  and 
corn  grinding  songs.  Much  more  needs  to  be  known 
about  these  songs.  They  do  not  seem  to  be  par- 
ticularly taboo  but  they  have,  nevertheless,  become 
very  rare.' 

8.  Circle  dance  songs  from  the  Enemy  Way. 

9.  Yeibichai  songs  from  Night  Way,  should  onlv 
be  sung  in  the  winter. 

10.  Dawn  songs  and  other  songs  from  the  latter 
part  of  the  Blessing  Way  mav  be  used  in  some  social 
contexts,  but  still  with  religious  overtones  of  bring- 
ing good  luck.5 

Kluckhohn,  1938,  p.  7,  p.  35. 

3  Clyde  Kluckhohn,  personal  communication.  See 
Wyman  and  Kluckhohn,  1938,  pp.  5-7,  for  classifica- 
tion. 

'Rhodes,  1949,  records  1422  B  (1,  2,  3):  These 
songs  and  The  Silversmith's  Song,  1423 A  (2)  seem 
(Continued   on   p.   64) 


63 


64 

ii.  Sway  songs,  gift  songs,  and  dance  songs  from 
the  Enemy  Way  can  be  sung  at  any  time. 

The  danger  inherent  in  the  songs  at  the 
upper  end  of  the  list  is  very  nearly  of  the 
automatic  kind  found  in  magic  everywhere. 
There  is  no  feeling  that  the  singing  of  these 
songs  by  the  wrong  persons  or  at  inappropriate 
times  is  displeasing  to  any  supernatural  persons 
or  forces,  but  rather  that  the  songs  them- 
selves are  dangerous.  After  Eddie  Cochise 
had  arranged  to  record  some  personal  songs 
given  him  by  his  grandmother,  he  checked 
with  Bill  Begay  and  was  persuaded  that  it 
would  not  be  safe.  The  songs  were  too  danger- 
ous  to  be  handled  in  an  unconventional  way 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


and  in  an  inappropriate  setting.  He  said,  "If 
I  sing  those,  I  might  get  sick.  I  might  die 
pretty  soon." 

Children  who  have  heard  sacred  chants  are 
warned,  by  threats  of  illness  or  death,  not  to 
sing  them.  Washington  Adatthews,  and,  more 
recently,  Maud  Oakes,  were  warned  of  the 
danger  involved  in  learning  sacred  things. 
According  to  the  Navahos,  Dr.  Matthews' 
paralysis  was  the  direct  result  of  his  researches 
in  Navaho  religion  without  adequate  protec- 
tion.6 Maud  Oakes  was  given  protective  pollen 
when  Jeff  King  told  her  the  story  and  gave 
her  the  dry-paintings  of  Where  the  Two  Came 
to  Their  Father.1 


DANGER  THROUGH  MISUSE:     VARIOUS  FORMS  OF  PROTECTION 


In  all  of  these  instances,  the  danger  is  in- 
curred through  misuse.  It  is  like  the  danger 
in  an  electrical  power  line:  one  must  know 
how  to  handle  it.  There  are  various  safety 
techniques  or  precautions.  The  dominant 
theme  in  Navaho  taboo  is  dont  do  it  unless 
you  know  how.  The  ways  of  dealing  with 
this  potent  danger  are  many. 

One  form  of  protection  is  initiation.  In 
the  Enemy  Way,  for  example,  the  blackening 
songs  and  the  songs  that  accompany  the 
assembling  of  the  drum  and  rattle  stick  are 
highly  dangerous;  only  those  who  have  been 
patients  in  the  ceremony  may  be  present  when 
these  songs  are  sung.  Another  safety  method 
is  the  prophylactic  use  of  pollen  mentioned 
above.  There  are  also  prophylactic  songs 
such  as  the  Bear  and  Snake  songs  that  protect 
the  agent  who  brings  in  the  enemy  trophy 
in  the  Enemy  Way. 

Proper  timing  is  also  a  protective  measure. 
According  to  Matthews,  the  songs  of  all  the 
nine-day  ceremonies  may  be  sung  "only 
during  the  frosty  weather,  in  the  late  autumn 
and  the  winter  months,  .  .  ." 8  He  implies 
that  the  danger  here  is  snakes:  the  proper 
time  for  performance  is  when  the  snakes  are 

(Continued  fro?ri  p.  63) 

all  to  be  constructed  on  Squaw  Dance  models. 

6  "I  asked  if  L.  could  sing  some  of  the  Blessing 
Way  songs  for  me  but  he  refused  saying  that  al- 
though he  knew  some  it  wasn't  right  to  sing  them 
then  although  it  was  O.K.  to  just  sing  squaw  dance 


hibernating.  Another  danger,  present  in  the 
summer  months,  is  lightning. 

Careful  preparation  and  training  are  im- 
portant in  Navaho  music  in  that  they  insure 
against  error.  Thus,  a  ceremonial  must  be 
learned  in  the  course  of  a  long  apprenticeship, 
during  which  the  novice  can  assist  at  many 
performances  until  he  has  memorized  the 
songs  and  other  ritual  components  perfectly. 
In  certain  important  ceremonies,  as  on  the 
last  night  of  the  Night  Chant,  other  cere- 
monial practitioners  may  attend  to  audit  the 
songs  and  check  any  mistakes.  They  are 
present  not  so  much  to  test  the  ability  of  the 
singer  who  is  in  charge  of  the  ceremony  as 
to  serve  as  insurance  against  the  possibility  of 
any  error  going  unnoticed.9 

Jim  Chamiso,  when  listening  to  recordings 
of  Navaho  songs,  was  very  insistent  on  what 
was  "right"  and  what  was  "wrong."  A  small 
deviation  in  melody  or  use  of  vocables  would 
make  him  smile  and  shake  his  head.  His  cor- 
rections may  be  seen  in  the  Comments.  The 
Reverend  Banks  of  the  Galilean  Mission  has 
provided  me  with  an  interesting  example  of 
Navaho  meticulousness  in  musical  perform- 
ance.   A  blind  Navaho,  29  or  30  years  old, 

songs  because  you're  happy."  Robert  Rapoport,  field 
notes,  July  3,  1950. 

"Reichard,  1950,  p.  82. 

7  Oakes,  1943,  p.  47. 

'Matthews,  1902,  p.  4. 

9  Matthews,  1902,  pp.  145-46. 


THE  NATURE  OF  TABOO 


named  Lowell  Woods,  spent  a  good  deal  of 
time  around  the  Galilean  Mission  near  Rail- 
town.  He  had  learned  to  play  the  accordion 
and  accompanied  the  hymn  singing  at  the 
Mission.  When  asked  to  play  solos,  he  was 
very  particular  about  whether  he  was  playing 
"in  English  or  in  Navaho,"  and  even  about 
which  verse  he  was  playing. 

Beside  general  preparation  and  training, 
there  is  a  strong  Navaho  emphasis  on  training 
for  a  particular  singing  event.  This  includes 
running  hard,  fasting,  and  purification  by 
vomiting.  Eddie  Cochise  told  me  that  for  a 
price  he  would  teach  me  the  plant  used  as  an 
emetic  and  the  sacred  song  that  went  with  its 
preparation  and  use.  Jim  Chamiso  said  that 
the  young  men  nowadays  do  not  want  to 
prepare  for  a  "sing"  in  this  way,  and  con- 
sequently the  singing  is  no  longer  as  good  as 
it  used  to  be.  Several  informants  remarked 
that  the  reason  older  men  outlast  the  young 
men  in  the  all-night  singing  of  the  Enemy 
Way  is  that  the  young  men  wear  themselves 
out  by  fancy  singing  and  that  they  no  longer 
know  how  to  prepare  for  it. 

Tschopik  has  shown  that  the  art  of  pottery 
making  among  the  Navahos  owes  its  obso- 
lescence in  considerable  part  to  the  taboo 
surrounding  it.10  The  restriction  of  music,  by 
and  large,  to  adult  males  may  be  attributed  to 
the  same  cause.  Many  old-timers  in  the  South- 
west say  they  have  never  heard  a  woman  or  a 
child  sing,  and  many  Navaho  women  inter- 
viewed by  me  stated  that  they  rarely  did  any 
singing.11  Dezba  Cochise  insisted  that  in  her 
lifetime  she  had  never  sung  any  kind  of  song. 

The  danger  of  misuse  is  certainly  a  strong 
factor  in  this  situation.  Boys  are  not  supposed 
to  sing  anything  but  Squaw  Dance  songs  until 
they  are  old  enough  to  learn  other  kinds  of 
music  accurately.  A  menstruating  woman 
cannot  participate  in  a  ceremony  and  must 
not  sing  ceremonial  songs.  The  few  women 
who  are  singers  and  actually  give  ceremonials 
are  all  past  the  menopause.12  As  mentioned 
earlier,  at  the  shooting  of  the  trophy  in  the 

"Tschopik,  1941,  pp.  47-50. 

11  Matthews,  1897,  pp.  26-27. 

12  Bill  Begay  in  Kluckhohn's  field  notes,  May  24, 

194°- 

13 Kluckhohn's  experience  differs  from  mine:  he 
has    heard    and    participated    in    considerably    more 


65 

Enemy  Way,  a  woman  must  be  represented  by 
a  male  relative. 

Casual  singing  is  not  a  feature  of  Navaho 
life.  When  I  was  camping  with  Navaho 
families,  I  heard  only  a  few  snatches  of  song, 
and  this  was  always  Squaw  Dance  music. 
Though  my  presence  may  have  affected  the 
situation,  the  Navahos  themselves  substan- 
tiated my  impression  when  asked  directly.13 
None  of  my  informants  knew  of  anyone  who 
sang  lullabies  to  infants.  Work  songs  such  as 
weaving,  spinning,  and  corn  grinding  songs 
are  now  unknown  in  the  Rimrock-Willow 
Fence  area,  though  several  informants  said 
such  songs  used  to  be  sung.14 

From  October  second  to  October  sixth, 
1950,  I  worked  with  several  hundred  Navahos 
at  Carrot  Flats,  New  Mexico,  and  spent  the 
nights  in  the  slab  shantytown  provided  by 
the  owners.  In  part,  my  reason  for  being 
there  was  to  observe  musical  behavior,  and 
I  found  that  neither  in  the  fields  nor  back 
at  camp  in  the  evening  was  there  any  sus- 
tained effort  to  sing  recreationally.  Occa- 
sionally a  boy  in  his  early  teens  would  sing  or 
whistle  a  few  bars  of  Squaw  Dance  music,  and 
once  for  a  short  while  I  heard  somebody  in  a 
slab  shanty  playing  a  short  American  piece  on 
a  mouth  organ.  Here  again  the  Indians  were 
among  strangers,  but  I  was  told  by  Jim 
Chamiso,  who  acted  as  my  interpreter  on  this 
trip,  that  there  would  have  been  no  singing 
even  if  the  people  had  all  been  well  acquainted. 
As  he  put  it,  "We  are  afraid  to  sing  because 
somebody  might  notice  we  make  mistakes." 

This  does  not  mean  that  Navahos  sing  only 
in  ceremonies.  John  Nez,  when  he  was  at 
school,  used  to  sneak  out  with  the  other  boys 
at  night  and  sing  Squaw  Dance  songs  by  a  big 
fire.  They  would  wear  horsehair  imitations 
of  the  clubbed  hair  of  back-country  Navahos 
and  sing  as  long  as  they  could  stay  awake. 
Dr.  Kluckhohn  spent  an  evening  at  the  home 
of  Gregorio  (in  Rimrock)  in  the  fall  of  1950 
which  ended  with  the  men  in  the  group  sing- 
ing the  Dawn  Songs  of  the  Blessing  Way. 

casual  recreational  singing  than  would  seem  to  take 
place  according  to  my  statement. 

"  Salcedanos,  however,  learned  corn  grinding 
songs  from  the  Navahos  and  still  sing  them,  in  the 
Navaho  language,  during  the  corn  grinding  before 
the  mid-winter  festival. 


66 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


One  may  see  a  man  riding  somewhere  and 
singing  at  the  top  of  his  voice.  Young  men 
riding  to  a  Squaw  Dance,  on  horseback  or  in 
a  car,  are  likely  to  practice  the  songs  they 
plan  to  use  during  the  dance  and  the  all-night 
singing.  Still,  very  little  Navaho  singing  is 
social  or  recreational,  in  our  sense.  It  is  tied 
to  special  occasions,  usually  ceremonial. 

The  restrictions  on  performance  seem  to  be 
contributing  to  the  disappearance  of  the  great 
ceremonial  chants.  I  have  heard  young  men 
say  that  the  many  songs  contained  in  the 
chants  are  "too  hard"  to  learn.  Though  cer- 
tain ceremonies,  such  as  the  Enemy  Way, 
seem  to  be  outstandingly  viable  today,  it  is 
true  that  a  great  many  more  have  vanished  or 
are  now  known  by  only  a  few  older  singers, 
some  of  whom  have  no  pupils.  In  the  world  of 
music  a  high  level  of  technical  skill  is  required. 
A  valuable  or  potent  song  is  one  that  is  re- 
membered letter-perfect;  a  song  that  is  "just 
made  up"  has  no  value  in  traditional  Navaho 
religion.  One  of  the  most  common  complaints 
heard  in  the  Rimrock  region  was  that  cere- 
monies are  now  being  imperfectly  performed. 
Annie  Mucho,  whose  husband,  father,  and 
brother  were  all  ceremonial  practitioners,  ex- 
pressed considerable  mistrust  of  the  present- 
dav  performances  of  certain  ceremonies.  She 
said  that  her  husband  had  learned  imperfectly 
from  her  father:  he  often  improvised  where 
he  should  have  remembered  exactly. 

Though  two-  and  three-year-olds  are  often 
encouraged  to  sing,  it  is  not  unusual  for  chil- 
dren  to  practice  singing  in  secret  because  they 
are  afraid  of  ridicule  and  disapproval.  I  could 
find  no  example  of  adult  Navahos  whose 
parents  had  urged  them  to  sing  (as  Old  Man 
Hat  did  his  son),15  though  I  did  meet  several 
people  who  wanted  their  children  to  sing  and 
had  encouraged  them  to  learn  Mormon  hymns 
or  Squaw  Dance  songs.  Alice  Mario  learned 
to  play  the  harmonica  with  her  sister  in  secret. 
Mrs.  Grant  Johns  was  very  proud  of  her  nine- 
year-old  niece  who  knew  three  skip  dance 
songs. 

The  lack  of  casual  singing  cannot  be  dissoci- 
ated from  a  general  shyness  and  indrawn  qual- 
ity of  Navaho  behavior.  One  could  almost 
say  there  is  a  lack  of  casual  talking  as  well. 
There  is  certainly  very  little  loud  talking.   At 

"Dyk,  1938,  p.  257. 


any  large  gathering,  an  observer  who  is  ac- 
customed to  the  crowd  behavior  of  white 
people  is  immediately  struck  by  the  general 
quietness  which  prevails.  There  are  no  loud 
noises  and  nobody  makes  himself  conspicu- 
ous. Occasionally  a  tribal  leader  will  make  an 
announcement  in  which  no  obvious  shyness 
is  apparent,  though  I  did  see  one  speaker  who 
stood  with  his  back  to  the  audience  and  flung 
brief  remarks  over  his  shoulder. 

The  chief  exceptions  to  the  peculiarly  (from 
our  point  of  view)  muted  quality  of  Navaho 
public  gatherings  are  when  formally  organ- 
ized singing  takes  place,  as  at  Yeibichai  Dances, 
Squaw  Dances,  or  when  there  has  been  a  good 
deal  of  drinking.  In  the  latter  instance,  when 
fights  begin  to  break  out  there  may  be  some 
shouting,  but  even  this  is  very  different  from 
drunken  brawling  in  white-American  culture. 
Much  of  the  kicking  and  punching  is  done 
with  silent  intensity.  The  shouting  is  not  pro- 
longed or  repetitive,  but  consists  of  a  few 
short  cries  that  seem  to  be  forced  out.  Even 
in  this  extreme  situation,  there  is  very  little 
sustained  noise,  nor  do  the  onlookers  shout 
censure  or  encouragement. 

I  will  return  to  this  matter  of  "Navaho 
quiet"  in  a  later  section. 

A  final  remark  in  connection  with  taboo 
concerns  the  question  of  personal  ownership 
in  music.  A  man  who  has  learned  a  chant  has 
"bought"  it  not  only  by  his  effort  and  mastery 
but  also  by  actual  payment.  This  feeling  of 
transfer  for  value  received  is  important  in  all 
Navaho  ceremony.  The  patient  must  pay  for 
the  ceremony  in  order  for  it  to  be  effective. 
Similarly,  the  neophyte  must  have  the  cere- 
mony performed  over  him  for  pay  as  part  of 
his  training.  When  Eddie  Cochise  offered  to 
teach  me  a  song,  it  was  phrased  in  terms  of 
apprenticeship  and  purchase.  And  when  A'Ir. 
Moustache  recorded  for  me,  he  would  only 
sing  Squaw  Dance  and  Moccasin  Game  songs. 
He  said  of  songs  higher  on  the  "scale  of  dan- 
ger": 

I'm  not  a  real  singer,  I  only  know  the  Blessing  Way. 
It  is  not  right  to  sing  other  people's  songs. 

The  fear  of  misuse  in  Navaho  music  is 
closely  related  to  its  function  as  a  practical 
technique  in  obtaining  certain  results  in  a  way 


THE  NATURE  OF  TABOO 


that  is  essentially  magical.  If  one  asks  what  a 
particular  song  is  for,  or  what  music  in  gen- 
eral is  for,  the  most  frequent  response  will  be, 
"to  bring  happiness  and  long  life."  In  addition, 
there  are  specific  functions  of  particular 
chants,  such  as  the  curing  of  a  particular  dis- 
ease, which  contribute  to  this  s;oaL  There 
are  also  special  functions  of  songs  within  cer- 
tain chants.  The  "Traveling  Song"  from  the 
Blessing  Way  will  give  good  luck  in  traveling 
and  will  also  favorably  affect  conditions  for 
the  increase  of  cattle,  horses,  and  other  live- 
stock. The  protective  function  of  the  Bear 
and  Snake  songs  in  the  Enemy  Way  has  al- 
ready been  mentioned. 

A  good  illustration  of  the  functional  empha- 
sis in  Navaho  music  may  be  obtained  from 
comments  on  "foreign"  music.  A  very  com- 
mon reaction  to  American  or  Spanish  songs 
was,  "I  suppose  it's  all  right,  but  I  can't  under- 
stand the  words."  Mr.  Moustache,  in  making 
such  a  statement,  went  on  to  ask  what  the 


67 

song  was  for.  Unless  the  function  was  clear, 
informants  did  not  know  how  to  react. 

The  homeopathic,  imitative,  and  contagious 
qualities  of  magic  are  observable  in  Navaho 
music.  Though  I  was  able  to  collect  no  lulla- 
bies, Mr.  Moustache  said  to  his  grandson,  John 
Nez,  after  singing  a  Moccasin  Game  song 
about  the  pygmy  owl,  "Why  don't  you  sing 
that  to  your  baby  to  make  him  sleep?"  This 
owl  has  the  reputation  among  the  Navahos 
of  sleeping  both  day  and  night.  A  song  about 
the  owl  brings  it  into  "contact"  with  the  baby, 
and  a  like  effect  may  be  produced.  Pollen 
which  has  come  into  contact  with  this  bird 
is  considered  very  potent  sleeping  medicine 
and  may  even  cause  the  baby  to  sleep  too 
much. 

There  is  sometimes  imitation  such  as  the  cry 
of  a  god  or  the  buzzing  of  the  corn  beetle  in 
a  song  which  seeks  to  transmit  power  from 
these  sources  to  the  patient.  In  the  Enemy 
Way,  the  four  starting  songs  may  be  cited  as 
an  example  of  this. 


RELIGIONS  FROM  OUTSIDE 


THE  PEYOTE  CULT 


MY  EXPERIENCE  with  the  Peyote  cult 
among  the  Navahos  consisted  of  two  trips 
to  visit  Peyotist  families  and  attendance  at 
one  Peyote  meeting  near  Window  Rock.  I 
understood  that  the  Navahos  had  learned  about 
Peyote  from  the  Utes,1  and  I  was  much  inter- 
ested to  find  out  what  I  could  about  musical 
behavior  in  this  new  religion.  As  far  as  I  could 
tell,  the  Ute  music  has  been  taken  over  in  toto. 
A  number  of  the  men  did  not  sing  at  all.  One 
told  me  he  had  not  been  able  to  learn  the 
songs  though  he  was  very  eager  to  do  so.  I 
heard  no  Navaho  words  but  only  Peyote 
vocables  and  the  special  phrase,  heyoivicbiayo. 
The  singing  was  not  done  in  the  usual  nasal, 
sharply  emphatic  Navaho  style  2  but  was  in  the 
standard  "Peyote  style"  which  is  more  even, 
almost  in  the  Western  European  manner  of 
voice  production.3  The  Navahos  I  heard 
faithfully  borrowed  nearly  every  detail  of  the 
"foreign"  music.  This  is  not  necessarily  a  re- 
quirement of  the  Peyote  religion.  Four 
special  songs  —  the  starting  song,  the  mid- 
night song,  the  morning  water  song,  and  the 
quitting  song  —  do  seem  to  have  a  fixed  form 
in  inter-tribal  use,4  but  some  tribes  have,  in  ad- 
dition, contributed  songs  with  more  or  less 
extensive  texts  in  their  own  languages  to  the 
general  body  of  Peyote  literature. 

This  somewhat  rigid  borrowing  suggests  a 
Navaho  theme  already  discussed,  the  fear  of 
misuse.  This  powerful  music  must  be  repro- 
duced exactly.  It  reminds  one  of  the  formalis- 
tic  attitude  of  the  Navahos  towards  religion 
in  general,  and  the  fear  of  misuse  seems  to  be 
at  least  a  partial  explanation.  In  addition,  it 
should  be  remembered  that  the  general  Navaho 
reaction  towards  "the  outside"  is  one  of  mis- 
trust.5 The  Enemy  Way,  specific  protection 
against  the  ghosts  of  dead  outsiders,  is  only 
one  illustration.  Certainly  the  reaction  of  many 
Navahos   and   the    majority   of   the   Navaho 

1  Astrov,  Margot,  personal  communication;  Kluck- 
hohn  and  Leighton,  1946,  p.  167. 

2 Roberts,  1936,  p.  33;  McAllester,  1951,  p.  36. 


Tribal  Council  towards  the  Peyote  cult  itself 
is  of  this  kind.  The  cult  is  seen  as  a  very  great 
threat.  In  the  Rimrock  region,  there  were 
stories  current  about  individuals  who  had  taken 
peyote,  become  very  sick,  and  eventually  died. 
There  seems  to  be  no  doubt  that  the  ceremonial 
practitioners  warn  people  in  these  terms  and 
are  among  the  most  bitter  opponents  of  the 
new  religion.  John  Nez  wanted  to  be  sure  that 
his  grandfather,  who  knows  the  Blessing  Way, 
never  knew  I  had  sung  Peyote  songs  to  him 
or  that  he  was  planning  to  accompany  me  to  a 
Peyote  meeting.  And  though  he  was  very 
curious  to  attend  a  meeting,  he  wanted  it  un- 
derstood that  he  would  not,  under  any  cir- 
cumstances, eat  the  drug. 

A  further  note  on  the  potency  of  the  Peyote 
cult  in  Navaho  thinking  came  from  Rever- 
end Banks.  He  cited  instances  of  a  Peyotist 
coming  into  the  Galilean  Mission  at  Railtown 
and  interrupting  the  missionary  in  order  to 
preach  the  Peyote  Gospel.  Mr.  Banks  also 
said  the  Indians  at  the  Mission  believed  that 
if  they  shook  hands  with  a  Peyotist,  they 
would  have  to  become  members  of  the  cult  or 
die.  This  "contagion"  was  even  supposed  to 
be  effective  at  third  hand.  Mr.  Banks  shook 
hands  with  a  well-known  Peyotist  to  show 
that  he  was  not  afraid  of  contamination  and 
then  found  that  he  was  avoided  by  his  own 
parishioners. 

Special  words  of  sacred  power  were  used 
in  the  Peyote  meeting  which  I  attended.  As 
in  regular  Navaho  prayer  and  chanting,  the 
words  bik'e  hojon  and  sahanayei  occurred  fre- 
quently. In  addition,  I  heard  in  every  long 
prayer  the  English  phrases,  "Lord  God  our 
Heavenly  Father"  and  "Jesus  Christ  our 
Savior."  In  the  singing,  however,  there  is  the 
somewhat  unusual  situation  of  songs  high  up 
on  the  danger  scale  without  meaningful  words. 
The  affect  here  apparently  derives  not  from 

3  McAllester,   1949,  pp.  80-82. 

'McAllester,  1952,  p.  685. 

6Kluckhohn  and  Leighton,  1946,  p.  225. 


68 


RELIGIONS  FROM  OUTSIDE 


sacred  phrases  or  words  of  explicit  magical 
power  but  from  sacred  vocables  and  the  care- 
ful rendition  of  songs  from  an  outside  religion. 
During  the  wait  before  the  Peyote  breakfast 
and  later  while  we  lay  around  conversing  in 
a  general  glow  of  good  feeling  after  the  break- 
fast there  were  many  stories  told  of  the  good- 
ness and  power  of  Peyote.  Johnnv  Odell,  the 
vice  president  of  the  New  Mexico  Chapter  of 
the  Native  American  Church,  was  appointed 


69 

by  the  leader  to  be  my  interpreter  during 
the  meeting.  During  the  conversation  after 
breakfast,  he  was  the  chief  informant.  His 
stories  at  this  time  included  an  account  of  how 
he  was  sent  to  the  Pacific  with  the  Marines 
by  the  anti-Peyotists,  but  Peyote  brought  him 
through  safely,  and  how  a  former  governor 
of  Oklahoma  went  to  a  meeting  and  left  after 
awhile,  but  got  up  out  of  bed  and  returned  to 
it  because  ".  .  .  that  drum  was  calling  me." 


THE  GALILEAN  MISSION 


A  marked  preponderance  of  women  in  the 
congregation  was  characteristic  of  all  the  serv- 
ices I  attended  at  the  Rimrock  Galilean  Mis- 
sion. The  service  began  at  ten  o'clock  and  was 
well  attended  throughout  the  day  by  the 
women  and  their  children,  but  the  men's  side 
of  the  church  was  rather  conspicuously  empty 
except  toward  lunchtime.  A  good  many 
younger  men  and  bovs  began  to  arrive  in 
time  for  the  last  hymns  and  crackers  and  soft 
drinks.  They  drifted  out  again  soon  after  the 
service  recommenced.  Only  one  of  the  men 
was  a  customary  testifier,  while  a  number  of 
the  women  could  be  counted  on  to  contribute 
long,  and  often  tearful,  testimony  on  how  they 
had  been  lost  in  sin  and  superstition  and  were 
grateful  that  they  were  now  able  to  see  the 
light  and  carry  it  to  their  friends  and  families. 

Particularly  in  the  afternoon,  the  service 
consisted  of  a  good  many  calls  by  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Banks  for  solos,  duets,  or  singing  by  small 
groups  of  Navahos.  There  was  little  difficulty 
in  getting  volunteers  from  among  the  women 
and  even  the  children,  but  here  again  the  men 
lagged  behind  conspicuously.  They  had  to  be 
urged  much  more  before  performing,  and  they 
seemed  to  have  had  less  success  in  learning-  the 
hymns.  Jani  Miguel,  the  most  willing  of  the 
men,  was  utterly  unable  to  keep  on  the  melody, 
even  with  Mrs.  Banks  helping  on  the  har- 
monium. The  same  was  true  of  Jim  Chamiso, 
the  interpreter  and  assistant  to  Mr.  Banks,  al- 
though I  know  from  my  own  observation 
that  he  had  no  trouble  at  all  keeping  in  tune 
when  singing  Navaho  songs.  He  was,  in  fact, 
known  as  a  very  good  singer  during  the  years 

8  Rapoport,  1954. 


when  he  was  training  to  be  a  ceremonial  prac- 
titioner. He  was  greatly  troubled  by  his  diffi- 
culty with  the  hymns  and  spent  many  hours 
of  concentrated  effort  with  me  learning  about 
scales  and  reading  musical  notation. 

Another  aspect  of  the  female  leadership  in 
music  was  that  a  number  of  women  told  me 
that  they  were  teaching  their  children  to  sing 
hymns.  They  were  doing  this,  in  part  at  least, 
at  the  urging  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Banks,  and  there 
were  frequent  opportunities  during  the  serv- 
ices to  show  the  progress  their  children  had 
made. 

In  her  testimonials,  Mrs.  Jim  Chamiso  fre- 
quently referred  to  her  thankfulness  that  the 
new  religion  had  given  her  the  courage  to  sing 
right  out  in  front  of  everybody.  Indications 
that  traditional  ceremonialism  has  not  been 
fulfilling  the  needs  of  Navaho  women  may  be 
found  in  Rapoport's  study. 

And  Audrey  said:  'I  have  that  hymn  book  right 
here  in  my  hand,  and  I'm  learning  some  of  that.  I 
didn't  learn  some  of  your  songs,  but  I  can  learn  some 
of  the  missionary's  songs.  Many  years  I  just  can't 
learn  your  songs.  So  I  can  join  the  Galilean  church 
and  learn  these  hvmns.' 

And  Mr.  Moustache  said:  'I  don't  think  that's 
necessary  for  you  to  do  that.  If  you  want  to  hear 
some  stories,  I  have  the  stories.  I  know  the  story  about 
the  time  when  man  came  out  of  the  ground.  Why 
don't  you  ask  me  about  that  instead  of  asking  the 
missionary?' 6 

The  female  expenditure  of  effort  and  even 
leadership  described  above  is,  of  course,  a  re- 
versal in  the  usual  sex  role  among  the  Navahos 
as  regards  religious  behavior.  In  Navaho  cere- 


7° 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


monials  the  singers  are  almost  always  male. 
The  few  female  practitioners  are  exceptions 
of  note.  Even  the  roles  of  the  female  gods  in 
the  Yeibichai  dancing  are  usually  enacted  by 
men.  Women  do  not  join  the  ceremonial  prac- 
titioners in  the  chanting  as  men  often  do  but 
sit  as  a  passive  audience  throughout,  only 
taking  part  in  the  general  purifications  and 
other  observances  which  include  everyone  in 
the  hogan.  It  is  the  men  who  teach  boys 
sacred  music  in  the  usual  course  of  events. 

Like  traditional  Navaho  religion,  the  Peyote 
cult  is  dominated  by  the  men.  In  the  meeting 
I  attended,  women  partook  of  the  drug, 
smoked  the  ritual  cigarettes  with  which  the 
ceremony  begins,  and  one  woman  did  pray 
and  testify.  But  at  no  time  did  the  women 
present  participate  in  the  singing,  accompany 


any  singer  with  the  drum,  or  use  one  of  tnt 
ritual  fans. 

The  Peyote  cult,  like  Christianity,  intro- 
duces an  ethical  code  backed  by  religion,  but 
it  is  clear  that  it  does  not  constitute  so  great 
a  break  with  Navaho  tradition  as  does  Chris- 
tianity. The  emphasis  in  the  latter  on  an  after- 
life, on  an  all-important  Saviour  returned  from 
the  dead,  and  the  equality  of  the  sexes  in  per- 
forming roles  in  the  ritual  are  all  radical  de- 
partures. They  are  so  radical  as  to  suggest  that 
in  spite  of  the  respectability  and  powerful 
financial  and  political  backing  of  the  missions 
and  the  almost  opposite  position  of  Peyote  on 
these  counts,  Peyote  may  well  prove  to  be 
the  stronger  and  more  successful  contender  of 
the  two  for  Navaho  adherents. 


ESTHETIC  VALUES 


IN  NAVAHO,  nizhoni  (it  is  good,  beauti- 
ful) may  be  applied  to  an  object  of  beauty 
such  as  a  piece  of  jewelry,  to  a  good-looking 
person,  and,  in  the  opinion  of  all  but  one  of 
my  informants,  to  music.  As  Nat  Nez  said, 
"You  can  tell  if  a  thing  is  pretty  with  your 
ear  as  well  as  by  eye." 

As  applied  to  music,  however,  the  "good" 
and  the  "beautiful"  in  nizhoni  do  not  seem  to 
be  separable.  This  fact  leads  us  at  once  into  the 
heart  of  Navaho  musical  esthetics.  Music  is  so 
much  a  part  of  religion,  a  religion  that  seeks 
results  through  incantation,  that  it  can  hardly 
be  conceived  of  apart  from  its  function.  The 
first  question  a  Navaho  asks  about  a  song  is 
not  "How  does  it  sound?"  but,  "What  is  it 
for?"  Thus,  when  asked  for  reactions  to 
Spanish  and  "American"  songs,  the  usual  re- 
sponse was: 

I  guess  they're  all  right,  but  I  don't  know  what  they 

mean. 

I  don't  know  much  about  them  because  I  don't  know 

the  words.1 

It  was  almost  impossible  to  get  any  inform- 
ant started  on  a  discussion  of  the  esthetic 
desiderata  in  music  (what  is  a  good  tone,  what 
is  my  favorite  instrument,  etc.).  The  main 
reason  seemed  to  be  that  in  the  organic  Navaho 
world-view  these  qualities  are  not  perceived 
as  independent  of  total  function.2 

The  linguistic  barrier,  of  course,  is  most 
frustrating  when  it  comes  to  subtle  nuances  of 
meaning.  It  was  fortunate  that  my  interpreter, 
Jim  Chamiso,  had  an  interest  in  language  which 
was,  as  he  said,  "scientific."  He  delighted  in 
long  discussions  of  minute  shades  of  meaning. 
We  worked  for  many  hours  over  the  phrasing 
of  the  questionnaire  on  music,  and  he  was 
careful  to  ask  a  given  question  the  same  way 
with  all  informants.  This  was  a  valuable  aid  to 

1  Another  root  which  conveys  both  moral  and 
esthetic  meaning  is  hozhg-:  hdzhggni  —  "beauty" 
(actually  untranslatable).  "It  includes  all  that  man  de- 
sires; well-being,  success,  good  health,  good  luck, 
happiness,  peace,  goodness,  prosperity,  wealth,  safety, 
normality.  This  short  word  embraces  also  the  idea 
that  these  things  have  been  brought  about  by  super- 


my  understanding  of  what  was  being  said,  and 
since  I  had  the  questions  by  me  in  English  and 
in  Navaho,  it  was  a  check  on  the  tendency  of 
even  the  best  interpreters  to  suggest  answers 
when  asking  the  questions. 

The  key  question  on  esthetic  judgment  was: 

hafeegilah  sin  beeh  ni  zhonldh 

where  abouts  song        make  pretty? 

i.e.,  "What  is  it  about  a  song  that  makes  it 
sound  pretty?"  A  classic  reply  expressing  the 
conservative  Navaho  view  as  to  what  consti- 
tutes beauty  in  music  was  given  by  Paul  Mario. 

It's  songs  like  the  Lightning  Way  and  some  of  the 
songs  in  the  Blessing  Way  that  are  most  beautiful. 
It's  good  for  the  patient  and  makes  him  well.  If  it's 
worthwhile  it's  beautiful.  You  could  never  say  skip 
dance  songs  are  beautiful. 

Other  similar  responses  were: 

Some  songs  in  the  Blessing  Way  are  about  the  only 
ones  that  have  a  beauty.  They  help  you  to  receive 
goods;  they  raise  up  the  hope  for  things  in  some- 
body's mind.    (Johnny  Blanco) 

That  song's  a  good  one  as  long  as  it's  not  a  song 
with  no  meaning.    (Helen  Chamiso) 

I  like  Army  songs  because  they  saved  the  country. 
(Alice  Mario) 

A  mixture  of  the  functional  with  the  esthetic, 
in  the  sense  of  Fart  pour  Tart,  was  also  not  un- 
common.  Johnny  Blanco's  response  was: 

Yes,  I  like  the  ones  that  have  a  nice  tune.  When 
you  hear  a  nice  tune  that  makes  you  happy.  The 
songs  I  don't  like  are  ones  that  are  just  short  and 
don't  mean  anything. 

A  reply  in  a  similar  vein  by  Annie  Mucho 
was: 

I  just  feel  someway.  It  sound  pretty.  I  just  wish 
I  could  sing  that  song.  ...  A  pretty  sound  is  one 
that  makes  you  happy. 

natural  control  ....  represents  all  the  good  attain- 
able by  man  with  every  means  at  his  disposal,  natural 
as  well  as  supernatural."  (Reichard,  1944,  pp.  32-33; 
see  also  Kluckhohn,  1949,  pp.  368-69.) 

2  For  a  definitive  statement  on  the  functional 
nature  of  Navaho  religion,  see  Kluckhohn,  1942,  pp. 
68  ff. 


71 


72 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


There  can  be  little  doubt,  then,  of  the  im- 
portance of  the  functional  in  the  esthetic  judg- 
ments of  many  of  my  informants.  The  value 
here  seems  to  be  "Beauty  is  that  which  does 
something,"  and  there  is  a  corollary  which 
may  relate  to  the  fear  of  misuse  discussed 
above:  "The  good  (beautiful)  is  the  correctly 
performed." 

But  this  picture  is  not  the  whole  truth  con- 
cerning Navaho  musical  esthetics  as  I  found 
them.  There  was  an  unmistakable  difference 
between  the  attitudes  of  older  informants 
(and  conservative  Navahos  in  general)  and 
those  of  certain  younger  men.  This  differ- 
ence was  clear  in  discussion,  and  it  showed 
itself  in  musical  behavior  as  well.  Some  of  these 
younger  men  made  statements  about  what  con- 
stitutes beauty  in  music  in  which  considerations 
of  use  or  purpose  did  not  appear. 

A  nice  tune  is  when  it's  not  too  rough.    (Nat  Nez) 
Some  songs  are  prettier  than  others  according  to 

the   voice   of   the   fellow,   and   he's   singing   it   right. 

(Louis  Gordo) 

Skip  dance  songs  seemed  to  be  at  the  center  of 
the  difference  in  attitude.  These  informants 
expressed  a  preference  for  skip  dance  songs 
where  conservative  Navahos  condemned  these 
songs. 

Yes,  there  is  one  kind  of  song  that  makes  me  angry 
when  I  hear  it:  skip  dance  songs.  (Why?)  They  are 
not  really  Navaho.  They  come  from  another  tribe, 
and  they  are  sung  with  the  tone  of  those  people.  Our 
young  men  have  picked  it  up  and  tried  to  make  it 
good  but  all  the  time  it  is  worse.   (Asdza  Mucho) 

(Do  you  really  think  Squaw  Dance  songs  are 
pretty?)  Yes,  the  really  important  ones  are.  You  can 
sing  those  anywhere;  some  other  kinds  you  can't 
sing  until  the  cold  weather  comes.  ...  In  the  old 
times,  they  just  sang  the  real  sacred  songs.  Now,  a 
few  years  back,  they  started  making  up  new  ones. 
.  .  .  Nowadays  they  change  the  words  a  lot  and 
spoil  the  whole  thing.  Now  they  don't  do  it  right. 
.  .  .  The  dance  songs3  are  going  out  now.  They 
want  more  skip  dance  songs  now.  We  used  to  sing 
dance  songs  a  lot  for  children  in  those  days.  These 
were  sacred  songs  during  the  time  at  Fort  Sumner 
and  the  Squaw  Dance  was  sacred.  They  only  gave 
special  songs.  Now  they  do  it  any  old  way.  That's 
why  Americans  think  we  just  holler  any  old  way. 
.  .  .    The   songs   today   are   mostly   made-up   songs; 

3  Eddie  Cochise  refers  to  the  sway  songs  that  used 
to  go  with  trotting  dance  steps  as  distinguished  from 


they  used  to  be  special.  Now  there  are  lots  of  new 
ones.    (Eddie  Cochise) 

There  are  indications  that  the  Navahos  are 
moving  at  present  toward  the  development  of 
a  new  set  of  values  in  music.  It  is  my  opinion 
that  the  process  of  secularization  is  beginning 
to  move  up  the  scale  of  danger.  As  this  hap- 
pens, more  and  more  of  the  music  loses  the 
heavy  emotional  charge  it  once  carried.  Sway 
songs  are  no  longer  considered  sacred  in  the 
way  Eddie  Cochise  described  them.  Many  ob- 
servers note  that  the  Squaw  Dance  is  now  prin- 
cipally a  social  occasion.  This  is  confirmed  by 
Paul  Mario's  statement: 

I  don't  do  much  singing;  I  like  to  listen.  Some- 
times I  sing  at  Squaw  Dances.  I  went  to  Willow 
Fence  and  tried  to  sing  but  the  drunks  were  spoiling 
the  singing.  I  liked  our  own  songs  for  a  long  time  but 
it's  kind  of  hard  now.  It  looks  like  everything  is  going 
wrong  now  with  those  things. 

Kluckhohn  and  Leighton  note  this  change  in 
emphasis,4  and  the  speech  of  the  Salceda  dele- 
gation cited  on  page  13  highly  relevant  to 
this  point.  A  new  demand  is  being  made  on 
music.  To  command  interest  it  must  be  pleas- 
ing in  a  more  "sensate"  way  than  before.  That 
element  of  the  "purely"  esthetic  (in  our  sense) 
which  was  present,  perhaps,  but  subordinated 
in  the  functional  phase  of  Navaho  music  is 
now  coming  to  the  foreground. 

When  I  could  not  start  esthetic  discussion 
by  more  or  less  indirect  questioning,  I  sug- 
gested differences  in  the  way  certain  types  of 
song  sound.  By  singing  a  few  bars  of  chant 
music  and  then  a  few  bars  of  Squaw  Dance  or 
Yeibichai  music  and  indicating  verbally,  and 
with  gestures,  the  difference  between  the 
slightly  varied  melodic  line  of  the  former  and 
the  highly  varied  rise  and  fall  of  the  latter,  I 
was  able,  of  course,  to  make  clear  one  of  the 
distinctions  of  sound  that  I  had  in  mind.  I  then 
asked  my  informants  if  they  had  a  preference 
for  one  or  the  other  type  of  melodic  line  as 
such.  Nearly  everybody  preferred  high  to  low 
pitch,  but  there  was  a  division  again  between 
some  of  the  young  men  and  the  others  on  the 
question  of  variability  in  the  melodic  line. 
Two  quotations  will  illustrate  the  functional 

the  skip  dance  songs. 

4  Kluckhohn  and  Leighton,  1946,  pp.  162-63. 


ESTHETIC  VALUES 


73 


conservative  and  the  esthetic  "modern"  view- 
points: 

I  like  it  better  when  it  goes  along  level;  then  I 
know  it's  a  holy  song.    (Helen  Chamiso) 

Yes,  they  sing  more  fancy  now.  If  you  use  only 
one  tone  it  sounds  kind  of  plain.    (Nat  Nez) 

The  difference  between  the  old  and  the  new 
in  Navaho  musical  esthetics  is  not  merely  one 
of  a  choice  in  types  of  songs.  There  is  also  a 
difference  in  the  theory  and  practice  of  vocal 
technique.  For  the  traditional  Navaho,  sing- 
ing is  a  sacred  act  that  must  be  done  correctly. 
The  emphasis  is  on  preparation  and  training. 
Endurance  is  important  since  the  singing  goes 
on  all  night  and  must  be  sustained  if  the  cere- 
mony is  to  be  a  success. 

The  older  folks  told  girls  and  also  boys  to  get  up 
earlv  before  dawn.  Then  their  voices  would  be  good. 
If  you  are  single  you  have  a  good  voice:  when  you 
get  married  the  voice  changes.  Now  we  don't  talk 
that  way  to  our  children.  .  .  .  (He  sings  some  Moc- 
casin Game  songs.)  Those  are  rare  songs.  I'll  teach 
you  those  for  a  dollar  an  hour.  It  takes  a  whole  day 
to  learn  one  of  those,  or  we  should  get  together  in 
the  night,  that's  the  way  you  should  learn  a  song.  .  .  . 

(How  do  you  get  a  good  voice?)  The  way  I 
learned,  when  you  start  to  be  a  medicine  man  they 
do  something  to  you  so  that  your  voice  never  changes 
(never  gets  tired).  They  have  a  little  ceremonial. 
You  swallow  some  turquoise  and  then  your  voice 
will  never  change,  it  will  always  be  good.  ...  If  you 
expect  to  have  a  good  high  voice  you  have  to  do  some- 
thing about  it.  If  you  hear  of  a  dance,  a  Yeibichai  or 
Squaw  Dance,  there's  a  plant  you  should  get.  You 
boil  it  and  drink  it  and  then  go  in  the  sweat  house 
and  take  a  steam  bath.  You  put  certain  weeds  on  the 
hot  rocks.  You  should  vomit  and  that  makes  you 
lively  and  gives  you  a  good  voice.  Those  are  the 
people  who  have  a  good  voice  at  the  sings. 

(Can  you  give  me  the  names  of  those  plants?)  That 
plant,  I'm  not  supposed  to  tell.  It  will  cost  you  a  lot; 


you  have  to  pay  for  it.  It  would  cost  about  fifty 
dollars.  It  gives  you  a  good  physic  and  you  throw 
up.    It  cleans  you  all  out.    (Eddie  Cochise) 

The  new  style  of  singing  seems  designed  to 
attract  attention  to  the  singer  rather  than  to 
last  through  a  night  of  ritual  obligation.  The 
voice  is  forced  up  incredibly  high  and  is  em- 
bellished with  a  pronounced  nasality  and  an 
elaborate  vibrato.  It  is  a  style  designed  for 
show  rather  than  endurance.  My  observation 
was  that  these  features  were  most  pronounced 
in  the  singing  of  the  younger  men,  and  that 
it  was  the  middle-aged  men  who  carried  the 
burden  of  the  singing  in  the  small  hours  of 
the  morning.  A  number  of  informants  cor- 
roborated  this: 

It's  the  young  boys  that  sing  up  high.  We  older 
people  change  it  back  and  start  low  again.  .  .  .  The 
young  boys  get  tired  by  morning.  They're  supposed 
to  be  such  good  singers  but  it's  just  at  the  beginning 
when  they  do  a  lot  of  yelling.    (Bill  Begay) 

[Have  you  heard  that  (nasal)  kind  of  singing?] 
Yes,  thev  started  that  a  few  years  ago,  and  all  took 
it  up.  (Why?)  They  do  it  to  make  the  songs  sound 
funny.  .  .  .  It's  the  young  people  showing  off  in  a 
crazy  way.    (Helen  Chamiso) 

When  you  sing  high  it's  hard  work.  Some  of  them 
give  out.  Not  all  of  them  use  that  (nasal  tone). 
Some  use  just  high  tones.  Some  use  the  voice  with 
the  nose  but  it's  not  so  good.  Too  much  nose  is  bad. 
They  didn't  do  that  so  much  in  the  old  days.  Now 
the  young  men  do  the  singing  and  then  don't  do  it 
right.  They  don't  give  the  older  folks  a  chance  so 
they  just  quit.  In  the  sway  singing  they  are  grabbing 
the  song.  Maybe  three  start  at  once.  Some  go  all 
the  way  to  the  end.    (Paul  Mario) 

Some  young  fellows  raise  it  up  that  way.  Then 
they  get  tired  and  they  have  to  come  down  lower 
and  rest.    (Johnny  Blanco) 

Some  people  just  sing  like  that.  .  .  .  We  want  to 
sing  high  all  the  time  and  then  we  run  out  of  voice. 
(Louis  Gordo) 


A  CONSTRUCT  OF  NAVAHO  MUSICAL  ESTHETICS 


Though  it  would  be  difficult,  if  not  impos- 
sible, to  find  a  Navaho  who  could  outline  a  set 
of  esthetic  standards  as  regards  music,  there 
are,  nevertheless,  distinctive  Navaho  ways  of 
singing.  There  are  definite  standards  in 
practice.  The  following  "principles"  of  Nava- 
ho music  are  derived  from  the  material  simply 
by  observing  consistencies  in  musical  style. 


Tonality 

Tonality  should  be  consistent.  A  particular 
song  should  not  change  key  while  it  is  being 
sung,  and  a  group  of  songs  should  be  in  the 
same  key.  However,  unintentional  off  key 
singing  is  not  ridiculed. 


74 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


Voice  Production 


A  good  voice  is  somewhat  nasal,  the  vibrato 
is  rather  wide;  the  voice  should  be  as  high  as 
possible,  it  should  be  capable  of  sharp  empha- 
ses, and  there  should  be  an  easy  and  powerful 
falsetto.  As  mentioned  above,  all  of  these  fea- 
tures are  more  pronounced  in  younger  singers. 
They  are  also  more  pronounced  in  public  than 
in  private  singing.  In  the  former  situation 
where  there  is  the  factor  of  display  and,  in 
some  cases,  active  competition  as  well  as  the 
support  of  the  group  in  which  the  singing 
takes  place,  many  Navahos  throw  off  the  shy, 
retiring  appearance  which  is  so  characteristic 
in  everyday  behavior.  Outside  this  clearly  de- 
fined singing  situation,  the  Navaho  style  of 
vocal  technique  is  much  more  subdued.  Only 
a  few  unusually  "extrovert"  individuals  could 
be  persuaded  to  sing  out  with  full  gusto  when 
making  records. 

An  interesting  side  note  on  voice  production 
is  a  mannerism  Navahos  share  with  a  good 
many  American  professional  singers  I  have 
observed  in  rehearsal.  It  is  possible,  if  one 
places  a  hand  over  the  ear  when  singing,  to 
hear  very  clearly  the  inner  workings  of  the 
resonances  within  one's  own  head.  In  my  ex- 
perience at  Navaho  singing  functions,  I  saw 
a  number  of  singers  who  habitually  covered 
one  ear  while  singing.  In  some  cases,  these 
seemed  to  be  leaders  in  the  group,  men  who 
knew  many  songs,  and,  in  the  case  of  Enemy 
Way  singing,  were  the  men  who  most  often 
led  off  with  the  new  songs.  In  every  Enemy 
Way  I  attended,  I  saw  one  or  two  men  who 
used  this  technique. 

The  boy,  my  younger  brother,  sang  all  the  time, 
all  kinds  of  songs.  He  used  to  tell  me  how  the  singers 
sang.  He'd  sit  down,  fix  up  something  for  a  rattle, 
and  say,  "This  is  the  way  the  singer  starts."  He'd 
straighten  himself  up,  put  one  hand  below  his  ears 
and  start  to  shake  the  rattle.  Then  he'd  sing,  he'd 
commence  with,  Hey,  Yey!  "This  is  the  way  the 
singer  starts  his  songs,"  he'd  say.5 

Group  Singing 

A  striking  contrast  may  be  drawn  between 
the  discipline  of  Salceda  group  singing  and  the 
wild  freedom  that  characterizes  group  singing 


among  the  Navahos.  The  latter  perform  a 
song  with  a  kind  of  extempore  group  artistry. 
Not  all  the  singers  seem  to  know  the  song 
equally  well,  nor  do  they  all  seem  to  be  sing- 
ing exactly  the  same  version  of  the  song.  The 
strongest  voices  determine  the  song  to  be  sung 
next  and  the  version  to  be  used,  but  there  is 
always  a  trailing  edge  of  "error"  (perhaps 
"variation"  is  a  better  word  since  nobody 
seems  to  be  distressed  by  this).  The  impres- 
sion is  of  a  group  of  individualists  who  tune 
their  differences  to  each  other  at  the  moment 
of  singing  in  a  dynamically  creative  way  which 
is  very  hard  to  describe. 

The  Salcedanos,  even  in  the  Comanche 
Dance  music,  which  is  somewhat  analogous  to 
the  social  music  of  the  Enemy  Way,  or  in  the 
social  dance  music  which  they  call  "Squaw 
Dance,"  show  an  impressive  uniformity  as  a 
singing  group.  As  a  result  of  intensive  re- 
hearsal in  the  kivas,  every  man  knows  the  song 
very  well  indeed,  and  all  know  it  in  a  stand- 
ard version.  The  phrasing  and  periods  of  all 
singers  coincide  in  a  manner  reminiscent  of  a 
trained  choir  in  the  Western  European  tradi- 
tion. Even  the  Yeibichai  songs,  which  the 
Navahos  do  compose  and  rehearse  for  the  oc- 
casion, show  no  such  uniformity  as  the  "Yei- 
bichai" singing  (and  dancing)  which  the 
Salcedanos  do  in  imitation  of  the  Navahos  on 
the  morning  after  their  mid-winter  festival. 

Rhythm 

Navaho  rhythms  are  characteristically  fluid. 
The  syncopations,  the  interrupted  double  beat, 
and  the  intricate  variations  in  beat  from  one 
measure  to  the  next  evoke  a  gratified  rhythmic 
motor  response  from  native  listeners.  It  seems 
that  the  rhythm  is  not  a  steady  background 
for  the  melody,  as  in  the  case  of  most  Western 
European  music,  but  is  as  keenly  perceived  as 
melody  for  its  combinations  and  permutations. 
In  the  chant  music  where  the  melody  may  be 
limited  to  two  or  three  notes,  the  rhythm  may 
be  even  more  complex. 

Tempo 

All  the  Navaho  music  I  have  heard  has  been 
fast.  There  seems  to  be  no  largo  in  the  scheme 


3Dyk,  1938,  pp.  99-100. 


ESTHETIC  VALUES 


75 


of  the  Navaho  esthetic.  Moreover,  the  note 
values  are  strikingly  limited.  If  the  most  fre- 
quent value  is  indicated  as  a  quarter  note,  one 
finds  that  quarters  and  eighths  predominate 
overwhelmingly.  Occassionally  one  hears  a 
figure  such  as  a  dotted  quarter  followed  by  a 
sixteenth  or  the  eighth  divided  into  two  six- 
teenths, but  this  is  virtually  all.  This  situation 
for  the  entire  musical  literature  of  a  culture  is 
extraordinary.  It  is  not  unusual  to  find  restric- 
tions in  note  values  for  a  particular  kind  of 
music,  as  the  music  of  a  specific  ceremony,6 
but  for  all  kinds  of  music  within  the  culture  to 
be  so  similar  in  this  respect  is  so  odd  as  to  start 
one  guessing  for  the  reason. 

It  is  tempting  to  think  of  this  speed  and  re- 
striction of  note  values  as  an  expression  of  the 
Navaho  value  on  action  and  motion.1  Another 

e  McAllester,  1949,  pp.  78-79. 
'Astrov,  1950. 


thought  is  that  Navaho  music  in  general  may 
be  dominated  by  the  chants,  and  that  prosodic 
rhythms  and  speeds  have  carried  over  into  the 
vocables  of  music  where  extended  texts  are 
lacking. 


Melodic  Line 

Except  in  chant  singing,  the  melodic  line  in 
Navaho  music  tends  to  start  high  and  move 
down,  often  over  the  course  of  an  octave. 
Von  Hornbostel  has  explained  this  direction 
of  movement  as  the  natural  result  of  losing 
air  in  the  lungs.  As  one  breathes  out  in  sing- 
ing,  it  becomes  increasingly  difficult  to  sustain 
high  notes,  and  so  the  result  of  any  prolonged 
vocalization  is  likely  to  be  a  downward  trend 
in  melody.8 

8  Von  Hornbostel,  1928,  p.  34. 


SOME  OTHER  CULTURAL  VALUES 


COMPETITION 


OPEN  competition  is  not  often  expressed 
as  a  value  in  Navaho  culture.  One  rarely 
sees  one  individual  obviously  pushing  ahead  of 
another  or  boasting  of  surpassing  a  competi- 
tor. The  fear  of  retaliation  by  witchcraft  or 
of  being  accused  of  witchcraft  as  a  result  of 
a  too  conspicuous  success  seems  to  be  one  ex- 
planation.1 In  personal  interactions  under 
normal  conditions,  Navahos  stress  easy  going 
friendly  relations.  There  is  little  drive  to 
"keep  up  with  the  Joneses,"  so  little  that 
neighboring  white  Americans  often  speak  of 
Navahos  as  typically  "lazy"  or  "not  ambi- 
tious." In  certain  areas  of  Navaho  musical  be- 
havior, however,  there  are  two  kinds  of  ex- 
plicit competition:  competition  between  age 
groups  and  competition  between  localities.2 

Competition  between  age  groups  centers 
around  singing  techniques,  endurance,  and 
repertoire.  Older  people  remark  that  young 
men  think  they  can  sing  better  than  their  elders 
and  point  to  the  "fancy"  techniques  the  young 
men  employ  such  as  extremes  in  falsetto  and 
nasality.  The  older  people  are  admittedly 
less  able  to  employ  a  virtuosic  vocal  technique, 
but  they  go  on  to  say  that  this  is  merely  a 
matter  of  display.  They  point  out  that  the 
steady  endurance  necessary  for  the  night-long 
performance  of  sway  singing  in  the  Enemy 
Way  is  incompatible  with  such  strenuous 
vocalization. 

We're  still  singing  when  these  young  fellows  go  to 
sleep  somewhere.    (Bill  Begay) 

In  sway  singing  as  one  song  suggests  an- 
other, there  is  also  competition  in  the  matter  of 
repertoire.  As  described  in  Part  I  of  this  paper, 
there  are  two  groups  facing  each  other.  The 
two  sides  take  turns  singing.  That  side  which 
can  muster  the  greatest  number  of  different 
songs  and  get  through  the  night  with  the  few- 
est repetitions,  of  their  own  or  the  other  side's 
songs,  feels  a  significant  edge  of  accomplish- 

'Kluckhohn  and  Leighton,  1946,  pp.  177-79. 


ment.  Another  kind  of  competition  where 
repertoire  is  concerned  is  like  the  game  of 
"capping"  quotations.  Certain  songs  are  sup- 
posed to  be  followed  by  specific  companion 
pieces  (song  no.  4  by  song  no.  5,  for  example), 
and  it  is  up  to  the  opposite  side  to  recognize 
and  meet  the  challenge  when  the  first  in  one 
of  these  pairs  is  sung.  In  this  kind  of  competi- 
tion, the  younger  singers  may  have  an  advan- 
tage in  being  au  c  our  ant  with  the  newer  songs, 
but  it  is  more  than  outweighed  by  the  advan- 
tage of  the  older  singers'  larger  repertoire, 
and  the  fact  that  older  songs  command  greater 
prestige. 

1  have  seen  the  singers  clearly  divided  into 
younger  and  older  groups,  but  this  was  unu- 
sual. The  competition  may  still  be  there  in  an- 
other form  when  younger  and  older  men  are 
singing  together  on  the  same  side.  A  good 
deal  of  assertion  is  required  to  launch  each 
song  as  the  initiative  alternates  from  side  to 
side.  A  singer  who  wishes  to  "call"  the  next 
song  must  be  ready  to  break  in  with  a  loud 
voice  on  the  last  few  bars  of  the  song  that  is 
just  finishing  and  be  able  to  carry  his  group 
along  with  him.  Not  infrequently,  two  or 
more  songs  are  thus  started  simultaneously,  and 
somebody  has  to  yield  before  hopeless  con- 
fusion ensues.  A  person  with  a  loud  voice  is 
undoubtedly  in  a  better  position  in  this  sort  of 
competition. 

Informants  agree  that  competition  in  song- 
calling  fades  as  the  night  progresses,  and  this 
has  been  my  observation  as  well.  I  saw  two 
bad  nights  of  singing  where  only  a  few  voices 
were  left  by  dawn,  and  it  seemed  as  though 
the  reservoir  of  fresh  songs  was  entirely  ex- 
hausted. On  one  of  these  nights,  an  announcer 
urged  more  men  to  come  out  and  join  the 
singing  and  stressed  the  importance  of  keeping 
it  up  undiminished  all  night. 

Competition  between  localities  is  recog- 
nized by  the  Navahos  as  being  one  of  the  fea- 

2  Guernsey,  1920,  p.  304. 


76 


SOME  OTHER  CULTURAL  VALUES 


77 


tures  that  adds  zest  to  the  sway  singing.  Often 
the  stick  receiver's  camp  will  make  up  one 
side  of  the  singing  group,  and  the  patient's 
camp  will  make  up  the  other.  The  texts  of  the 
songs  are  sometimes  altered  impromptu  to  an- 
noy the  singers  on  the  opposing  side.  Thus 
I  was  told  that  a  team  made  up  largely  of  men 
from  Big  Reeds  sang  a  song  about  Blue 
Springs  people  liking  girls  with  "bushy  hair" 
(waved,  or  permanent  hair-do)  when  there 
were  several  Blue  Springs  men  on  the  other 
side.  The  result  was  "almost  a  fight."  An- 
other instance  was  an  Enemy  Way  at  the 
camp  of  Eddie  Cochise  near  Rimrock  in  1950. 
One  of  the  songs  was  reworded  to  contain  an 
uncomplimentary  reference  to  the  women  of 
Shallow  Water.  The  locality  of  the  dance  was 
mentioned,  and  since  the  reference  could  only 
have  been  to  Eddie  Cochise's  wives,  he  broke 
up  the  singing  until  an  apology  had  been  made. 
Competition  between  teams  of  singers  is 
more  formally  expressed  in  Yeibichai  singing. 
There  the  different  groups  of  performers  in 
the  masked  dancing  are  almost  always  young 
men  from  a  particular  locality  who  have  met 
and  rehearsed  for  the  occasion  and  who  hope 
to  win  a  prize  (sometimes  a  sheep)  for  the 
best  singing,  dancing,  costumes,  and  clowning. 
I  was  present  at  the  sixth  night  of  a  Night  Way 
at  Pine  Valley  and  was  able  to  learn  which 
group   (Crown  Point,  Big  Reeds,  etc.),  was 


singing  at  any  given  time  and,  at  the  end, 
which  group  was  considered  to  have  done 
best. 

Open  expressions  of  hostility  are  a  common- 
place at  Navaho  gatherings  if  any  considerable 
amount  of  drinking  has  gone  on.  Toward 
dawn  on  the  seventh  night  of  the  Night  Way 
just  mentioned,  a  relative  of  the  patient,  an 
elderly  man  of  officious  deportment,  made  the 
rounds  criticizing  the  whole  program  of 
masked  dancing  and  saying  that  there  had  not 
been  enough  to  make  it  a  good  ceremony.  He 
proclaimed  this  opinion  in  a  loud  "an- 
nouncer's" voice  and  was  roundly  criticized 
in  turn  by  many  of  the  onlookers.  Several 
shouted  back  abusively  and  said  that  it  was  up 
to  the  family  of  the  patient  to  provide  plenty 
of  dancers.  On  this  occasion  the  usual  Navaho 
circumspection  was  lacking.  Charges  and 
countercharges  were  freely  shouted  back  and 
forth. 

The  only  open  hostility  shown  me  by  any 
Navaho  occurred  on  this  same  night.  A  tall 
young  man,  very  drunk,  came  up  with  a  men- 
acing air  and,  standing  very  close,  began  to 
ask  in  a  loud  voice,  "Where  are  you  from,  my 
friend?"  He  kept  this  up  in  an  increasingly 
unfriendly  manner  until  he  was  pushed  away 
by  some  other  Navahos.  The  whole  incident 
was  phrased  in  terms  of  locality. 


SELF-EXPRESSION 


One  of  the  most  characteristic  features  in 
Navaho  behavior  is  a  guarded  quietness  and 
reticence,  one  might  say  a  lack  of  boisterous 
self-expression.  Even  in  speech,  the  Navaho 
scarcely  opens  his  mouth:  the  jaws  are  barely 
parted,  the  lips  hardly  move,  and  the  tone  is 
pitched  very  low.  The  quiet  key  of  Navaho 
behavior  is  so  general  that  one  quickly  ad- 
justs to  it  and  is  hardly  aware  of  it  unless  he 
hears  white  Americans'  laughter  sounding  out 
strangely  loud  at  a  ceremony,  or  hears  an  oc- 
casional startlingly  loudmouthed  Navaho. 

In  mv  observation  the  only  general  excep- 
tions to  this  quietness  are  when  Navahos  have 
been  drinking  or  when  they  are  singing.  The 
social  songs  in  Navaho  life  seem  to  provide, 
for  the  men  at  least,  a  noisy  release  from  the 
prevailing  subdued  mode.    There  was  a  good 


deal  of  drinking  at  the  Enemy  Ways  and  the 
Night  Way  I  attended,  and  it  was  my  feeling 
that  this  was  particularly  the  case  among  the 
singers.  I  had  the  impression  that  liquor  was 
an  aid  in  removing  the  inhibitions  that  might 
hamper  singing  out  good  and  loud. 

Almost  the  only  noise  was  singing.  Several 
times  during  the  Night  Way  I  heard  rowdy 
parties  of  young  men  around  the  edges  of  the 
dance  ground  and  the  circle  of  wagons  and 
trucks.  They  did  not  yell,  however,  but  raised 
their  voices  in  a  burlesque  of  the  introductory 
"hi  hi  hi  hi,  hu  hu  hu  hu!"  of  the  Yeibichai 
songs. 

Free  composition  is  another  kind  of  self-ex- 
pression provided  for  in  Navaho  social  music. 
As  far  as  I  know,  it  is  only  in  Yeibichai  and 
Squaw  Dance  music  that  free  composition  may 


7» 

take  place.  All  other  music  is  traditional  and 
must  be  carefully  learned;  moreover,  it  must 
be  accurately  learned.  In  view  of  the  Navaho 
taboo  system,  it  is  not  surprising  to  find  that 
free  composition  may  take  place  only  at  the 
bottom  of  the  scale  of  danger,  but  this  fact 
places  the  "social"  music  of  the  Enemy  Way 
and  the  Night  Way  in  a  highly  significant  con- 
text for  Navaho  values.  This  is  the  only  music 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


around  which  feelings  of  creativity  and  social 
prestige  on  the  basis  of  creativity  may  be 
ranged.  These  feelings  are  secular  as  far  as 
the  Navahos  are  concerned.  Evidence  has  al- 
ready been  presented  which  indicates  that  this 
area  in  Navaho  musical  and  psychological  life 
is  assuming  increasing  importance  in  the  whole 
framework  of  Navaho  cultural  values. 


NAVAHO  QUIET 


I  should  like  to  emphasize  in  this  section  the 
habitually  quiet  behavior  mentioned  above  in 
contrast  with  the  loudness  and  exuberance  of 
Navaho  singing.  I  have  been  impressed  at  all 
public  occasions  where  I  have  seen  large  num- 
bers of  Navahos  assembled,  by  the  quiet  and 
order  that  prevailed.  There  were  no  catcalls, 
no  shouts,  and  not  even  any  raised  voices,  ex- 
cept for  public  announcements.  The  differ- 
ence in  pace  between  Navaho  and  white  Amer- 
ican gatherings  of  this  sort  is  impressive.  A 
two-hour  wait  for  the  next  event  at  a  ceremony 
or  at  a  horserace  aroused  no  public  comment 
in  the  former  case,  and  very  little  in  the  latter. 
People  just  waited  quietly.  The  quietness  was 
equally  striking  in  the  fields  at  Carrot  Flats 
where  several  hundred  Navahos  worked  in  a 
withdrawn  hush,  in  marked  contrast  to  the 
noisy  behavior  of  a  group  of  Mexican  laborers 
working  near  by.  A  characterization  reported 
to  me  by  M.  S.  Edmonson  is  apropos  here.  A 
Salcedano  informant  told  him  he  could  always 
tell  Navaho  girls  from  Salcedano  girls  even  at 
school  where  they  were  dressed  the  same.  The 
clue  was  "that  wild  shy  look"  of  the  former. 

Two  recent  studies  provide  interesting  dis- 
cussions of  "Navaho  quiet."  One  is  an  account 
of  an  effort  to  unionize  a  group  of  Navahos 
and  the  failure  of  that  effort,  partly  because 
the  organizer  made  a  good  deal  of  effort  to  get 
Navahos  to  boo  and  to  shout  "Don't  go  to 
work!" 

Had  Harding  been  better  informed  or  more  sensi- 
tive to  Navaho  ways,  he  would  have  realized  that 
Navahos  never  shout  or  behave  in  a  noisy  manner, 
except  when  intoxicated.3 

The  other  study  is  of  a  Navaho  who,  because 
3  Streib,  1952,  p.  28. 


of  his  passive  withdrawal  in  a  difficult  situa- 
tion, was  diagnosed  as  a  catatonic  schizo- 
phrenic. The  suggestion  is  made  that  there  may 
be  a  cultural  reason  for  the  fact  that  an  im- 
pressive majority  of  Navaho  mental  cases  are 
diagnosed  as  various  forms  of  withdrawn 
schizophrenia.4 

The  behavior  of  Navaho  children  is  instruc- 
tive in  this  connection.  Even  in  families  I  had 
known  for  some  time,  the  children  were  so  shy 
that  they  were  not  only  not  heard;  they  were 
seldom  seen.  One  of  the  words  I  heard  most  in 
traveling  with  Navaho  groups  including  chil- 
dren, and  in  such  Navaho  family  life  as  I  ob- 
served, was  "sshsjaj"  Addressed  especially  to 
children  and  dogs,  the  word  has  a  strong  em- 
phasis and  a  marked  fricative  effect  in  the 
back  of  the  throat  on  the  "-a_aj"  The  expres- 
sion seems  to  be  somewhat  the  equivalent  of 
our  "shush!"  but  contains  more  affect.  In  the 
case  of  the  children  it  was  usually  timed  so  as  to 
forestall  any  noise  or  exhibitionism  and  seemed 
to  be  a  very  effective  control. 

The  word  is  also  used  among  adult  Navahos 
to  attract  attention.  Here  it  has  something  of 
the  same  force  as  our  "hey!"  but  there  is  an 
interesting  difference.  It  is  used  when  the  per- 
son being  addressed  has  not  noticed  other  ef- 
forts to  attract  his  attention  and  is  beginning 
to  move  out  of  range.  It  is  thus  nearly  always 
an  "emergency"  expression  where  our  "hey!" 
can  be  used  in  a  greater  variety  of  situations. 
I  was  interested  to  hear  "ssha^!"  used  by  a 
Spanish-American  woman  selling  hamburgers 
at  the  fair  in  the  Indian  town  of  Laguna,  New 
Mexico.  Some  Navahos  she  knew  walked  past 
her  booth  without  seeing  her,  and  she  recalled 
them  with  this  exclamation.    I  rarely  heard 

'Jewell,  1952,  pp.  32-36. 


SOME  OTHER  CULTURAL  VALUES 


79 


Navahos  yell.  "SshaaJ,"  one  of  their  most 
urgent  attention-getters  is  acoustically  more  of 
a  hiss  than  an  outright  yell  in  our  sense  of  the 
word. 

It  is  my  feeling  that  the  effectiveness  of 
this  expression  in  adult  life  is  associated  inti- 
mately with  its  constant  use  on  children  and  on 
its  congruence  with  a  dominant  theme  in 
Navaho  childhood  training  and  adult  attitudes. 
As  phrased  by  Kluckhohn  and  Leighton,  a 
basic  proposition  in  Navaho  life  is:  "Be  wary 


of  non-relatives."  B  Another  is:  "When  in  a 
new  and  dangerous  situation,  do  nothing."  6 
A  Navaho  in  a  strange  place  or  in  a  crisis  may 
seek  safety  by  withdrawal  into  inaction  and 
silence. 

Perhaps  one  of  the  basic  reasons  for  this  con- 
stant repression  of  children  is  that  until  they 
have  "learned  how,"  they  are  great  potential 
sources  of  error  in  a  dangerous  world  that  must 
be  handled  properly  to  be  safe. 


MUSICAL  KNOWLEDGE  BRINGS  PRESTIGE 


Skill  in  all  the  ceremonial  arts  —  singing,  dancing, 
making  dry-paintings,  telling  stories  —  is  highly 
valued  by  The  People.  Experts  are  richly  rewarded 
in  prestige  as  well  as  money,  and  not  without  reason. 
Prodigious  memory  is  demanded  of  the  ceremonialist. 
The  Singer  who  knows  one  nine-night  chant  must 
learn  at  least  as  much  as  a  man  who  sets  out  to 
memorize  the  whole  of  a  Wagnerian  opera:  orchestral 
score,  every  vocal  part,  all  the  details  of  the  settings, 
stage  business,  and  each  requirement  of  costume. 
Some  Singers  know  three  or  more  long  chants,  as 
well  as  various  minor  rites.7 

There  is  prestige  as  well  as  safety  in  knowl- 
edge. Most  of  my  informants  when  asked 
said  they  wanted  their  children  to  learn  songs, 
and  the  most  common  reason  given  was 
".  .  .  so  they  will  know  something.  So  they 
will  amount  to  something."  Most  of  these  in- 
formants meant  sacred  songs  when  they  said 
this. 

A  frequent  note  in  the  narrative  of  Left 
Handed  underlines  this  impression  of  the  im- 
portance of  music: 

Then,  when  you  learn  about  all  these  things,  there's 
a  song  for  each  one.  Even  though  you  know  only 
one  song  for  each  of  them  everything  of  yours  will 
be  strong.  Even  if  you  have  only  one  song  for  the 
sheep  you'll  raise  them,  nothing  will  bother  them, 
nothing  will  happen  to  them,  vou'll  have  them  a  long 
time,  the  rest  of  your  life.  .  .  . 

When  you  haven't  a  song  for  the  sheep  you  may 
raise  them  for  two  or  three  years,  mavbe  longer  than 
that,  and  you  may  have  a  lot,  but  those  sheep  will 
not  be  strong.  .  .  .  Sickness  will  bother  them,   and 

5  Kluckhohn  and  Leighton,  1946,  p.  225. 
8  Kluckhohn  and  Leighton,  1946,  p.  226. 
'Kluckhohn  and  Leighton,  1946,  p.  163. 
8Dyk,  1938,  pp.  76-77. 


they'll  be  dying  off.  Soon  you'll  have  no  more  sheep. 
.  .  .  That  is,  when  you  haven't  a  song  for  them.8 

I  told  you  that  I  had  a  handful  of  things  and  that 
you'd  be  that  way  sometime,  but  you'll  have  to  have 
a  hard  time  first.  You  won't  get  this  way  just  as  soon 
as  you  learn  all  the  songs  about  them.  You  have  to 
work  for  all  these  things.  .  .  .  After  you  get  all  this 
stuff  you  children  will  have  everything." 

And  don't  talk  roughly,  because  you've  learned 
many  songs  and  prayers.  If  you  know  the  songs  and 
prayers  you  don't  want  to  talk  roughly.  If  you  do  you 
won't  get  these  things,  because  all  the  stocks  and 
properties  will  know  that  you'll  be  rough  with  them. 
They'll  be  afraid  and  won't  come  to  you.  If  you 
think  kindly  and  talk  in  the  kindest  manner  then 
they'll  know  you're  a  kind  man,  and  then  everything 
will  go  to  you.10 

The  day  after  my  brother  arrived  we  started  herd- 
ing together,  and  from  there  on  we  both  went  out 
with  the  sheep  every  day.  He  surprised  me.  Even 
though  he  was  a  small  boy  he  knew  a  lot  of  songs. 
I  didn't  know  any  kind  of  song.  While  I  was  out 
herding  with  him  he  started  singing,  he  was  singing 
Nda  songs,  and  I  wished  that  I  knew  some  songs 
also, 

My  boy,  I'm  getting  worse  and  worse.  I  think  I 
won't  live  much  longer,  so  you  must  learn  some 
songs  and  prayers  about  the  horses  and  sheep,  and 
about  the  jewelry  and  the  farms.  If  you  learn  some 
songs  and  prayers  about  these  things  you'll  be  all 
right  later  on  when  you  get  to  be  a  man.  .  .  .  And 
you'll  live  a  long  time  and  get  old,  if  you  learn  some 
of  the  songs  to  make  one  live  long.12 


"Dyk,  1938,  p.  80. 
10Dyk,  1938,  p.  81. 

11  Dyk,  1938,  p.  99. 

12  Dyk,  1938,  p.  256. 


8o 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


HUMOR 


Willard  W.  Hill  in  his  general  study  of 
Navaho  humor  found  that  the  social  songs  of 
the  Enemy  Way  were  the  chief  source  of  song 
humor.  He  notes  that  the  humor  ranged  "from 
the  mildly  ridiculous  to  out  and  out  obscenity." 
Dr.  Hill's  texts  are  similar  to  those  in  the  dance 
songs  in  the  present  collection.13 

Many  of  the  texts  of  the  moccasin  game 
songs  are  humorous  in  much  the  same  way.  A 
favorite  song  apparently  known  to  all  Navahos 
is  the  following: 

Wildcat  is  walking, 

He  runs  down, 

He  gets   his  feet  in  the   water, 

He  breaks  wind, 

"Wao,  wao!"  he  says. 

When  Son  of  Bead  Chant  Singer  recorded 
this  for  me  he  was  so  amused  he  had  difficulty 
finishing  the  song,  and  his  daughter  laughed  so 
hard  she  had  to  sit  down  on  the  ground.  The 
first  line  of  this  song  is  enough  to  set  the  audi- 
ence laughing  in  anticipation  of  what  is  to 
come.  There  seem  to  be  several  versions  of 
this  song  current.  Several  other  humorous 
moccasin  game  texts  are  given  below: 

Chipmunk,  can't  drag  it  along, 
He  can't  drag  it  along, 
He  holds  back  his  ears. 

The  chipmunk  was  standing, 
Jerking  his  feet. 
He  has  stripes. 
He  is  very  short. 

The  mole  heats  his  unvarnished  bow  staff; 
I  ram  it  up  your  rectum: 
It  shakes  your  diaphragm. 

The  turkey  is  dancing  near  the  rocks, 

His  pelvis  is  spread  out. 

It  makes  you  want  to  laugh. 

The  pinon  jay  has  small  feces  (is  childish) 
He  is  empty  (silly),  he  is  empty. 

Big  rabbit,  goes  out  to  see  his  girl, 

His  urine,  he  urinates  all  around  himself. 

A  few  Navahos  are  skillful  at  composing 

"Hill,  1943,  p.  26. 

"Hoijer    (recorder),    Creation    Chant    ms.    songs 


ridiculous  or  silly  songs.  Joseph  used  to  do  this 
for  his  children,  but  I  was  never  able  to  find 
him  in  the  right  mood  for  recording  some  of 
these  songs.  I  did  record  a  nonsense  song  that 
was  extemporized  on  the  spot  by  John  Hawk 
who  has  a  reputation  as  a  humorous  character 
around  Blue  Springs. 

My  aunt, 

Good  looking  man,  my  son-in-law, 

Another  will  be,  and  will  be, 

He  will  hunt  deer,  deer  he  will  kill, 

He  will  bring  meat, 

We'll  eat  meat, 

My  aunt,  my  aunt, 

Will  you,  please} 

Will  it  happen?  —  they  say. 

The  Indians  who  gathered  around  during  this 
performance  were  highly  amused.  I  had  many 
requests  then  and  later  to  play  this  record  over, 
and  its  fame  grew  with  each  playing.  When 
informants  were  asked  what  was  so  funny 
about  it,  the  usual  response  was  "Oh,  he  just 
made  it  up." 

I  did  not  discover  any  songs  in  which  pun- 
ning was  deliberately  used  for  comic  effect, 
but  I  recorded  two  instances  in  which  Son  of 
Bead  Chant  Singer  perceived  puns  in  the  texts 
of  sacred  chants  when  he  was  recording  them 
and  going  over  the  translations.  In  the  chant 
listing  the  armament  of  the  Twins  he  was 
amused  by  the  resemblance  of  the  word  "jag- 
ged lightning"  {hddhaditgo  sung  tsinahidilgi) 
to  "wagon"  (tsmayei- — a  version  of  tsinabqs). 

The  second  instance  was  in  the  Wind  Song 
in  the  same  series  where  the  phrase  "my  foot- 
steps," (binehddzid  sung  k'abinehodsidi) 
sounded  like  "fear  of  lard,"  ('ak'a  binehod- 
zid.Y* 

Beside  being  of  a  fun-loving  temperament, 
Son  of  Bead  Chant  Singer  is  a  former  cere- 
monial practitioner  who  at  the  time  of  the 
recording  had  recently  embraced  Christianity. 
These  factors  might  have  led  to  his  being  some- 
what more  prone  than  the  average  Navaho  to 
see  humorous  connections  in  chant  texts.  The 
practice  in  chant  singing  of  altering  words 

59a  and  64. 


SOME  OTHER  CULTURAL  VALUES 


81 


from  their  prose  forms  leads  to  versions  of 
words  which  the  layman  often  cannot  recog- 
nize. In  a  language  already  well  adapted  to 
punning,  this  alteration,  which  often  includes 
the  addition  of  an  extra  syllable  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  prose  form  of  a  word,  would  make 
for  an  ideal  punning  situation. 

Members  of  white  American  culture  have  re- 
marked on  the  "innocent  childlike"  quality  of 
Navaho  social  behavior.  Navahos  laugh  easily 
for  what  often  seems  to  a  trader  or  an  an- 
thropologist slight  cause.  A  principle  source 
of  amusement  seems  to  be  any  excursion  into 
the  unusual.  A  word  used  in  an  unusual  con- 
text, a  gesture  in  the  wrong  place,  a  song  that 
someone  has  "just  made  up,"  are  all  occasions 
for  much  laughter.  Perhaps  the  chief  explana- 
tion for  this  is  that  Navaho  culture  is  specific: 
departures  from  its  norms  are  therefore  keenly 
felt.  This  can  be  demonstrated  in  musical  be- 
havior. There  are  many  feelings  of  restriction 
about  what  may  or  may  not  be  sung  and  when. 
The  well-worn  patterns  handed  down  by  the 
elders  are  important.  Departure  from  tradi- 
tion is  more  heavily  loaded  with  affect  than  it 
is  with  white  Americans;  hence  the  laughter  of 
Navahos  over  matters  that  seem  only  slightly 
amusing  to  us. 

It  is  my  feeling  that  Navaho  humor  has  a 
defensive  quality.  My  interpreters  were  very 
shy  about  speaking  to  strange  Navahos.  Jim 
Chamiso,  for  instance,  was  my  guide  in  a  sur- 
vey of  the  fields  at  Carrot  Flats.  It  was  our  pur- 
pose to  interview  some  Navaho  workers  at 
each  of  the  carrot  fields  we  visited.  Jim  would 


typically  walk  long  distances  looking  for  some- 
one he  knew  before  asking  questions,  and  we 
sometimes  drove  through  a  slab  shantytown 
and  out  again  with  our  questions  unasked,  be- 
cause there  were  no  acquaintances  in  sight. 
When  he  did  speak  to  strangers,  or  people  he 
had  not  seen  in  a  long  time,  he  often  covered 
his  shyness  with  a  comic  air,  speaking  in  a  high 
voice.  Bill  Begay  used  a  falsetto  giggle  quite 
unlike  his  natural  laugh  in  similar  situations. 

This  aspect  of  Navaho  humor  has  a  direct 
bearing  on  the  Navaho  mistrust  of  strangers 
and,  indeed,  seems  to  me  to  be  an  expression  of 
it.  In  a  dangerous  situation  among  strangers  it 
is  safer  to  appear  funny  and  harmless  and, 
above  all,  good-natured  and  amiable,  than  to 
take  chances  of  stepping  on  someone's  toes. 
By  the  same  token,  the  humor  must  be  directed 
against  oneself.  Laughter  should  not  be  at  the 
expense  of  others,  particularly  strangers,  but 
with  others  at  oneself. 

In  their  humorous  songs  the  Navahos  do 
make  quips  about  others,  but  these  are  usually 
phrased  rather  generally,  as  "you  girls,"  or 
"people  from  Fort  Defiance."  So  far  as  I 
know  they  are  almost  never  personal.  Dr.  Hill, 
in  the  reference  cited  above,  is  of  the  same 
opinion.  It  is  interesting  that  the  moccasin 
game  songs  which  contain  laughable  remarks 
about  various  animals  and  birds  are  sung  only 
after  the  first  killing  frost  when  it  is  safe.  There 
is  a  minimum  of  danger  from  retaliatory 
lightning,  snake  bite,  or  damage  to  the  crops 
after  this  time  of  year. 


WOMEN  IN  RELIGION 


A  cultural  fact  which  is  particularly  striking 
to  the  musicologist  is  the  almost  complete  ex- 
clusion of  women  from  music.  The  most  prob- 
able explanation  is  that  all  Navaho  music  is 
connected  with  religion,  an  area  in  which  the 
participation  of  women  is  limited.  For  exam- 
ple, menstrual  blood,  which  is  very  dangerous 
in  any  context,  is  considered  particularly  dam- 
aging to  religious  power. 

As  mentioned  earlier,  some  women  do  not 
sing  at  all,  and  most  women  know  no  music 
beyond  a  few  Squaw  Dance  songs.    I  have 


seen  only  one  woman  singing  at  an  Enemy 
Way.  She  was  so  intoxicated  that  she  had 
difficulty  in  standing  up,  and  it  was  apparent 
that  she  did  not  know  the  songs  at  all  well.  The 
men  seemed  to  think  it  was  funny  but  em- 
barrassing having  her  among  the  sway  singers. 
This  exclusion  of  women  is  said  to  be  gradu- 
ally breaking  down.  In  recent  years  girls  have 
been  known  to  stand  near  the  sway  singers 
and  join  in  the  dance  songs. 

They  stand  near  the  boy  they  are   interested   in. 


82 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


Sometimes  they  stand  right  in  back  of  him  and  join 
in  the  singing.  The  older  people  don't  like  this,  but 
that's  the  way  it  is  now,  since  the  war.    (John  Nez) 


Nevertheless,  the  Navaho  attitude  may  still  be 
stated:  "Women  have  their  own  power,  and 
it  is  dangerous  to  holy  power." 


INDIVIDUALISM 


In  discussing  Navaho  song  style  I  compared 
their  "individualistic"  group  singing  with  the 
more  strictly  schooled  singing  of  the  Salce- 
danos.  The  struggle  that  sometimes  occurs  be- 
tween two  or  more  men  for  ascendancy  in 
starting  off  new  songs  during  the  sway  singing 
is  part  of  the  same  picture.  There  is  no  recog- 
nized leader  or  authority  in  control.  In  the 
same  way  there  is  no  absolute  dictum  on  what 
may  be  done  with  music.  One  medicine  man 
may  feel  free  to  sing  his  songs  to  an  anthropol- 
ogist and  another  may  not.  "That's  up  to  him," 
was  the  usual  response  when  I  asked  a  third 
person  for  an  opinion  as  to  whether  an  in- 
formant would  be  willing  to  discuss  or  record 
certain  kinds  of  songs.  The  point  is  that  the 
ceremony  belongs  to  the  individual  who  has 
purchased  and  learned  it. 


The  reaction  of  John  Nez  to  Salceda  disci- 
pline when  he  was  brought  to  trial  there  for 
drunkenness  at  the  1950  mid-winter  festival  is 
to  the  point: 

Is  this  a  free  country?  Well,  down  at  that  place 
they  seem  to  have  a  king  or  an  emperor  or  some- 
thing! They  had  me  in  court  there,  and  that  gov- 
ernor there  said  I'd  been  drunk,  and  the  fine  was 
twenty-five  dollars.  That's  a  lot  of  money.  That's 
how  they  support  themselves  over  there:  they  get 
people  drunk  and  then  they  fine  them  like  that!  I 
started  to  say  something,  and  one  of  those  Salceda 
police  stopped  me.  "Don't  speak  to  the  governor  un- 
less he  gives  you  permission  to,"  he  said.  Well,  that 
made  me  sore.  I  was  going  to  speak  anywav,  and  that 
police  said  to  me,  "If  you  speak  he  will  double  the 
fine." 


PROVINCIALISM 


The  Navahos  were  very  curious  to  hear 
"foreign"  music.  They  were  most  interested 
in  hearing  songs  from  other  Indian  tribes,  but 
Navahos  in  the  Rimrock  area  were  also  much 
interested  in  hearing  A-lexican  songs,  and  the 
young  men  who  had  been  soldiers  in  Italy, 
France,  and  Germany  asked  repeatedly  for 
songs  from  those  countries.  But  except  for 
some  of  the  more  devout  Christians  who  knew 
a  number  of  hymns  translated  into  Navaho 
and  who  taught  some  of  these  to  their  children, 
I  found  few  who  could  sing  anything  but 
Navaho  music.  Even  the  young  people  who 
had  been  to  school  and  had  learned  such 
songs  as  "Jingle  Bells,"  or  "The  Caissons  Are 
Rolling  Along,"  did  not  sing  them  when  they 
got  home.  All  but  the  names  were  soon  for- 
gotten. Two  exceptions  were  Jim  Chamiso 
who  worked  very  hard  to  learn  European 
scales  in  his  interest  to  become  a  good  hymn 
singer,  and  John  Nez  who  worked  for  over 
a  month,  without  much  success,  trying;  to 
learn  a  French  song  so  that,  as  he  put  it: 


I'll  be  one  Navaho  that  knows  how  to  sing  a  French 
song.  Boy,  that  will  surprise  those  other  anthropolo- 
gists when  I  just  start  to  sing  that,  one  day. 

The  one  exception  to  this  seems  to  be  in  the 
dance  songs  of  the  Enemy  Way  where  Eng- 
lish and  Apache  words  and  Apache  musical 
forms  may  be  borrowed. 

In  contrast  to  the  general  Navaho  "pro- 
vincialism," Salcedanos  sing  a  great  deal  of 
music  learned  in  school  and  from  other  tribes. 
Comanche  and  other  Plains  songs  are  incor- 
porated into  parts  of  their  ritual  as  are  songs 
from  Acoma,  Laguna,  Santo  Domingo,  and 
the  Hopi  villages,  to  name  merely  a  few.  Many 
of  these  contain  words  or  entire  texts  in  the 
original  languages.  Though  I  met  no  Navahos 
who  could  sing  Salcedano  music,  the  Salce- 
danos sing  Navaho  corn  grinding  songs  in  the 
Navaho  language  in  the  mid-winter  festival, 
and  they  do  a  Yeibichai  dance  in  full  Navaho 
costume  as  mentioned  above.  One  gets  a 
strong;  feeling;  of  the  Salcedano  delight  in  the 


SOME  OTHER  CULTURAL  VALUES 


esoteric  in  music:  I  traveled  with  a  group  of 
Salcedanos  who  quickly  picked  up  by  ear  all 
the  sway  songs  I  knew.  The  favorite  song  of 
one  of  my  Salcedano  informants  was  "Clem- 
entine," which  he  asked  me  to  record  for  him 
to  keep,  and  his  father's  favorite  songs  were 
Winnebago  love  songs,  sung  partly  in  Winne- 
bago and  partly  in  English. 

The  only  non-native  musical  instrument  I 
encountered  among  the  Navahos  I  visited  was 
an  occasional  harmonica.  (There  was  also  one 
radio.)  I  also  heard  of  a  Mission  Navaho  near 
Railtown  who  played  the  accordion.  This  sit- 
uation may  be  contrasted  with  the  Salcedanos 
who  for  some  years  have  had  a  highly  organ- 
ized Salceda  Band,  a  full  band  with  a  conduc- 
tor, which  performs  professionally  at  the  Rail- 
town  Ceremonials  and  at  similar  occasions  all 
over  the  Southwest.  Some  of  the  players  were 
good  enough  by  white  American  standards  to 
have  key  positions  on  the  Railtown  civic  or- 
chestra durincr  its  brief  career. 

Perhaps  the  peak  of  musical  heterodoxy 
among  the  Salcedanos  was  reached  by  Helen 
James,  a  Cherokee  who  met  a  Salcedano  at  an 
Indian  show,  married  him,  and  has  lived  at  Sal- 
ceda Pueblo  between  shows  for  many  years. 
She  composed  a  "Salceda  Lullaby"  that  might 
have  come  from  the  pen  of  Charles  Wakefield 
Cadman.  In  her  extensive  travels  in  Indian 
shows  she  learned  what  whites  expect  Indian 
music  to  be  like,  and  she  composed  the  song  to 
fit  this  pattern.    With  Salcedano  and  English 


83 

words  it  is  almost  completely  un-Indian,  mu- 
sically and  textually.  It  is  a  well-nigh  perfect 
imitation  of  a  white  imitation  of  an  Indian 
song: 

Ya'elu  itona 

Eya  'elu  yo  henia,  henia,  henia, 

Weya'a  hena. 

Go  to  sleep  my  wee  flower, 

Go  to  sleep  my  sweet, 

Close  your  eyes  and  sleep,  dear, 

Mother  watches   you   till   the   morning   dawns.11 

The  operation  of  selection  in  the  process  of 
diffusion  has  an  important  bearing  on  the 
study  of  cultural  values.  The  fact  that  the 
Salcedanos  draw  so  freely  from  other  cultures 
in  their  music  and  that  the  Navahos  do  not, 
points  out  significant  differences  in  the  religi- 
ous feeling  of  the  two  cultures.  The  Salcedanos 
are  cosmopolitan  and  are  stimulated  by  their 
religious  music  on  a  conscious  esthetic  level. 
Though  Salcedano  ceremonialism  also  operates 
on  very  much  of  a  magico-functional  plane, 
the  "pure"  esthetic  aspect  is  much  more  highly 
developed  than  it  is  with  the  Navahos.  The 
Navahos,  by  contrast,  are  unsophisticated 
traditionalists.  The  chant  music  is  almost  en- 
tirely handed  down,  and  there  is  a  strong 
feeling  that  it  should  be  preserved  with 
painstaking  exactness.  Words  and  melody 
alike  are  magic,  heavily  loaded  with  power; 
they  must  not  be  tampered  with. 


FORMALISM 


A  theme  which  has  been  mentioned  so  often 
in  this  paper  as  to  merit  a  special  place  here 
is  Navaho  formalism.  The  meticulous  punc- 
tilio which  is  so  much  a  part  of  Navaho  ritual 
carries  over  not  only  into  the  use  of  music 
but  into  its  form  as  well. 

An  outstanding  feature  of  the  music  in  this 
culture  is  the  large  number  of  conventions 
employed.  The  sacred  chants  use  special  kinds 
of  introductions,  codas  and  endings,  special 
kinds  of  distortions  of  words,  and  special  pat- 

a  I  cannot  resist  the  temptation  to  compare  this 
with  a  more  typical  Salcedano  lullaby: 
My  boy, 
Little  cottontail, 


terns  of  repetition  in  text  and  melody.16  In 
the  social  songs  of  the  Enemy  Way  we  also 
find  introductions,  internal  codas,  and  closing 
formulae  rather  rigidly  prescribed  by  the  kind 
of  song  being  used.    (See,  for  example,  page 

57-) 
In  the  chants,  the  songs  follow  one  another 

in  a  prescribed  order.  They  serve  as  a  re- 
minder of  the  myth  that  is  the  ultimate  source 
of  the  ceremony,  and  they  indicate  the  mo- 
ment in  the  ceremony  when  fixed  ritual  acts 


Little  jackrabbit, 
Little  rat. 
"McAllester  in  Wheelwright,  1951 


pp.  33-38. 


84 

should  be  performed.  In  the  social  part  of  the 
Enemy  Way,  this  kind  of  formalism  is  also 
present.  Certain  songs  are  used  as  signals  for 
the  beginning  of  the  singing,  the  circle  danc- 
ing, the  social  dancing,  the  return  to  sway 
singing,  and  the  end  of  the  singing  at  dawn. 

The  formality  in  the  structure  of  Navaho 
music  and  the  formality  in  its  use  provide  us 
with  an  insight  to  certain  important  cultural 
values.  The  fear  of  misuse  of  dangerous  power 
was  discussed  on  pages  64-67  and  was  related 
to  the  Navaho  emphasis  on  preparation,  train- 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


ing,  and  correct  procedure  in  religious  be- 
havior. What  the  analysis  of  the  social  music 
in  the  Enemy  Way  adds  to  this  is  the  sug- 
gestion that  a  "defensive"  formalism  extends 
into  certain  aspects  of  non-religious  life  as 
well.  Although  it  is  impossible  to  say  that 
any  music  in  Navaho  life  is  completely  non- 
religious,  we  still  find  at  the  most  nearly  secular 
level  a  love  song,  a  teasing  song,  or  a  jesting 
song,  freely  composed  without  restrictions  of 
performance,  but  nevertheless  limited  by  a 
stylism  equal  to  that  of  chant  forms. 


MUSIC  AS  AN  AID  TO  RAPPORT  -IN  FIELD  WORK 


An  ever-present  problem  for  the  field 
worker  is  establishing  good  relations  with  his 
informants.  I  have  found  the  exchange  of 
songs,  the  discussion  of  their  meaning,  and 
the  appreciation  of  music  in  general  to  be  an 
excellent  avenue  of  approach  to  this  problem 
in  several  cultures;  it  was  no  less  true  among 
the  Navahos. 

In  the  first  place,  the  role  of  the  field  worker 
is  defined  in  terms  that  nearly  every  culture 
can  understand.  There  seems  to  be  something 
more  acceptable  about  a  stranger  who  wants 
to  learn  songs  than  about  one  who  wants  to 
know  how  long  babies  are  nursed.  Among  the 
Navahos,  I  was  accused,  jokingly,  of  wanting 
to  become  a  ceremonial  practitioner,  the  usual 
goal  of  someone  learning  songs.  It  seemed  to 
work  in  my  favor  that  I  was  there  to  learn, 
that  I  respected  an  aspect  of  Navaho  life  usu- 
ally ignored  or  laughed  at,  and  was  willing 
to  teach  songs  in  return. 

I  transcribed  some  Squaw  Dance  songs 
within  a  few  days  of  making  my  first  records 
and  was  thus  able  to  learn  them  accurately, 
though  I  was  never  able  to  achieve  more  than 
a  poor  imitation  of  Navaho  vocal  style. 
Nevertheless,  the  effect  of  my  effort  was  more 
than  I  had  hoped.  I  was  apparently  the  first 
non-Indian  in  this  region  to  be  able  to  sing 
more  than  a  few  bars  of  Navaho  music;  exag- 
gerated accounts  of  my  virtuosity  conflicted 
with  a  strong  disbelief  that  any  outsider  could 
sing  like  a  Navaho.  My  informants  were  much 


interested  in  songs  from  other  Indian  tribes, 
and  more  than  once,  after  singing  some  of 
these,  I  was  asked  if  I  was  really  a  white 
man,  though  I  have  a  light  complexion  and 
blue  eyes. 

I  found  music  very  helpful  when  I  made 
contact,  without  sponsor  or  interpreter  of  any 
sort,  with  a  group  of  Navahos  near  Window 
Rock  where  I  hoped  to  be  able  to  attend  a 
Peyote  meeting.  For  several  hours  before  the 
meeting  began  there  was  no  English-speaking 
Navaho  present,  and  the  only  communication 
I  had  was  in  the  form  of  exchanging  Peyote 
songs.  When  the  meeting  began,  the  leader 
was  not  very  eager  to  have  me  there,  and  it 
was  only  by  statements  of  sincere  interest  on 
my  part  and  the  fact  that  I  already  seemed  to 
know  a  good  deal  about  Peyote  and  could 
sing  Peyote  songs  that  I  was  allowed  to  re- 
main. 

From  a  discussion  of  music  one  can  move  by 
easy  stages  into  almost  any  other  area  of  cul- 
tural investigation.  Almost  any  line  of  human 
behavior  is  crossed  at  some  point  by  music. 
With  the  Navahos,  such  seemingly  remote 
subjects  as  attitudes  toward  property,  propa- 
gation of  live  stock,  and  the  nature  of  taboo 
came  to  the  fore  in  connection  with  music; 
sometimes  I  found  informants  who  were  so 
reserved  that  it  seemed  as  though  no  inter- 
view at  all  were  going  to  take  place,  but  who 
became  interested  and  accessible  when  the 
topic  was  music. 


SOME  OTHER  CULTURAL  VALUES  85 

Music  has  been  made  unnecessarily  a  spe-  ethnologist  even  if  he  is  not  a  musician;  even 
cialist's  field  in  ethnology.  A  few  songs  from  very  imperfect  renderings  of  native  music 
almost  any  culture  can  easily  be  learned  by  the        can  do  much  in  establishing  rapport. 


A  SUMMARY  IN  TERMS  OF  EXISTENTIAL  AND 
NORMATIVE  VALUES 


PART  II  of  this  paper  has  been  a  study  of 
Navaho  values  as  revealed  in  attitudes  and 
practices  related  to  music.  A  summary  fol- 
lows in  the  form  of  statements  of  "facts"  as 
the  Navahos  see  them  ("is"  statements  — 
existential  values),  and  corollaries  to  these 
"facts,"      ("should"      statements  —  normative 


values).  (See  pp.  4-6.)  The  normative  state- 
ments are  statements  of  the  accepted,  the  de- 
sirable. Certain  statements  of  the  desired,  in 
opposition  to  accepted  norms  and  thus  indica- 
tive of  changing  values,  appear  at  the  end  of 
each  section  but  the  last. 


WHAT  MUSIC  IS 


Our  value-orientations  with  respect  to  music 
are  primarily  ranged  about  the  area  of  the 
esthetic.  Those  of  the  Navahos  are  largely 
functional.  In  this  area,  what  is  allowed  and 
what  is  not  allowed  becomes  of  crucial  im- 
portance; the  study  of  this  aspect  of  music 
reveals  an  interesting  gradation  of  taboo  in 
Navaho  culture.    (See  pp.  63-64.) 

1.  Music  is  primarily  a  means  of  protection  and  con- 
trol, related  to  the  supernatural;  therefore   (most) 


music  is  powerful  and  may  be  dangerous  if  mis- 
used. 

a)  A  man  should  know  many  songs. 

b)  One  should  sing  the  right  music,  the  right  way, 
at  the  right  time. 

c)  One  should  prepare  oneself  before  singing;  one 
should  use  certain  songs  only  if  the  privilege 
has  been  earned. 

d)  Women  should  not  deal  with  music.  In  general 
only  the  Squaw  Dance  songs  are  safe  for  them. 

But:  Women  ought  to  have  more  to  do  with  re- 
ligion and  the  music  of  religion. 


THE  ESTHETIC 


Uart  pour  I'art,  the  separation  of  the  beauti- 
ful from  the  moral,  the  proper,  is  an  attitude 
just  beginning  to  emerge  in  Navaho  values.  A 
conflict  is  discernible  between  the  values  of 
some  of  the  more  acculturated  young  people 
and  the  conservative  members  of  the  group. 

2.  The  beautiful  is  the  good:  morals  and  esthetics  are 
not  separable, 
a)  A  pretty  song  should  do  something  for  you. 


b)  Young  people  should  not  make  so  much  of  those 
worthless   (skip  dance)   songs. 

c)  "Sings"  should   be   kept  holy.  ".  .  .  the   drunks 
were  spoiling  the  singing." 

But:  "Some  songs  are  prettier  than  others  accord- 
ing to  the  voice  of  the  fellow." 
"A  nice  tune  is  when  it's  not  too  rough." 
"A    construct   of   Navaho   musical    esthetics." 
(See  pp.  73-75  above.) 


NAVAHO  QUIET 


The  atmosphere  at  Navaho  public  gather- 
ings and  in  Navaho  private  life  is  one  of  re- 
straint, caution,  and  reserve.  Self-expression 
and  self-display  are  played  down;  but  one  gets 
the  feeling  that  the  social  occasion  of  the 
Enemy  Way  is  a  time  when  inhibitions  may 


be  released.  Frequently  there  is  drinking  and 
fighting  at  other  ceremonials  as  well,  but  the 
Enemy  Way,  in  its  public  singing,  offers 
socially  approved  avenues  for  self-expression, 
teasing,  competition,  and  even  aggression. 


86 


A  SUMMARY  IN  TERMS  OF  EXISTENTIAL  AND  NORMATIVE  VALUES 

others,  especially  strangers. 


87 


.  A   proper  man   is  quiet,   does   not   push   ahead   of 
others,  but  in  Squaw  Dance  singing  it  is  different. 

a)  One  should  be  patient. 

b)  One  should  be  quiet. 

c)  One  should  be  careful  not  to  upset  or  annoy 


Bat:  You  can  cut  loose  in  Squaw  Dance  singing. 
You  should  be  good  at  endurance,  invention, 
and  learning;  your  outfit  should  be  able  to 
out-sing  the  men  from  another  locality. 


NAVAHO  HUMOR 


The  "simple,  childlike"  quality  of  much 
Navaho  humor  may  be  a  result,  at  least  in 
part,  of  the  formality  of  this  culture.  Where 
much  behavior  is  carefully  prescribed,  simple 
deviations  become  highly  amusing.  Such  devi- 
ations may  take  the  form  of  a  pun,  an  unusual 
grammatical  usage,  or  misusage,  a  comical 
"made  up"  song  (usually  patterned  on  sway 
song  style),  a  ridiculous  situation,  somebody's 
embarrassment,  or  the  suggestion  or  descrip- 
tion of  improper  behavior  (ribaldry  or  ob- 
scenity).  I  was  also  impressed  by  a  defensive 


quality  in  Navaho  humor  in  which  one  took 
the  onus  of  the  joke  on  oneself  rather  than 
taking  the  risk  of  offending  others,  especially 
strangers. 

4.  The    unusual,    the    awkward,    the    improper,    are 
funny. 

a)  One  ought  to  talk,  sing,  walk,  ride,  etc.,  cor- 
rectly. 

b)  One  ought  not  to  take  chances  by  poking  fun 
at  others. 

But:  It  is  fun  to  be  foolish  sometimes,  and  it  is  good 
to  laugh. 


INDIVIDUALISM 


The  Navahos  have  never  been  a  highly  or- 
ganized group.  An  informal  "What  will  the 
neighbors  think?"  has  been  one  of  the  strong- 
est social  sanctions.  Authority  has  traditionally 
rested  in  the  family  or  extended  family  group, 
a  situation  which  usually  gives  the  individual 
a  maximum  of  personal  autonomy.  In  owner- 
ship of  property,  which  includes  possession  of 


songs  or  ceremonial  knowledge,  and  even  in 
manner  of  singing,  Navaho  individualism  is 
clearly  expressed. 

5.  What   one   does   with   one's  property,  knowledge, 
songs,  is  one's  own  affair. 

But:  No   man   should   act   "as   though   he   had   no 
family." * 


PROVINCIALISM 


Kluckhohn  and  Leighton  have  commented 
on  how  the  bulk  of  Navaho  material  culture 
today  shows  European  derivation  or  influ- 
ence while  their  way  of  life  and  religion  are 
much  less  altered.2  Music  is  certainly  an  area 
of  profound  conservatism.  While  the  Pueblo 
groups  all  around  the  Navahos  borrow  music 
freely  from  each  other,  from  the  whites,  and 
from  the  Navahos,  the  latter  do  not  follow  suit. 
The  fact  that  the  music  is  largely  religious 
may  account  for  this  difference,  but  if  so,  the 


attitude  in  religion  itself  is  different.  The 
Pueblos  borrow  largely  in  secular  music  such 
as  love  songs  and  social  dance  songs,  but  a 
great  deal  of  sacred  music  is  borrowed  as  well. 

6.  Foreign  music  is  dangerous   (see  1,  d  above)   and 
not  for  Navahos. 

But:  a)  The  Peyote  cult  and  its  music  may  be  the 
real  Indian   religion.     (Not  the  feeling  in 
the  Rimrock-Willow  Fence  area.) 
b)  Young  people  are  beginning  to  like  songs 
that  "sound  different." 


'Kluckhohn  and  Leighton,  1946,  p.  220. 


'■  Kluckhohn  and  Leighton,   1946,  p.  28. 


88 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


FORMALISM 


The  protective  formalism  with  which  the 
Navaho  surrounds  himself  is  clearly  expressed 
in  his  music.  From  the  most  sacred  chants  to 
the  most  nearly  secular  level  of  humorous  and 
teasing  songs  there  is  an  all-pervading  stylism. 
7.  There  is  a  right  way  to  sing  every  kind  of  song. 


a)  Chant  songs  should  be  sung  with  an  introduc- 
tion, an  introductory  chorus,  a  series  of  burdens, 
etc. 

b)  Sway  songs,  dance  songs,  circle  dance  songs, 
and  gift  songs  all  have  their  characteristic  struc- 
tural features. 


DISCUSSION 


In  a  musicologically  oriented  study  of 
values,  not  every  culture  would  yield  as  rich 
a  harvest  as  does  that  of  the  Navahos.  The 
complex  ceremonialism  which  is  ever-present 
in  Navaho  thinking  is  closely  associated  with 
music  throughout,  both  in  attitude  and  in 
performance.  But  the  limitations  on  per- 
formance, and  on  the  kinds  of  music  used, 
are  equally  significant  from  the  point  of  view 
of  values.  The  virtual  exclusion  of  women  and 
children  from  all  but  Squaw  Dance  singing3 
is  a  case  in  point.  Even  lullabies  seem  to  be 
very  rare.  Though  song  number  25  (a  skip 
dance  song)  and  presumably  many  other 
Squaw  Dance  songs  as  well,  could  be  used  for 
lullabies,  the  fact  is  that  all  female  informants 
when  asked  said  they  did  not  know  any  them- 
selves nor  did  they  know  of  any  other  women 
who  did. 

My  feeling  is  that  music,  for  the  Navahos, 
is  so  closely  identified  with  ceremonialism 
that  many  non-ceremonial  uses  for  music  have 
been  sharply  limited.  There  is  evidence  for 
the  obsolescence  of  work  songs.  Rhodes 
speaks  of  weaving,  spinning,  and  corn-grind- 
ing songs  as  rare  on  the  reservation:  they  are 
no  longer  used  at  all  in  the  Rimrock-Willow 
Fence  area,  though  the  Salcedanos  still  sing 

3  Some  male  children  may  know  Blessing  Way 
songs  and  sing  these  in  a  social  context,  and  a  few 
women  past  the  menopause  have  become  ceremonial 


Navaho  corn-grinding  songs  learned  in  this 
region  two  generations  ago. 

Another  type  of  music  not  in  evidence 
among  hte  Navahos  is  children's  songs  (game 
songs,  mocking  songs,  etc.).  Again  the  reason, 
in  large  part,  may  be  the  influence  of  a  highly 
formalized  ceremonialism.  The  danger  both  to 
oneself  and  to  others  of  misuse  is  strongly  felt. 
This  may  help  account  for  limitations  in  the 
amount  of  singing  and  the  kinds  of  singing 
done  by  children. 

The  structural  analysis  of  the  songs  was  re- 
warding in  that  it  revealed  a  formalism,  even 
in  the  most  informal  songs,  highly  consistent 
with  the  Navaho  approach  to  life.  Kluck- 
hohn's  formula:  "Maintain  orderliness  in  those 
sectors  of  life  which  are  little  subject  to  human 
control"  4  seems  to  extend  beyond  ritual  be- 
havior, poetry,  and  ceremonial  music,  to  in- 
clude even  Squaw  Dance  songs. 

The  over-all  picture  in  Navaho  music  is  of 
a  tradition  where  many  of  the  usual  functions 
of  music,  such  as  self-expression,  recreation, 
courtship,  child  care,  and  work  are  subor- 
dinated to  an  all-important  function  of  super- 
natural control.  With  a  few  exceptions  other 
functions  must  all  find  their  expression  within 
the  area  of  one  type  of  song,  the  Squaw 
Dance,  or  public  songs  of  the  Enemy  Way. 


practitioners.    (See  p.  65.) 

^Kluckhohn  and  Leighton,  1946,  p.  224. 


APPENDIX  A 


APPENDIX  A 


IN  PLANNING  the  research  described 
above,  it  seemed  desirable  to  have  some  sort 
of  control  over  the  interviewing  situation.  A 
questionnaire  was  devised  so  that  the  same 
questions,  in  the  same  order,  could  be  asked 
of  all  informants.  Because  of  the  high  degree 
of  suggestion  involved  in  most  questions,  an 
attempt  was  made  to  divide  the  interview  into 
different  levels  of  specificity,  starting  with  the 
most  general,  "non-directive,"  stimuli,  and 
moving  on  to  more  particular  questions  only 
when  the  informant  seemed  to  reach  the  end 
of  his  more  spontaneous  responses.  I  con- 
sidered answers  given  by  an  informant  with 
little  or  no  stimulus  to  have  greater  "saliency" 
than  responses  that  had  to  be  elicited  by 
minute  questioning.  Other  considerations, 
however,  such  as  degree  of  rapport,  shyness, 
caution  in  discussing  sacred  matters,  and  even 
cultural  differences  in  the  meaning  of  some  of 
the  questions  (see  pp.  4-5)  somewhat  reduced 
this  "measure"  of  saliency. 

The  questionnaire  itself  broke  down  as  far 
as  any  strict  control  over  the  interviews  went. 
Often  several  of  the  questions  yet  to  come 
were  answered  in  response  to  an  earlier  ques- 
tion. I  felt  that  my  relations  with  the  subject 
would  suffer  from  a  strict  adherence  to  the 
principle  of  keeping  all  stimuli  as  nearly  the 
same  as  possible.  In  some  of  the  interviews  it 
was  clear  that  certain  of  the  questions  had 
better  remain  unasked  because  of  the  in- 
formants' personalities.  Another  difficulty  was 
a  tendency  for  onlookers  to  volunteer  answers. 
I  was  not  in  a  position  to  demand  privacy  and 


often  felt  that  the  information  obtained  was 
worth  more  than  an  attempt  at  control  might 
have  been. 

My  original  list  of  informants  consisted  of 
a  random  sample  of  the  adult  Rimrock-Venado 
Navaho  population.  It  often  happened,  how- 
ever, that  instead  of  interviewing  the  person 
on  the  list,  I  had,  perforce,  to  interview  several 
members  of  his  family  as  well.  Several  per- 
sons on  the  list  were  out  of  the  area  working 
as  migrant  laborers.  Some  of  these  could  be 
found  and  were,  but  others  were  not.  The  list 
did  not  include  any  ceremonial  practitioner, 
and  so  I  added  some  individuals  who  were 
known  to  have  considerable  esoteric  knowl- 
edge. This  was  necessary,  I  felt,  to  an  investi- 
gation of  music,  but  my  sample,  due  to  this 
and  other  circumstances  just  described,  was 
no  longer  strictly  random. 

I  feel  that  some  value  remained  in  both  the 

?uestionnaire  and  the  sample.  Though  the 
ormer  was  used  loosely  it  was  still  the  core 
of  all  extended  interviews.  It  was  useful  to  me 
as  a  guide,  being  comprehensive  enough  to 
prevent  large  omissions,  and  it  gave  all  inter- 
views a  similar  direction  thus  providing  a 
basis  for  estimating  the  special  interests  of  the 
various  informants.  The  levels  of  specificity 
also  proved  to  be  useful  in  judging  the  extent 
of  informants'  knowledge  and  interest. 

Since  the  sample  of  informants  was  modified 
but  not  abandoned  entirely,  it  did  prevent  a 
choice  too  much  on  the  basis  of  musical  in- 
terest or  mere  availability. 

The  questionnaire  was  as  follows. 


QUESTIONNAIRE 


First  Level  of  Specificity 

1.  Do  you  like  to  sing?    Why? 

2.  Some  people  beat  a  drum  when  they  sing;  what 
other  things  are  used  like  that? 

3.  What  body  parts  are  used  in  singing? 

Second  Level  of  Specificity 

1.   When  and  where  is  a  drum   (rattle,  etc.)   what- 
ever the  informant  has  listed)   used? 


2.  In  what  ways  may  a  drum  (rattle,  etc.)  be  beaten 
(sounded)? 

3.  How  do  you  feel  when  you  hear  a  drum  (rattle, 
etc.)? 

4.  How  old  are  children  when  they  learn  to  use  a 
drum   (rattle,  etc.)? 

5.  Is  the  drum   (rattle,  etc.)   beaten  the  same  way 
now  as  in  the  old  days? 

6.  What   makes   you   feel   like    singing?     At   what 
times? 


9' 


9* 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


'3- 

14. 

'5- 

16. 
'7- 

18. 
19. 
20. 

21. 


*3' 

24. 

25- 


Is  there  any  time  when  you  are  not  supposed  to 

sing?     (When  you  do  not  feel  like  singing?) 

How  many  different  kinds  of  songs  are  there? 

Do  these  kinds  sound  different  from  each  other? 

How  do  the  different  kinds  of  songs  make  you 

feel  when  you  hear  them? 

Are  some  kinds  of  songs  hard  to  learn  and  others 

easy? 

How  old  were  you  when  you  learned  to  sing? 

(How  old  were  you  when  you  could  sing  well?) 

What  did  people  say  when  you  learned  to  sing? 

Do  you  know  some  old  songs  that  most  people 

have  forgotten? 

Are  there  new  kinds  of  songs  being  sung  today? 

(What  do  you  think  of  them? ) 

Are  songs  changing  now?     (Why? ) 

What    do    you    think    of    American    (Mexican) 

songs?     (Why? ) 

Do  you  know  any  of  either?    (Do  you  wish  you 

did?) 

Are  there  other  Navahos  who  do?     (Are  there 

any  who  did  not  go  to  school  who  do?) 

Why  do  you  think  they  (nobody)  learned  them? 

Are   there   different  ways   of  making  the   voice 

sound  when  we  sing? 

When  do  you  use  these  different  ways?    (If  any 

were  described.) 

Do  people  make  their  voices  sound  in  new  ways 

nowadays?    (What?) 

What  do  you  think  of  the  way  American  voices 

sound? 

Are  there  any  Navahos  who  make  their  voices 

sound  that  way  when  they  sing? 

Third  Level  of  Specificity 

Is  there  a  kind  of  singing  besides  ceremonial 
singing?  (What  is  it?)  Suggest:  lullabies,  gam- 
bling songs,  work  songs,  etc. 
Is  there  a  difference  between  the  way  ceremonial 
songs  and  other  songs  sound? 
Are  there  ceremonial  songs  that  can  be  used  out- 
side the  ceremony? 

Would  you  hear  the  show-off  way  the  young 
men  sing  in  a  ceremonial? 

Do  you  have  a  different  feeling  when  you  hear 
ceremonial  songs  and  when  you  hear  songs  that 
are  not  ceremonial? 

Do  you  feel  differently  about  it  when  you  hear  a 
song  in  a  ceremony  and  the  same  song  outside 
the  ceremony? 

Are  there  special  songs  for  working? 
Are  there  special  songs  for  riding  along? 
Are  there  special  songs  that  go  with  games? 
Are  there  songs  people  sing  just  to  be  funny? 
Are  there  dirty  songs  the  Navahos  sing?    (What 


[2. 

13- 
14. 

15- 
16. 


19. 
20. 

21. 
22. 

23- 
24. 

25- 
26. 


*7- 
28. 
29. 
30. 
31' 

3*> 
33^ 
34' 
35- 
36. 

37- 
38. 

39> 


do  you  think  of  them?) 
Are  there  special  songs  for  good  luck? 
Are  there  songs  to  make  people  stop  what  they 
are  doing  and  behave  better?    (Songs  for  teasing 
people?) 

Are  there  songs  that  make  you  feel  happy? 
Are  there  songs  that  make  you  feel  sad? 
Are  there  songs  that  make  you  feel  angry? 
Did  you  ever  make  up  a  song?    (Was  it  a  happy 
song?  sad?  angry?) 

(Here  an  experiment  in  mood  and  music  was 
introduced.  I  sang,  without  words,  and  with  as 
nearly  identical  facial  and  vocal  expression  as 
possible,  two  songs,  "The  Happy  Farmer,"  and 
"Pore  Judd  is  Daid."  Of  course,  the  former  is 
fast  in  tempo  and  the  latter  is  slow.  Informants 
were  asked  to  identify  which  was  supposed  to  be 
the  happy  song  and  which  the  sad  one.  They 
were  then  asked  to  give  their  reasons.) 
Do  you  know  any  songs  about  love? 
What  do  you  think  of  American  songs  about 
this? 

Are  there  songs  that  are  especially  pretty? 
What  is   it   about   a   song  that   makes  it  sound 
pretty? 

Are  there  songs  you  think  sound  ugly?  (Why?) 
Can  you  say  a  song  is  pretty  the  way  you  say  a 
girl  or  a  good  rug  or  a  bracelet  is  pretty? 
What  kind  of  singing  do  you  like  better:  (illus- 
trate with  narrow  and  wide  vibrato,  plain  and 
nasal  tone). 

What  kind  of  melody  do  you  like  better:  (illus- 
trate with  a  chant-like  melody  and  a  more  varied 
melody). 

Are  there  songs  you  like  just  because  of  the 
melody?  (What  is  it  about  the  melody  that  you 
like?) 

Are  there  songs  you  like  just  because  of  the 
words?  (What  is  it  about  the  words  that  you 
like?) 

Are  there  songs  for  children  only? 
Are  there  songs  for  men  only? 
Are  there  songs  for  women  only? 
Are  there  songs  for  old  people  only? 
Is    it    a   good    thing    for   you   to    know    songs? 
(Why?) 

Do  you  teach  songs  to  your  children? 
How  do  you  teach  them? 

Do  you  give  them  something  for  learning  songs? 
Do  you  scold  them  if  they  do  not  learn  songs? 
Did  your  parents  act  like  that  with  you? 
How  old  are  children  when  they  learn  to  sing? 
Why  do  you  want  children  to  learn  to  sing? 
Do  the  children  around   here  sing?     (What  do 
they  sing?) 


REFERENCES 


REFERENCES 


Adair,  J.,  and  Vogt,  E.  Z. 

1949.  Navaho  and  Zuni  veterans:  A  study  of  con- 
trasting modes  of  cultural  change.  American 
Anthropologist,  n.  s.,  vol.  51,  no.  4,  pt.  1, 
pp.  547-61. 

Astrov,   Marcot 

1950.  The  concept  of  motion  as  the  psychological 
leitmotif  of  Navaho  life  and  literature. 
Journal  of  American  Folk-Lore,  vol.  63,  no. 
247.  PP-  45-56- 

Boulton,  Laura  (Recorder) 

1941.  Indian  music  of  the  Southwest,  vol.  no.  1. 
Victor  Records,  P-49,   (90-95). 

Coolidce,  Dane,  and  Coolidge,   Mary  Roberts 
1930.   The  Navajo  Indians.   Boston  and  New  York. 

Dyk,  Walter 

1938.  Son  of  Old  Man  Hat;  a  Navaho  autobio- 
graphy.   New  York. 

Guernsey,  S.J. 

1920.  Notes  on  a  Navaho  war  dance.  American 
Anthropologist,  n.  s.,  vol.  22,  no.  3,  pp.  304- 
07. 

Franciscan  Fathers 

1910.  An  ethnologic  dictionary  of  the  Navaho  lan- 
guage.  St.  Michaels,  Arizona. 

Haile,  Father  Berard 

1938.  Origin  legend  of  the  Navaho  Enemy  Way. 
Yale  University  Publications  in  Anthropology, 
no.  17. 

Herzog,  George 

1934.  Speech-melody  and  primitive  music.  Musical 
Quarterly,  vol.  20,  no.  4,  pp.  452-66. 

1935.  Plains  ghost  dance  and  Great  Basin  music. 
American  Anthropologist,  vol.  37,  no.  3,  pt.  1, 
pp.  403-19. 

1936.  A  comparison  of  Pueblo  and  Pima  musical 
styles.  Journal  of  American  Folk-Lore,  vol. 
49,  no.  194,  pp.  283-417. 

Hill,  W.  W. 

1936.   Navaho    warfare.     Yale    University    Publica- 
tions in  Anthropology,  no.  5,  pp.  3-19. 
1943.   Navaho  humor.    General  Series  in  Anthro- 
pology, no.  9. 

Hoijer,  Harry 

1929.  Creation  chant.  Ms.  on  deposit  at  Peabody 
Museum,  Harvard  University. 

Hornbostel,  E.  M.  von 

1928.  African  Negro  music.  Africa,  vol.  1,  no.  1, 
pp.  30-62. 


Jewell,  Donald  P. 

1952.  A  case  of  a  "psychotic"  Navaho  Indian  male. 
Human  Organization,  vol.  II,  no.  1,  pp.  32- 
36. 

Kluckhohn,  Clyde 

1942.  Myths  and  rituals:  a  general  theory.  Harvard 
Theological  Review,  vol.  35,  no.   1,  pp.  45- 

79- 
1949.   The    philosophy    of    the    Navaho    Indians. 
Ideological    Differences   and    World    Order, 
(Ed.,  F.  S.  C.  Northrup),  pp.  356-84.    New 
Haven. 

Kluckhohn,  Clyde,  and  Leighton,  Dorothea 
1946.   The  Navaho.    Cambridge. 

Kluckhohn,  Clyde,  and  Wyman,  Leland  C. 

1940.  An  introduction  to  Navaho  chant  practice, 
with  an  account  of  the  behaviors  observed 
in  four  chants.  American  Anthropological 
Association,  Memoirs,  no.  53. 

McAllester,  David  P. 

1949.    Peyote  music.    Viking  Fund  Publications  in 

Anthropology,  no.  13. 
1952.    Menomini    Peyote    music.     Appendix    V    in 

Slotkin,  J.  S.,  Menomini  Peyotism,  Transac- 

tions  of  the  American  Philosophical  Society, 

n.s.,  vol.  42,  pt.  4,  pp.  681-700. 

McKinney,  Howard  D.,  and  Anderson,  W.  R. 
1940.    Music  in  history.    New  York. 

Matthews,  Washington 

1897.  Navaho  legends.  American  Folk-Lore  Soci- 
ety, Memoirs,  vol.  5. 

1902.  The  Night  Chant,  a  Navaho  ceremony. 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
Memoirs,  vol.  6. 

Oakes,  Maud 

1943.  Where  the  two  came  to  their  father.  New 
York. 

Parsons,  Talcott,  and  Shils,  Edward  A.,   (eds.) 
1 95 1.   Toward   a  general  theory   of  action.    Cam- 
bridge. 

Rapoport,  Robert 

1954.  Changing  Navaho  religious  values,  a  study 
of  Christian  missions  to  the  Rimrock  Nava- 
hos.  Peabody  Museum  of  Harvard  University, 
Papers,  vol.  41,  no.  2. 

Reichard,  Gladys  A. 

1944.  Prayer;  the  compulsive  word.  American 
Ethnological    Society,    Monograph    no.    7. 


95 


96 


ENEMY  WAY  MUSIC 


1950.  Navaho  religion;  a  study  of  symbolism. 
New  York. 

Rhodes,  Willard  (Recorder) 

1949.  Sioux  and  Navajo  folk  music.  (Album  of 
records.)  Ethnic  Folkways  Library,  no.  1401. 
New  York. 

Roberts,  Helen  H. 

1936.  Musical  areas  in  aboriginal  North  America. 
Yale  University  Publications  in  Anthropology, 


Roberts,  John  M. 
n.  d.    Four  Southwestern  men:  A  study  in  culture, 
cultural  control,  and  values.   Ms.  in  prepara- 
tion. 
Scholes,  Percy  A. 

1947.   The  Oxford  companion  to  music.  New  York. 

Streib,  Gordon  F. 

1952.  An  attempt  to  unionize  a  semi-literate 
Navaho  group.  Human  Organization,  vol. 
II,  no.  1,  pp.  23-31. 


Tanner,  Clara  Lee 

1950.  Contemporary  Indian  art.  Arizona  High- 
ways, vol.  26,  no.  2,  pp.  12-29. 

Tschopik,   Harry,  Jr. 

1941.   Navaho   pottery  making.    Peabody   Museum 
of  Harvard  University,  Papers,  vol.  17,  no.  1. 
Vogt,  Evon  Z. 

1 95 1.  Navaho  veterans;  a  study  of  changing  values. 
Peabody  Museu?n  of  Harvard  University, 
Papers,  vol.  41,  no.  1. 

Wheelwright,  Mary  C. 

1 95 1.   Navaho  Creation  Chants.  (Album  of  records.) 
Peabody    Museum    of    Harvard    University. 
Pamphlet  by  David  P.  McAUester. 
Wyman,  Leland  C,  and  Harris,  Stuart  K. 

1941.   Navajo    Indian    medical    ethnobotany.     Uni- 
versity of  New  Mexico,  Bulletin,  no.  366. 
Wyman,  Leland  C,  and  Kluckhohn,  Clyde 

1938.  Navaho  classification  of  their  song  cere- 
monials. American  Anthropological  Associ- 
ation, Memoirs,  no.  50. 


PAPERS  OF  THE  PEABODY  MUSEUM 


(Continued  from  inside  front  cover) 


VOLUME  XI,  continued 

No.  2.  Official  Reports  on  the  towns  of  Tequizistlan, 
Tepechpan,  Acolman,  and  San  Juan  Teotihuacan, 
sent  by  Francisco  de  Casteneda  to  His  Majesty, 
Philip  II,  and  the  Council  of  the  Indies  in  1580. 
1926.  45  pages,  2  plates,  and  2  illustrations  in  the 
text.  75  cents.  Translated  and  edited,  with  an  in- 
troduction and  notes,  by  Zelia  Nuttall. 

No.  3.  An  Anthropometric  Study  of  Hawaiians  of 
Pure  and  Mixed  Blood.  By  Leslie  C.  Dunn.  1928. 
122  pages  and  tables.  Si. 25.  Based  upon  data  col- 
lected by  Alfred  M.  Tozzer. 

No.  4.  Azilian  Skeletal  Remains  from  Montardit 
(Ariege),  France.  By  Ruth  Otis  Sawtell.  1931. 
55  pages  and  7  plates.   75  cents. 

No.  5.  The  Evolution  of  the  Human  Pelvis  in  Rela- 
tion to  the  Mechanics  of  the  Erect  Posture.  By 
Edward  Reynolds.  1931.  100  pages,  3  plates,  and 
10  illustrations  in  the  text.   $1.20. 

VOLUME  XII  complete,  S6.80;  bound  in  cloth,  $9.30. 

No.  1.  Explorations  in  Northeastern  Arizona.  By 
S.  J.  Guernsey.  193 1.  120  pages,  1  color  plate,  65 
plates,  map,  and  30  illustrations  in  the  text.   $3.50. 

No.  2.  Notes  on  the  Archaeology  of  the  Kaibito  and 
Rainbow  Plateaus  in  Arizona.  By  Noel  Morss. 
1931.  28  pages  and  7  plates.  50  cents. 

No.  3.  The  Ancient  Culture  of  the  Fremont  River 
in  Utah.  By  Noel  Morss.  1931.  112  pages,  43 
plates,  and  5  illustrations  in  the  text.  $2.80. 

VOLUME  XIII  complete,  $5.25;  bound  in  cloth,  $7.75. 
No.  1.  Maya-Spanish  Crosses  in  Yucatan.  By  George 

D.  Williams.  1931.  250  pages,  47  plates,  and  tables. 

$3.50. 
No.  2.  The  Phonetic  Value  of  Certain  Characters 

rN  Maya  Writing.    By  B.  L.  Whorf.    1933.    4" 

pages,  frontispiece,  and  13  illustrations  in  the  text. 

75  cents. 
No.  3.   The  Racial  Characteristics  of  Syrians  and 

Armenians.    By  Carl  C.  Seltzer.    1936.    77  pages, 

2  maps,  and  tables.  $1.00. 

VOLUME  XIV  complete,  $6.00;  bound  in  cloth,  $8.50. 
No.    1.    The   Stalling's   Island   Mound,   Columbia 

County,    Georgia.    By   William   H.   Claflin,   Jr. 

1931.   60  pages  and  72  plates.  $2.75. 
No.  2.  The  Barama  River  Caribs  of  British  Guiana. 

By  John  Gillin.   1936.  288  pages,  30  halftones,  and 

13  illustrations  in  the  text.  $3.25. 

VOLUME  XV,  $5.85;  bound  in  cloth,  $8.35. 

The  Swarts  Ruin:  A  Typical  Mimbres  Site  in  South- 
western New  Mexico.  By  H.  S.  and  C.  B.  Cos- 
grove.  With  a  section  on  the  skeletal  material  by 
W.  W.  Howells.  1932.  178  pages,  239  plates,  and 
17  illustrations  in  the  text. 

VOLUME  XVI  complete,  $2.75;  bound  in  cloth,  $5.25. 

No.  1.  Anthropometry  of  the  Natives  of  Arnhem 
Land  and  the  Australian  Race  Problem.  Analy- 
sis by  W.  W.  Howells;  Data  collected  by  W.  L. 
Warner.  1937.  96  pages,  frontispiece,  and  2  maps. 
$1.25. 


No.  2.  Contributions  to  the  Racial  Anthropology 
of  the  Near  East.  By  Carl  C.  Seltzer.  Based  on 
data  collected  by  Henry  M.  Huxley.  1940.  72 
pages,  8  plates,  and  tables.   $1.00. 

No.  3.  Fossil  Man  in  Tangier.  Bv  Muzaffer  Siiley- 
man  Senyurek.  Introduction  by  Carleton  S.  Coon. 

1940.  35  pages,  3  plates,  and  tables.   50  cents. 

The  page  size  of  Volumes  I-XVI  is  6%  X9/2  inches, 
trimmed;  beginning  with  Volume  XVII,  j%  X  '°% 
inches,  trimmed. 

VOLUME   XVII   complete,   S5.25;   bound    in   cloth, 

$7-75- 

No.  1.  Navaho  Pottery  Making.  By  Harry  Tschopik, 
Jr.  1 94 1.  85  pages,  16  plates,  and  7  illustrations  in 
the  text.  $1.75. 

No.  2.  Archaeological  Investigations  in  Central 
Utah.  By  John  Gillin.  With  an  analysis  of  the 
animal  bones  by  Glover  M.  Allen.  1941.  50  pages, 
9  plates,  5  tables,  and  16  illustrations  in  the  text. 
$1.50. 

No.  3.  Flint  Quarries  —  the  sources  of  tools  and,  at 
the  same  time,  the  factories  of  the  American 
Indian.  By  Kirk  Bryan.  1950.  40  pages,  1  plate, 
and  20  illustrations  in  the  text.   $2.00. 

VOLUME  XVIII,  $5.85;  bound  in  cloth,  $8.35. 
Landa's  Relacion  de  las  Cosas  de  Yucatan.   A  trans- 
lation.   Edited  with  notes  by  Alfred  M.  Tozzer. 

1 94 1.  400  pages. 

VOLUME  XIX  complete,  $4.75;  bound  in  cloth, 
$7.25. 

No.  1.  The  Prehistoric  Archaeology  of  Northwest 
Africa.  By  Frederick  R.  Wulsin.  1941.  173  pages 
and  92  illustrations  in  the  text.  $3.25. 

No.  2.  Notes  on  the  Poro  in  Liberia.  By  George  W. 
Harley.  1941.  36  pages,  14  plates,  and  3  illustra- 
tions in  the  text.  $1.50. 

No.  3.  Early  Man  and  Pleistocene  Stratigraphy  in 
Southern  and  Eastern  Asm.  By  Hallam  L.  Mo- 
vius,  Jr.  1944.  126  pages,  6  tables,  and  47  illustra- 
tions in  the  text.   $3.25.  Out  of  print. 

VOLUME  XX,  $4.25;  bound  in  cloth,  $6.7;. 

The  Dixon  Memorial  Volume.  Studies  in  the  anthro- 
pology of  Oceania  and  Asia  presented  in  memory 
of  Roland  B.  Dixon  by  fourteen  former  students. 

1943.  220  pages,  20  plates,  10  maps,  and  7  illustra- 
tions in  the  text. 

VOLUME  XXI,  57.50;  bound  in  cloth,  $10.00. 

Archaeology  of  Alkali  Ridge,  Southeastern  Utah. 
By  John  O.  Brew.  1946.  346  pages,  13  tables,  2 
colored  figures,  1 1 1  collotypes,  and  80  illustrations 
in  the  text. 

VOLUME  XXII  complete,  $7.50;  bound  in  cloth, 
$10.00. 

No.  1.  Old  Oraibi.  A  study  of  the  Hopi  Indians  of 
Third  Mesa.  By  Mischa  Titiev.  1944.  274  pages, 
4  plates,  frontispiece,  1 1  charts,  10  tables,  and  1 3 
illustrations  in  the  text.  Offset  edition,  1951.  $5.25. 

No.  2.    Navaho  Witchcraft.    By  Clyde  Kluckhohn 

1944.  150  pages.  $2.25.  Out  of  print  (revised  edi 
tion  in  preparation). 


PAPERS  OF  THE  PEABODY  MUSEUM 


VOLUME  XXIII 

No.  i.  Racial  Prehistory  in  the  Southwest  and  the 
Hawikuh  Zunis.  By  Carl  C.  Seltzer.  1944.  38 
pages  and  15  tables.   75  cents. 

No.  2.  Hyperbrachycephaly  as  Influenced  by  Cul- 
tural Conditioning.  By  J.  Franklin  Ewing,  S.J. 
1950.  100  pages,  2  halftones,  and  6  illustrations  in 
the  text.  $3.75. 

No.  3.  The  Mountains  of  Giants:  A  Racial  and 
Cultural  Study  of  the  North  Albanian  Moun- 
tain Ghegs.  By  Carleton  S.  Coon.  1950.  106 
pages,  frontispiece,  28  tables,  9  collotypes,  and  7 
illustrations  in  the  text.  $4.75. 

VOLUME  XXIV,  complete,  $12.10;  bound  in  cloth, 
$14.60. 

No.  1.  The  Excavation  of  Los  Muertos  and  Neigh- 
boring Ruins  in  the  Salt  River  Valley,  South- 
ern Arizona.  By  Emil  W.  Haury.  1945.  124 
pages,  90  plates,  colored  frontispiece,  and  133 
illustrations  in  the  text.  $5.85. 

No.  2.  Caves  of  the  Upper  Gila  and  Hueco  Areas,  in 
New  Mexico  and  Texas.  By  C.  B.  Cosgrove.  1947. 
182  pages,  colored  frontispiece,  122  plates,  and 
48  illustrations  in  the  text.   $6.25. 

VOLUME  XXV,  complete,  $8.50;  bound  in  cloth, 
$11.00. 

Archaeological  Survey  in  the  Lower  Mississippi 
Alluvial  Valley,  i  940-1 947.  By  Philip  Phillips, 
James  A.  Ford,  and  James  B.  Griffin.  1951.  472 
pages,  17  tables,  32  collotypes,  and  73  illustrations 
in  the  text. 

VOLUME  XXVI  complete,  $6.25;  bound  in  cloth, 
$8.75. 

No.  1.  Archaeology  of  Northwestern  Venezuela. 
By  Alfred  Kidder,  II.  1944.  178  pages,  18  plates, 
3  tables,  and  62  illustrations  in  the  text.  $3.75. 

No.  2.  The  Boruca  of  Costa  Rica.  By  Doris  Z.  Stone. 
1949.  50  pages,  8  plates,  and  2  illustrations  in 
text.   $2.50. 

VOLUME  XXVII  complete,  $7.15;  bound  in  cloth, 
$9.65. 

No.  1 .  Some  Early  Sites  in  the  Northern  Lake  Tm- 
caca  Basin.  By  Alfred  Kidder,  II.  (Research 
project  no.  7  of  the  Institute  of  Andean  Research 
under  the  sponsorship  of  the  Co-ordinator  of  In- 
ter-American Affairs.)  1943.  48  pages,  7  plates, 
frontispiece,  and  7  illustrations  in  the  text.   $1.25. 

No.  2.  An  Introduction  to  the  Archaeology  of 
Cuzco.  By  John  H.  Rowe.  (Research  project  no. 
7  of  the  Institute  of  Andean  Research  under  the 
sponsorship  of  the  Co-ordinator  of  Inter-Amer- 
ican Affairs.)  1944.  7°  Pages>  8  plates,  and  19 
illustrations  in  the  text.    $1.75. 

No.  3.  Some  Notes  on  the  Archaeology  of  the  De- 
partment of  Puno,  Peru.  By  Marion  H.  Tschopik. 
(Research  project  no.  7  of  the  Institute  of  Andean 
Research  under  the  sponsorship  of  the  Co-ordi- 
nator of  Inter-American  Affairs.)  1946.  58  pages, 
10  plates,  and  34  illustrations  in  the  text.  $1.65. 

No.  4.  Indian  Skeletal  Material  from  the  Central 
Coast  of  Peru.  By  Marshall  T.  Newman.  (Re- 
search project  no.  8  of  the  Institute  of  Andean 
Research  under  the  sponsorship  of  the  Co-ordi- 


nator  of  Inter-American  Affairs.)   1947.  72  pages, 

frontispiece,  7   plates,  and   26  tables.  $2.50. 
VOLUME  XXVIII 
No.   1.    A  Stone  Age  Cave  Site  in  Tangier.    By 

Bruce  Howe  and  Hallam  L.  Movius,  Jr.    1947. 

32  pages,  7  plates,  and  1  illustration  in  the  text. 

$1.00. 

VOLUME  XXIX 

Studies  in  the  Anthropology  of  Bougainville,  Solo- 
mon Islands.  1949.  By  Douglas  L.  Oliver.  (Nos. 
1-4  bound  under  one  cover.)    $5.85. 

No.  1.  The  Peabody  Museum  Expedition  to  Bou- 
gainville, Solomon  Islands,  1938-39.  28  pages, 
6  collotype  figures,  and  9  illustrations  in  the  text. 

No.  2.  Human  Relations  and  Language  in  a 
Papuan-speaking  Trd3E  of  Southern  Bougain- 
ville, Solomon  Islands.  38  pages,  2  collotype 
figures,  and  1  illustration  in  the  text. 

No.  3.  Economic  and  Social  Uses  of  Domestic  Pigs 
in  Siuai,  Southern  Bougainville,  Solomon 
Islands.  30  pages,  4  collotype  figures,  and  3 
illustrations  in  the  text. 

No.  4.  Land  Tenure  in  Northeast  Siuai,  Southern 
Bougainville,  Solomon  Islands.  98  pages,  8 
collotype  figures,  and  7  illustrations  in  the  text. 

VOLUME  XXXI,  $7.50;  bound  in  cloth,  $10.00. 

Trlbes  of  the  Ltberian  Hinterland.  By  George 
Schwab;  Edited,  with  additional  material  by 
George  W.  Harley.  1947.  536  pages,  83  collotype 
figures,  and  29  illustrations  in  the  text. 

VOLUME  XXXII 

No.  1.  The  Cowrie  Shell  Miao  of  Kweichow.  By 
Margaret  Portia  Mickey.  1947.  84  pages,  8  plates, 
and  12  illustrations  in  the  text.   $2.50. 

No.  2.  Masks  as  Agents  of  Social  Control  in  North- 
east Liberia.  By  George  W.  Harley.  1950.  46 
pages,    frontispiece,    and     15    collotype    figures. 

$3.25- 
(VOLUME  XXXIII  reserved  for  the  Awatovi  Series.) 

VOLUME  XXXIV 

Prehistoric  Stone  Implements  of  Northeastern 
Arizona.  By  Richard  B.  Woodbury.  1954.  240 
pages,  28  collotypes,  19  tables,  and  13  illustrations 
in  the  text.   $7.50. 

VOLUME  XXXV 

No.  1.  The  Changing  Physical  Environment  of  the 
Hopi  Indians  of  Arizona.  By  John  T.  Hack. 
1942.  86  pages,  12  plates,  frontispiece,  and  54 
illustrations  in  the  text.  $1.75. 

No.  2.  Prehistoric  Coal  Mining  in  the  Jeddito  Val- 
ley, Arizona.  By  John  T.  Hack.  1942.  24  pages, 
5  plates,  and  10  illustrations  in  the  text.   75  cents. 

Vo.  3.  Part  I:  A4ammals  Found  at  the  Awatovi 
Site;  Part  II:  Post-Cranial  Skeletal  Characters 
of  Deer,  Pronghorn,  and  Sheep-Goat,  with  Notes 
on  Bos  and  Bison.  By  Barbara  Lawrence.  195 1. 
44  pages  and  20  illustrations  in  the  text.   $2.00. 

VOLUME  XXXVI,  $5.85;  bound  in  cloth,  $8.35. 

Franciscan  Awatovi:  the  Excavation  and  Conjec- 
tural Reconstruction  of  a  ^th-Century  Span- 
lish  Mission  Establishment  at  a  Hopi  Indian 
Town  in  Northeastern  Arizona.  By  Ross  Gor- 
don Montgomery,  Watson  Smith,  and  J.  O. 
Brew.  1949.  362  pages,  17  plates,  1  color  plate, 
and  45  illustrations  in  the  text. 


PAPERS  AND  MEMOIRS  OF  THE  PEABODY  MUSEUM 


VOLUME  XXXVII,  $7.50;  bound  in  cloth,  $10.00. 

Kiva  Mural  Decorations  at  Awatovi  and  Kawaika-a: 
With  a  Survey  of  Other  Wall  Paintings  in  the 
Pueblo  Southwest.  By  Watson  Smith.  1952.  348 
pages,  64  collotype  figures,  9  color  plates,  and 
28  illustrations  in  the  text. 

(VOLUMES  XXXVIII,  XXXIX  reserved  for  the 
Awatovi  Series.) 

VOLUME  XL  $11.00;  bound  in  cloth,  $13.50. 

No.  1.   Gregorio,  the  Hand-trembler:  A  Psychobio- 

logical  Personality  Study  of  a  Navaho  Indian. 

By    Alexander    H.    and    Dorothea    C.    Leighton. 

1949.    172  pages  and  7  charts.  $2.50. 
No.  2.    Some  Sex  Beliefs  and  Practices  in  a  Navaho 

Community',    with    comparative    material    from 

other  Navaho  areas.    By  Flora  L.  Bailey.    1950. 

108  pages.   $3.00. 
No.  3.   Three  Navaho  Households:  A  Comparative 

Study  in  Small  Group  Culture.    By  John  M. 

Roberts.   1951.  88  pages,  6  tables,  and  14  collotype 

figures.  $3.00.  Out  of  print. 

No.  4.  Ethnobotany  of  the  Ramah  Navaho.  By  Paul 
A.  Vestal.    1952.   94  pages.   $2.50. 

VOLUME   XLI,    complete,    $8.65;    bound    in    cloth, 

$11.15- 

No.  1.  Navaho  Veterans:  A  Study  of  Changing 
Values.  By  Evon  Z.  Vogt.  1951.  224  pages,  3 
tables,  and  n  charts.  $3.00. 

No.  2.  Changing  Navaho  Religious  Values:  a  study 
of  Christian  Missions  to  the  Rimrock  Navahos. 
By  Robert  N.  Rapoport.  1954.  152  pages,  33 
tables,  and  1  illustration  in  the  text.  $3.00. 

No.  3.  Enemy  Way  Music:  a  study  of  social  and 
esthetic  values  as  seen  in  Navaho  music.  By 
David  P.  McAllester.  1954.  96  pages,  52  pages  of 
music,  and  6  illustrations  in  the  text.   $2.65. 

VOLUME  XLII 

No.  1.  Land-Use  in  the  Ramah  Area  of  New  Mex- 
ico: an  anthropological  approach  to  areal  study. 
By  John  L.  Landgraf.  1954.  98  pages,  and  18 
illustrations  in  the  text.   $1.65. 


No.  2.  A  Study  of  Rorschach  Responses  in  Four 
Cultures.  By  Bert  Kaplan.  1954.  44  pages  and 
25  tables.   $1.35. 

No.  3.  Navaho  Acquisitive  Values.  By  Richard  Hob- 
son.    1954.    38  pages  and  6  tables.   $1.10. 

VOLUME  XLIII 

No.  1.  Zuni  Law:  a  field  of  values.  By  Watson  Smith 
and  John  M.  Roberts,  with  an  appendix,  A  Prac- 
tical Zuni  Orthography,  by  Stanley  Newman. 
1954.    176  pages.    $3.00. 

(VOLUMES  XLIV-XLV  reserved  for  Studies  in  the 
Social  Anthropology  and  Ethnology  of  the  Amer- 
ican Southwest.) 

VOLUME  XLVI  $13.35;  bound  in  cloth,  $15.85. 

The  Anthropology'  of  Iraq.  By  Henry  Field. 

No.  1.  The  Northern  Jazira.  1951.  116  pages,  196 
tables,  49  collotypes,  and  5  illustrations  in  the  text. 
$6.50. 

Nos.  2-3.  Kurdistan  and  Conclusions.  1952.  176  pag- 
es, 9  charts,  187  tables,  29  graphs,  and  76  collotype 
figures.  $6.85. 

VOLUME  XLVH 

No.  1.  Culture:  A  Critical  Review  of  Concepts  and 
Definitions.  By  A.  L.  Kroeber  and  Clyde  Kluck- 
hohn.    1952.  228  pages.  $5.25. 

VOLUME  XLVIII 

No.  1.  Contributions  to  the  Anthropology  of  the 
Caucasus.  By  Henry  Field.  156  pages,  235  tables, 
9  graphs,  and  24  collotype  figures.   $6.50. 

VOLUME  XLIX 

No.  1.  Clay  Figurines  of  the  American  Southwest, 
with  a  description  of  the  new  Pillings  find  in 
Northeastern  Utah  and  a  comparison  with  certain 
other  North  American  figurines.  By  Noel  Morss. 
1954.  74  pages,  2  maps,  18  collotype  figures,  and 
13  illustrations.  $3.50. 

No.  2.  The  Monagrillo  Culture  of  Panama.  By 
Gordon  R.  Willey  and  Charles  R.  McGimsey. 
With  an  appendix  on  Archaeological  Marine 
Shells  by  Robert  E.  Greengo.  1954.  158  pages,  12 
tables,  34  illustrations  in  the  text,  and  20  half-tone 
figures.   $4.65. 


MEMOIRS  OF  THE  PEABODY  MUSEUM 
(Quarto) 


VOLUME  I  (including  nos.  2-6)  complete,  with  In- 
dex, S8.00;  bound  in  cloth,  S12.00.  Complete  (in- 
cluding no.  1,  photostat  edition),  bound  in  cloth, 
$40.00. 

No.  1.  Prehistoric  Ruins  of  Cop  an,  Honduras.  1896. 
48  pages,  map,  8  plates,  and  illustrations  in  the  text. 
A  Preliminary  Report  of  the  Explorations  by  the 
Museum,  1891-95.  Photostat  edition  available. 

No.  2.  Explorations  of  the  Cave  of  Loltun,  Yuca- 
tan. By  E.  H.  Thompson.  1897.  22  pages,  8  plates, 
and  illustrations  in  the  text.   $1.50. 

No.  3.  The  Chultunes  of  Labna.  By  E.  H.  Thomp- 
son. 1897.  20  pages,  13  plates,  and  illustrations  in 
the  text.  $1.50. 

No.  4.  Researches  in  the  Uloa  Valley.  By  George 
Byron  Gordon.  1898.  44  pages,  map,  12  plates, 
and  illustrations  in  the  text.  (Under  same  cover 
with  No.  5.) 

No.  5.  Caverns  of  Copan.  By  George  Byron  Gordon. 
1898.  12  pages,  map,  and  1  plate.  Nos.  4  and  5 
under  one  cover,  $2.25. 


No.  6.  The  Hieroglyphic  Stairway.  Ruins  of  Copan. 

By  George  Byron  Gordon.     1902.    38  pages,   18 

plates,  and  26  illustrations  in  the  text.  $2.75. 
VOLUME  II  complete,  with  Index,  $11.75;  bound  in 

cloth,  $15.75. 
No.  1.    Researches  in  the  Central  Portion  of  the 

Usumatsintla  Valley.  By  Teobert  Malcr.   1901. 

75  pages,  33  plates,  and  26  illustrations  in  the  text. 

$4.50 
No.  2.  Researches  in  the  Usumatsintla  Valley,  Part 
II.  By  Teobert  Maler.    1903.    130  pages,  47  plates, 
and  42  illustrations  in  the  text.  $7.25. 

VOLUME  III  complete,  with  Index,  $7.00;  bound  in 

cloth,  $11.00. 
No.  1.   Archaeological  Researches  in  Yucatan.    By 

Edward  H.  Thompson.    1904.    20  pages,  3  color 

plates,  6  plates  (3  of  which  are  double),  and   11 

illustrations  in  the  text.  $1.75. 
No.  2.  The  Ruins  of  Holmul,  Guatemala.  By  R.  E. 

Merwin   and    G.   C.   Vaillant.     1932.    103    pages. 


MEMOIRS  AND  ANNUAL  REPORTS  OF  THE  PEABODY  MUSEUM 


i  color  plate,  36  plates,  and  31  illustrations  in  the 
text.  $5.25. 

VOLUME  IV  complete,  with  Index,  $840;  bound  in 
cloth,  Si 240. 

No.  1 .  Explorations  of  the  Upper  Usumatsintla  and 
Adjacent  Region.  By  Teobert  Maler.  1908.  52 
pages,  1 3  plates,  map,  and  8  illustrations  in  the  text. 
$2.50. 

No.  2.  Explorations  in  the  Department  of  Peten, 
Guatemala,  and  Adjacent  Region.  By  Teobert 
Maler.  1908.  74  pages,  30  plates,  and  22  illustra- 
tions in  the  text.  $4.50. 

No.  3.  Explorations  in  the  Department  of  Peten, 
Guatemala,  and  Adjacent  Region  (continued). 
By  Teobert  Maler.  1910.  42  pages  and  2  plates 
$1.40. 

VOLUME  V  complete,  with  Index,  $10.25;  bound  in 
cloth,  $14.25. 

No.  1.  Explorations  in  the  Department  of  Peten, 
Guatemala.  Tikal.  By  Teobert  Maler.  1911.  92 
pages,  28  plates,  and  17  illustrations  in  the  text. 
(Under  same  cover  with  No.  2.) 

No.  2.  Prehistoric  Ruins  of  Tikal,  Guatemala.  By 
Alfred  M.  Tozzer.  191 1.  42  pages,  2  plates,  and  30 
illustrations  in  the  text.  Nos.  1  and  2  under  one 
cover,  $6.25. 

No.  3.  A  Preliminary  Study  of  the  Prehistoric 
Ruins  of  Nakum,  Guatemala.  By  Alfred  M. 
Tozzer.  191 3.  60  pages,  23  plates,  and  54  illustra- 
tions in  the  text.  $4.00. 

VOLUME  VI,  out  of  print. 

Maya  Art.  By  Herbert  J.  Spinden.  191 3.  308  pages, 
29  plates,  map,  and  286  illustrations  in  the  text. 


VOLUME  VII,  $10.00;  bound  in  cloth,  $14.00. 
Cocle:     An     Archaeological     Study     of     Central 

Panama.    By   Samuel   K.   Lothrop    and    Others. 

Part  I.   Historical  Background,  Excavations  at 

the    Sitio    Conte,    Artifacts    and    Ornaments. 

1937.    327   pages,  4  color  plates,   maps,  and   271 

illustrations  in  the  text. 

VOLUME  VIII  $10.00;  bound  in  cloth,  $14.00. 

Cocle:  Part  II.  Pottery  of  the  Sitio  Conte  and 
Other  Archaeological  Sites.  By  Samuel  K.  Lo- 
throp. 1942.  292  pages,  3  color  plates,  maps,  and 
491   illustrations  in  the  text. 

VOLUME  IX  complete,  $16.75;  bound  in  cloth, 
$20.75. 

No.  1.  Archaeology  of  the  North  Coast  of  Hon- 
duras. By  Doris  Stone.  1941.  103  pages  and  99 
illustrations  in  the  text.   $3.00. 

No.  2.  Archaeological  Investigations  in  El  Salvador. 
By  John  M.  Longyear,  III.  (Research  project  no. 
10  of  the  Institute  of  Andean  Research  under  the 
sponsorship  of  the  Co-ordinator  of  Inter-Ameri- 
can Affairs.)  1944.  90  pages,  15  plates,  and  30 
illustrations  in  the  text.  $3.75. 

No.  3.  Archaeology  of  Southern  Veraguas,  Panama. 
By  Samuel  K.  Lothrop.  1950.  116  pages,  10  tables, 
and  150  illustrations  in  the  text.  $10.00. 

VOLUME  X 

No.    1.     The    Cenote    of    Sacrifice,    Chichen    Itza, 

Yucatan.    Part  I  —  Introduction.    By  Alfred  M. 

Tozzer.  In  preparation. 
No.  2.   Metals  from  the  Cenote  of  Sacrifice.    (Part 

II.)    By  Samuel  K.  Lothrop.    1952.   140  pages,  39 

tables,  and  1 14  illustrations  in  the  text.  $10.00. 


ANNUAL  REPORTS  OF  THE  PEABODY  MUSEUM 

(Octavo) 


Reports  of  the  Peabody  Museum's  activities  have  been 
published  annually  since  the  year  1868.  From  that 
date  through  1890,  24  Annual  Reports  were  printed, 
embodying  not  only  the  routine  accounts  and  sum- 
maries but  also  the  expedition  and  research  reports 
of  the  type  which  since  that  time  has  been  incor- 
porated in  the  Papers  and  Memoirs.  The  8th,  1  ith, 
and  15th  are  now  out  of  print.  The  others  are  avail- 
able at  75  cents  each  with  the  exception  of  the  follow- 
ing: 

Tenth  Report,  containing  the  following  articles: 
Discovery  of  supposed  Palaeolithic  Implements 
from  Glacial  Drift  in  Delaware  Valley,  near  Tren- 
ton, New  Jersey,  by  C.  C.  Abbott.  (Illustrated); 
Age  of  Delaware  Gravel  Bed  Containing  Chipped 
Pebbles,  by  N.  S.  Shaler;  Exploration  of  Ash  Cave 
in  Benton  Township,  Hocking  County,  Ohio,  by 
E.  B.  Andrews;  Exploration  of  Mounds  in  South- 
eastern Ohio,  by  E.  B.  Andrews.  (Illustrated); 
Exploration  of  Mound  in  Lee  County,  Virginia, 
by  Lucien  Carr.  (Illustrated);  Art  of  War  and 
Mode  of  Warfare  of  the  Ancient  Mexicans,  by 
A.  F.  Bandelier.  $2.00. 
Twelfth  and  Thirteenth  Reports  (under  one  cover) , 
containing  the  following  articles: 
Measurements  of  Crania  from  California,  by  Lucien 
Carr;  Flint  Chips,  by  C.  C.  Abbott.  (Illustrated); 
Method  of  Manufacturing  Pottery  and  Baskets 
among  Indians  of  Southern  California,  by  Paul 
Schumacher;  Aboriginal  Soapstone  Quarries  in 
District  of  Columbia,  by  Elmer  R.  Reynolds; 
Ruins   of   Stone    Pueblo   on   Animas    River,   New 


Mexico,  by  Lewis  H.  Morgan.  (Illustrated);  So- 
cial Organization  and  Mode  of  Government  of 
the  Ancient  Mexicans,  by  A.  F.  Bandelier.    $2.00. 

Sixteenth  and  Seventeenth  Reports  (under  one 
cover),  containing  the  following  articles: 
Social  and  Political  Position  of  Woman  among 
Huron-Iroquois  Tribes,  by  Lucien  Carr;  Notes 
upon  Human  Remains  from  Coahuila  Caves,  by 
Cordelia  A.  Studley;  White  Buffalo  Festival  of 
Uncpapas,  by  Alice  C.  Fletcher;  Elk  Mystery  or 
Festival,  Ogallala  Sioux,  by  Alice  C.  Fletcher;  Re- 
ligious Ceremony  of  the  Four  Winds  or  Quarters, 
as  observed  by  the  Santee  Sioux,  by  Alice  C. 
Fletcher.  (Illustrated);  The  Shadow  or  Ghost 
Lodge,  Ogallala  Sioux,  by  Alice  C.  Fletcher.  (Illus- 
trated) ;  The  "Wawan"  or  Pipe  Dance  of  the 
Omahas,  by  Alice  C.  Fletcher.  (Illustrated); 
Report  on  Meteoric  Iron  from  Altar  Mounds, 
Little  Miami  Valley,  by  Leonard  P.  Kinnicutt. 
$2.00.    (Signatures  only) 

Eighteenth  and  Nineteenth  Reports  (under  one 
cover),  containing  the  following  articles: 
Notes  on  the  Anomalies,  Injuries,  and  Diseases  of 
Bones  of  the  Native  Races  of  North  America,  by 
William  F.  Whitney;  Marriott  Mound  and  its  Con- 
tents, by  F.  W.  Putnam.    (Illustrated.)    $2.00. 

The  25th  and  following  brief  Reports  are  printed  in 
the  Annual  Reports  of  the  President  of  Harvard  Uni- 
versity. Reprints  of  all  but  the  25th,  26th  and  27th 
may  be  obtained  by  applying  to  the  Peabody  Mu- 
seum. Price,  35  cents  each. 


DATE             DUE 

DUE        RETURNED          DUE         RETURNED 

1TO  2  1  m 

r.   opQy 

■ 

'  V '  7f 


1>Y 


UNIVERSITY  OF  FLORIDA 


3    1262 
(Continued  from  last  page) 


SPECIAL  PUBLICATIONS  OF  THE  PEABODY  MUSEUM 


H! 
)io.  3 


NOT  AVAILABLE  FOR  EXCHANGE 

The  following  works,  some  of  which  were  not  origi- 
nally published  by  the  Peabody  Museum,  are  for  sale 
but  are  not  available  for  exchange. 

A  Journal  of  American  Ethnology  and  Archaeol- 
ogy. Containing  Papers  of  the  Hemenway  South- 
western Archaeological  Expedition.  The  Mary 
Hemenway  Collection  is  exhibited  in  the  Museum. 
Square  octavo.  Maps  and  illustrations.  (Discon- 
tinued after  Vol.  V.) 

VOLUME  I.  i.  A  Few  Summer  Ceremonials 
at  Zufii  Pueblo.  By  J.  Walter  Fewkes.  2.  Zuni 
Melodies.  By  Benjamin  Ives  Gilman.  3.  Recon- 
naissance of  Ruins  in  or  near  the  Zuni  Reserva- 
tion. By  J.  Walter  Fewkes.  $2.00. 
VOLUME  II.  1.  A  Few  Summer  Ceremonials 
at  the  Tusayan  Pueblos.  By  J.  Walter  Fewkes. 
2.  Natal  Ceremonies  of  the  Hopi  Indians.  By 
J.  G.  Owens.  3.  A  Report  on  the  Present  Con- 
dition of  a  Ruin  in  Arizona  called  Casa  Grande. 
By  J.  Walter  Fewkes.  Out  of  print. 
VOLUME  III.  1.  An  Outline  of  the  Documen- 
tary History  of  the  Zuni  Tribe.  By  A.  F.  Ban- 
deuer.  2.  Somatological  Observations  on  Indians 
of  the  Southwest.  By  H.  F.  C.  Ten  Kate. 
$2.25. 

(No.  1.  of  this  volume  may  be  obtained  sep- 
arately.  $1.75.) 

VOLUME    IV.    The    Snake    Ceremonials    at 
Walpi.  By  J.  Walter  Fewkes,  assisted  by  A.  M. 
Stephen  and  J.  G.  Owens.   $2.00. 
VOLUME  V.    1.  Hopi  Songs.    By  Benjamin 
Ives  Gilman.  2.  The  Hemenway  Southwestern 
Expedition.     By    Benjamin    Ives    Gilman    and 
Katherine  H.  Stone.  Out  of  print. 
(Concluding  volume  of  the  Journal,  published 
November,  1908.) 
Human  Bones  in  Hemenway  Collection    (South- 
western Archaeological  Expedition).  Described  by 
D.  Washington  Matthews. 

1890.  Quarto.  286  pages,  59  plates,  and  illustrations 
in  the  text.  $3.25. 

(Reprint  from  Vol.  VI,  Memoirs  of  the  National 
Academy  of  Science.) 
Hemenway  Southwestern  Expedition.  By  A.  F. 
Bandelier.  1.  Contributions  to  the  Southwestern 
Portion  of  the  United  States.  1890.  Papers  of  the 
Archaeological  Institute  of  America,  American 
Series,  vol.  V.  $2.15.  2.  An  Outline  of  the  Docu- 
mentary History  of  the  Zuni  Tribe.  1890.  Journal 
of  American  Ethnology  and  Archaeology,  vol. 
Ill,  pages  1-115.  $2.00. 
The  Archaic  Maya  Inscriptions.  By  J.  T.  Goodman. 
1897.  Quarto.  149  pages.  $4.25. 


(Appendix  to  Biologia  Central-Americana.)  The 
Archaic  Annual  Calendar  with  tables  for  52  years; 
Archaic  Chronological  Calendar  with  77  pages  of 
tables;  Perpetual  Chronological  Calendar  with 
table;  Working  Chart. 

The  Book  of  Chilam  Balam  of  Chumayel.   With 
Introduction  by  G.  B.  Gordon. 
Published  by  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  Mu- 
seum, Philadelphia,  191 3.   Photographic  reproduc- 
tion of  the  107  pages  of  the  book.  $7.50. 

Contributions  to  the  Archaeology  of  Missouri.  By 
Professor  W.  B.  Potter  and  Dr.  Edward  Evers. 
1880.  Quarto.   30  pages,  5  plans,  and  24  plates  con- 
taining  148  figures  of  ancient  Missouri  pottery. 

82-35- 

Codex  Nuttall. 

1902.   (Small  edition.)   In  sheets  only.  $20.00. 
An  ancient  Mexican  Codex  (84  pages  of  facsimile 
reproductions   of   the    manuscript   in   its   original 
colors;  with  an  explanatory  introduction  by  Zelia 
Nuttall. 

Papers  by  Lucien  Carr.  (Assistant  Curator  of  the 
Peabody  Museum,  1877-1894.) 
Observations  on  the  Crania  from  the  Santa 
Barbara  Islands,  California.  15  pages.  50  cents. 
Dress  and  Ornaments  of  Certain  American 
Indians.  76  pages.  50  cents. 

Papers  by  Charles  P.  Bowditch.  Three  Papers  Relat- 
ing to  Maya  Subjects:  1.  Was  the  Beginning  Day 
of  the  Maya  Month  Numbered  Zero  (or  Twenty) 
or  One?  (1001.)  50  cents.  2.  A  Method  which  may 
have  been  used  by  the  Mayas  in  Calculating  Time. 
(1901.)  50  cents.  3.  Maya  Nomenclature.  (1906.) 
50  cents. 

Antiquitles   of   the   New   England   Indians,   with 
Notes  on  the  Ancient  Cultures  of  the  Adjacent 
Territory.  By  Charles  Clark  Willoughby. 
1935.    Octavo.    322  pages,  fully  illustrated.  Paper 
bound,  $4.00;  cloth,  $6.50. 

DlCTIONNAIRE         FrANCAIS-MoNTAGNAIS,         GramMAIRE 

Montagnaise.  By  Geo.  Lemoine.  (W.  B.  Cabot 
and  P.  Cabot,  Boston.)    1901.  346  pages.  $3.25. 

Excavations  in  Mesopotamia  and  Western  Iran 
(Sites  of  4000-500  B.C.).  Graphic  Analyses  by 
Henry  Ware  Eliot,  Jr.;  Art  Work  by  Theresa 
Garrett  Eliot.  1950.  Portfolio  of  32  charts.  $17.50. 

Navajo  Creation  Chants.  From  the  collection  re- 
corded for  the  Museum  of  Navajo  Ceremonial  Art, 
Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico.  An  album  containing  re- 
cordings of  sixteen  chants  from  Navajo  cosmo- 
gony. Five  ten-inch  unbreakable  records,  including 
a  pamphlet  containing  translations  by  Dr.  Harry 
Hoijer  of  the  texts,  notes  on  the  myth  by  Mary 
C.  Wheelwright,  and  descriptive  and  analytical 
notes  on  the  music  by  Dr.  David  P.  McAllester. 
$10.00,  postpaid. 


(Continued  on  outside  back  cover) 


(Continued  from  inside  back  cover) 


PHOTOSTAT  REPRODUCTIONS  OF  OLD  MANUSCRIPTS 


NOT  AVAILABLE  FOR  EXCHANGE 
These  relate  principally  to  the  native  languages  of 
Middle  America.  Reproduced  under  the  direction 
and  through  the  generosity  of  the  late  Charles  P. 
Bowditch.  The  edition  of  these  reproductions  is 
limited  to  a  few  copies. 

Doctrtna  en  Lengua  Quiche.  Catechism  in  Quiche. 
165  pages.  Out  of  print.  (Original  in  the  library 
of  Professor  M.  H.  Saville,  New  York.) 
Arte  dela  Lengua  Szinca,  Vocabulario  deia  Lengua 
Szinca.  By  Maldonado  de  Matos.  Szinca  gram- 
mar, with  some  critical  reflections  on  the  Kak- 


chiquel  grammar.  2  vols.,  1770:  Vol.  i,  219  pages; 
Vol.  II,  91  pages.  Vol.  t  $24.00;  Vol.  II,  $12.00. 
(Original  in  the  library  of  the  Peabody  Museum 
of  Harvard  University.) 

Ydioma  Zapoteco  del  Valle.  Contains  some  com- 
mon rules  of  grammar,  a  copious  vocabulary,  a 
confessionary,  and  other  things  which  the  Chris- 
tian reader  may  see.  2  vols.,  1793;  Vol.  I,  286 
pages;  Vol.  II,  292  pages.  Vol.  I,  $33.00;  Vol.  IL 
$33.00.  (Original  in  the  John  Carter  Brown  Li- 
brary, Providence,  R.  I.) 


HARVARD  AFRICAN  STUDIES 
(Octavo) 


VOLUME  I,  $7.00. 

Varia  Africana  I.  Edited  by  Oric  Bates.  Assistant 
Editor,  F.  H.  Sterns.  1917.  M.  M.  'Abd  Allah, 
Siwan  customs;  E.  A.  Hooton,  Oral  surgery  in 
Egypt  during  the  Old  Empire;  J.  Roscoe,  Wor- 
ship of  the  dead  as  practiced  by  some  African 
tribes;  F.  H.  Sterns,  The  paleoliths  of  the  Eastern 
Desert;  H.  F.  Mathews,  Notes  on  the  Nungu 
tribe,  Nassawara  Province,  etc.;  J.  Abercromby, 
A  study  of  the  ancient  speech  of  the  Canary 
Islands;  E.  A.  Hooton,  Benin  antiquities  in  the 
Peabody  Museum;  A.  Werner,  The  utendi  of 
Mwana  Kupona;  R.  H.  Blanchard,  Notes  on 
Egyptian  Saints;  F.  H.  Sterns,  Darfur  gourds;  G. 
A.  Reisner,  An  inscription  from  Gebel  Barkal; 
O.  Bates,  Ancient  Egyptian  fishing;  R.  F.  Carroll, 
Selected  bibliography  of  Africana  for  1915. 

VOLUME  n,  $7.50. 

Varia  Africana  II.  Edited  by  Oric  Bates.  191 8.  G. 
A.  Reisner,  Preliminary  report  on  the  Harvard- 
Boston  excavations  at  Nuri,  etc.;  A.  W.  Hoernle, 
Certain  rites  of  transition  and  the  conception  of 
!nau  among  the  Hottentots;  E.  A.  Hooton,  Some 
early  drawings  of  Hottentot  women;  E.  A. 
Hooton,  Note  on  a  deformed  skull  from  Siwah 
Oasis;  C.  G.  and  B.  Z.  Seligman,  The  Kababish,  a 
Sudan  Arab  tribe;  O.  Bates  and  E.  A.  Hooton, 
On  the  origin  of  the  double-bladed  swords  of  the 
West  Coast;  F.  H.  Sterns,  Some  Bisharin  baskets 
in  the  Peabody  Museum;  W.  S.  Ferguson,  The 
Zulus  and  the  Spartans:  a  comparison  of  their 
military  systems;  A.  van  Gennep,  Recherches 
sur  les  poteries  peints  de  1'Afrique  du  nord  fran- 
chise (Tunisie,  Algerie,  Maroc);  O.  Bates,  Siwan 
pottery;  C.  Ashenden,  Selected  bibliography  of 
Africana  for  1916. 

VOLUME  III,  $6.50. 

Varia  Africana  III,   Edited  by  E.  A.  Hooton  and 
Natica    I.    Bates.    Assistant    editor,    Ruth    Otis  9 
Sawtell.    1922.   V.  Giuffrida-Ruggeri,  The  actual 
state  of  the  question  of  the  most  ancient  Egyptian 
populations;  E.  Cerulli,  The  folk-literature  of  the 


Galla  of  Southern  Abyssinia;  H.  S.  Stannus,  The 
Wayao  of  Nyasaland;  C.  Peabody,  Note  on  pre- 
historic collections  from  Northwest  Africa  in 
the  Peabody  Museum  of  Harvard  University. 

VOLUME  IV,  $3.50. 

English-Nubian  Comparative  Dictionary.  By  G.  W. 

Murray.  Edited  by  E.  A.  Hooton  and  Natica  I. 

Bates.   1923. 

VOLUME  V,  $9.00. 

Excavations  at  Kerma  (Parts  I— III) .  By  George  A. 

Reisner.  Edited  by  E.  A.  Hooton  and  Natica  I. 

Bates.  1923. 

VOLUME  VI,  $9.00. 

Excavations  at  Kerma  (Parts  IV-V).  By  George  A. 

Reisner.  Edited  by  E.  A.  Hooton  and  Natica  I. 

Bates.  1923. 

VOLUME  VH,  $7.50. 

The  Ancient  Inhabitants  of  the  Canary  Islands. 
By  E.  A.  Hooton.  1925. 

VOLUME  VHI,  $9.00. 

Varia  Africana  IV.  Edited  by  E.  A.  Hooton  and 
Natica  I.  Bates.  1928.  O.  Bates  and  Dows 
Dunham,  Excavations  at  Gammai;  O.  Bates,  Ex- 
cavations at  Marsa  Matruh;  D.  E.  Deny,  A  study 
of  the  crania  from  the  Oasis  of  Siwah;  H.  H. 
Kidder,  Notes  on  the  pigmentation  of  the  skin, 
hair,  and  eyes  of  the  Kabyles. 

VOLUME  DC,  $10.00. 

Tribes  of  the  Rif.  By  Carleton  S.  Coon.  1931. 

VOLUME  X,  $7.00. 

Varia  Africana  V.  Edited  by  E.  A.  Hooton  and 
Natica  I.  Bates.  1932.  F.  R.  Wulsin,  An  archaeo- 
logical reconnaissance  of  the  Shari  Basin;  C.  B. 
Day,  A  study  of  some  negro-white  families  in 
the  United  States;  W.  Cline,  Anthropometric 
notes  on  the  natives  of  Siwah  Oasis. 

Reprint  from  Volume  X:  A  Study  of  Some  Negro- 
White  Families  in  the  United  States.  By  Caro- 
line Bond  Day.  1932.  126  pages,  57  plates.  $3.25.